Memmert levelling feet B29768, set of 4, for sizes 30, 55, 75, 110, 160 and 260

With an internal capacity of 32 litres, the Memmert UF30 universal oven is the smallest model in the UF series and has compact external dimensions of 585 x 704 x 434 mm. Featuring forced air circulation and a temperature range of +20 to +300 °C, it is suitable for drying and heating processes involving individual samples or small batches where floor space is limited but the temperature inside the chamber must still be evenly distributed.Design and air circulationAn electronically controlled, low-noise air turbine circulates the air within the chamber; its speed can be adjusted in 10 % increments. Preheated fresh air is introduced via an electronically adjustable exhaust air damper; the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve can also be controlled electronically. The low-maintenance interior is reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing and features a protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system; the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel.Control via the ControlCOCKPITThe UF30 is controlled via a ControlCOCKPIT featuring a high-resolution TFT colour graphic display and a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor in a 4-wire configuration. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards. The SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached; a digital countdown timer covers target times ranging from 1 minute to 99 days. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated, whilst a self-diagnostic system assists with troubleshooting. The programme sequence is saved in the event of a power failure, and the data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface.Safety according to DIN 12880A mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. The door is fully insulated and fitted with a two-point locking mechanism as a compression door lock. The permissible ambient temperature is +5 °C to +40 °C with a maximum relative humidity of 80 % (non-condensing), and the cabinet may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level. The cabinet must only be transported in an upright position.Selection guide for the correct sizeThe scope of delivery includes a stainless steel grid shelf and up to three possible shelves; the UF30 is designed for small to medium sample quantities; a total load of up to 60 kg and 20 kg per shelf are permitted. Those who regularly wish to dry or temper multiple batches simultaneously will find greater internal volume in the UF55 (53 l) or the UF75 (74 l), as shown in the size table below.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 32 litres, the UF30 is suitable for drying, heating, tempering, ageing, baking, testing and curing in research, science, industry and quality assurance.Drying small sample batches in laboratory settingsTempering and curing of individual material samplesPreparing and baking small components in quality assuranceAgeing and testing small samples in research and quality assuranceTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mmNet weightapprox. 45 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WShelves max.3Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load on unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UF series with SingleDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 1,060 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSet temperatureDisplayUF30 (this page)32 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF5553 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF7574 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF110108 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF160161 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF260256 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF450449 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF750749 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF10601,060 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYThis model is also available with two temperature sensors and two control displays for redundant monitoring in the UF-plus series: UF30plus.Scope of delivery1x Memmert UF30 universal ovenFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UF30, the following items, amongst others, can be ordered ex-works: a full-view glass door, interior lighting and a socket, as well as a gas-tight version. Accessories available include additional shelves and perforated panels, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and a stacking kit. For qualification and maintenance, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services. Should you have specific requirements or any questions regarding the appropriate equipment, we will be happy to advise you personally.

The Memmert IF110 incubator has an internal volume of 108 litres and is fitted with two shelves as standard, whilst being designed to accommodate up to five shelves for parallel sample runs. It covers a temperature range of +20 to +80 °C using forced air circulation and can accommodate a total load of up to 175 kg.Interior and forced air circulationThe interior of the IF110 is reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing and features a protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system; the housing itself has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. Air circulation is provided by a low-noise turbine that can be adjusted in 10 % increments.Controls and programme functionsThe IF110 is operated via the SingleDISPLAY ControlCOCKPIT; temperature is measured by a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor using a 4-wire measurement system, with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C. In addition to temperature, recirculation fan speed and exhaust air damper position, the programme duration, time zones and summer and winter time can also be set. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and the programme sequence remains stored in the event of a power cut.Safety and door lockingA mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature; in addition, electronic temperature monitoring can be set. The fully insulated stainless steel door with an inner glass door locks via a two-point locking mechanism.Finding the right chamber sizeWith two shelves fitted as standard, up to five possible shelves and a maximum total load capacity of 175 kg, the IF110 is designed for parallel sample runs. If a smaller volume is sufficient, the IF75, with a capacity of 74 litres, is the more compact alternative; for larger batches, the IF160 offers more space with a capacity of 161 litres and up to eight shelves.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 108 litres, the IF110 is suitable as an incubator for incubating and temperature-controlling several parallel sample series in research, medicine, pharmacy, food analysis and food chemistry.Simultaneous incubation of multiple sample series in research and medicineTemperature control of larger sample quantities in the pharmaceutical industryBatch incubation in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mmNet weightapprox. 76 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,400 WConnection 115 V (optional)50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves max.5Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load on unit175 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IF series with SingleDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, listed here in ascending order:ModelInternal volumeSet temperatureDisplayIF3032 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF5553 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF7574 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110 (this page)108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYThis model is also available in the IF-plus series as the IF110plus, featuring TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other and take over operation in the event of a fault.Scope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock) and internal glass door, single-leaf2 stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe IF110 can be ordered ex-works with, amongst other things, an analogue 4-20 mA interface, a safety lock and an additional Pt100 sensor for temperature monitoring. Available accessories include a roller frame, a wall bracket and additional perforated plates. For qualification and maintenance, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services. We are happy to advise you personally on individual requirements or any questions regarding suitable equipment.

With 256 litres of internal volume and up to nine shelves, the Memmert UN260plus universal oven offers the largest volume of the UN-plus series that still manages with a single-phase 230 V connection. Two DIN class A Pt100 sensors monitor each other in 4-wire measurement and automatically take over the function of the other in the event of a fault. Heating is by natural convection alone, without an air turbine, and the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C.Safety technology and HeatBALANCEA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 forms the first level and switches off at around 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature. Selectable on the display in addition are an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2. AutoSAFETY automatically follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance and reports deviations visually and audibly, and HeatBALANCE allows fine adjustment of the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group from -50 to +50 %. A self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding.Interior for larger batchesThe interior measures 640 x 800 x 500 mm and is deep-drawn ribbed with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the external dimensions are 824 x 1,183 x 684 mm plus 56 mm for the door handle. Two stainless steel grid shelves are part of the standard equipment, and a total load of up to 300 kg is permitted with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf.Control and connectionThe oven is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. Programming and documentation are done via the Ethernet interface or USB port with the AtmoCONTROL software, and the programme sequence is retained in the event of a power failure. The UN260plus is connected with 230 V at approx. 3,400 W, and 115 V at approx. 1,800 W is available as a factory option at no extra charge.Guide to choosing the right sizeIf the batches get even larger, the UN450plus with 449 litres offers considerably more internal volume, but with a 400 V three-phase connection and a mobile housing, see the size table below. If floor space is limited, the smaller UN160plus with 161 litres is the obvious alternative.Typical applicationsThe UN260plus is used in research, science, industry and quality assurance for drying and heating larger sample quantities.Drying and tempering larger sample series on several shelves at the same timeDrying and heating in industry and quality assuranceDrying in research and science on up to nine shelvesTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)824 x 1,183 x 684 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 110 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 3,400 WConnection 115 V (factory option)50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves max.9Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load of unit300 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-plus series with natural convection comprises eight sizes from 32 to 749 litres, listed below sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30plus32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55plus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75plus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110plus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160plus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN260plus (this page)256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN450plus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN750plus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYWith SingleDISPLAY, the same volume is available in the UN series: UN260.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN260plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN260plus, a full-view glass door, interior lighting and socket, a nearly gas-tight interior and a roller frame, among other things, can be ordered from the factory. Suitable accessories include additional grid shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB Ethernet adapter and a base stand. For factory and DAkkS calibration and IQ and OQ documentation according to DIN 12880:2007-05, we put you in touch with the right contact. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

The Memmert UN30 universal oven is the most compact model in the Memmert universal oven range and operates using purely natural convection rather than an active air turbine. With an internal volume of 32 litres, a temperature range of 20 to 300 °C and a unit weight of around 45 kg, it fits on a laboratory bench, where space is usually more limited than in the equipment area of a permanent laboratory. As there is no active air circulation inside the chamber, the UN30 is particularly suitable for applications where vibration-free and low-dust operation are more important than the shortest possible heating time, such as when gently drying light samples or fine powders.Natural convection for vibration-free, low-dust operationUnlike the UF models in the series, the Memmert UN30 universal oven deliberately does not feature an air turbine or a recirculation motor. Heat rises within the chamber purely by convection, without a fan setting air, dust or light sample components in motion. As a result, the operating temperature range starts from at least 5 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C, whilst the forced-air models in the UF series only start from 10 °C above room temperature; however, thanks to forced air circulation, they heat up more quickly and distribute the temperature more actively. For samples that are sensitive to air movement, such as loose powders, fine fibres or specimens that must not be blown away by draughts, the UN30’s natural convection is suitable. A DIN Class A Pt100 temperature sensor with 4-wire measurement ensures the same setting accuracy as in the larger models, despite the simpler airflow principle: 0.1 °C to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY: compact operation with a full range of functionsDespite its compact design, the UN30 does not compromise on any of the control functions found in the larger models. The ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a TFT colour graphic display, regulates temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, as well as the position of the exhaust air damper, programme duration, time zone and summer/winter time. As no air turbine is fitted, the only parameter omitted is that for the recirculation fan speed. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached. The data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download, whilst a USB stick containing the full version is available as an optional accessory.Compact dimensions of the Memmert UN30 universal ovenThe internal dimensions are 400 x 320 x 250 mm, whilst the external dimensions are 585 x 704 x 434 mm. One electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard; the cabinet can accommodate up to three shelves in total. The maximum load capacity is 60 kg for the entire unit and 20 kg per shelf, which is entirely sufficient for smaller sample batches and individual containers. As with the larger models, the interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The fully insulated stainless steel door locks via a 2-point compression door lock. The UN30 is connected to a 230 V or 115 V supply, in each case at 50/60 Hz, with a power consumption of around 1,600 W.Selection guide: choosing the right size from the UN seriesThe Memmert universal oven series with natural convection covers a range of internal volumes from 32 to 749 litres. The UN30 is the smallest model in the range. When choosing the right size, the key factors, apart from internal volume, are the footprint and the number of shelves required; not every larger model takes up more floor space than the next smaller one.ModelInternal volumeUN3032 l, footprint 585 x 434 mm, max. 3 shelvesUN5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUN7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUN110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUN260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUN450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUN750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UN30 is suitable when space on the laboratory bench is limited and only a few samples are being processed at a time. If the number of samples increases, the Memmert UN55 universal oven is the obvious next size up, offering 53 litres instead of 32 and 4 shelves instead of 3, whilst taking up only slightly more floor space. All seven sizes in the series can be found in our range of climate chambers and incubators.Distinction: TwinDISPLAY and the forced-air versionWithin the UN30 series, the most important purchasing decision is between SingleDISPLAY and TwinDISPLAY. The UN30 described here operates with a single Pt100 sensor and one display; for unattended processes with higher safety requirements, the Memmert UN30plus universal oven offers two redundant Pt100 sensors as well as two TFT displays instead of one. Those who would instead prefer to benefit from the shorter heating-up time offered by active air circulation and do not require vibration-free operation will find the Memmert UF30 universal oven to be the equivalent model featuring forced air circulation rather than natural convection, whilst retaining the same internal volume of 32 litres.Safety according to DIN 12880, even in the smallest modelThe UN30 also features adjustable electronic temperature monitoring plus a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. CE and EAC markings, as well as a UL test mark, are present.Application, installation and disposalThe same installation rules apply to the Memmert UN30 universal oven when placed on a laboratory bench as for the larger models in the series: a minimum clearance of 15 cm from the wall, a minimum clearance of 20 cm from the ceiling, and a minimum clearance of 5 cm on each side from a wall or adjacent unit. It may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at ambient temperatures of 5 °C to 40 °C and a maximum relative humidity of 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UN30 is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning products. As an electrical appliance, the UN30 is subject to the Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsThe compact Memmert UN30 universal oven is suitable wherever space is limited or where vibration-free, low-dust heat treatment is more important than a short heating-up time.Drying small sample quantities and laboratory glassware on the laboratory benchVibration-free drying of dust- or air-sensitive samplesTempering, ageing and baking of small material samplesRoutine tests in quality assurance, schools and trainingA compact addition or secondary unit in laboratories with limited spaceInvestment rationale: keep it compact or opt for greater safety straight awayThe UN30 is supplied with 1 electropolished stainless steel grid shelf; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to 3 shelves. For day-to-day operation under supervision, the SingleDISPLAY of the UN30 described here is generally sufficient. If a process runs unattended overnight, the redundant sensor system of the Memmert UN30plus universal oven reduces the risk of an undetected sensor failure. For visual inspection without opening the door, a full-view glass door with 4-layer insulation up to 250 °C or 300 °C is available as an option, as are interior lighting and a stacking kit, which allows two UN30 units to be stacked on top of one another to save space. Anyone wishing to use the data logger permanently, rather than just with the time-limited trial version, should add an AtmoCONTROL software licence. For pharmaceutical or standards-compliant applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before purchaseDoes the UN30 fit on a standard laboratory bench?Yes, with a net weight of around 45 kg and external dimensions of 585 x 704 x 434 mm, the UN30 is designed for use on a laboratory bench, provided that the bench can safely support the load.How many samples can fit into the UN30 at once?One grid shelf is included as standard; up to 3 shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, are possible, giving a total load capacity of up to 60 kg.Is natural convection sufficient for uniform drying?For most routine applications, yes. For dust- or air-sensitive samples, the gentle natural convection of the UN30 is an advantage; for shorter heating times with larger batches, the Memmert UF30 universal oven offers active air circulation with the same volume.How does the UN30 differ from the UN30plus?Both operate using natural convection and share the same housing; the UN30plus additionally features two redundant Pt100 sensors and TwinDISPLAY for greater process reliability during unattended operation.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, as the UN30, like all models in the series, measures using a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor with 4-wire technology.Can a glass door be retrofitted?A full-view glass door with 4-layer insulation up to 250 °C or 300 °C is one of the standard options for the UN30 and can be specified when ordering.Is the UN30 suitable for continuous overnight operation?The mechanical temperature limiter, which complies with protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating in the event of an overtemperature of approximately 20 °C and is designed for unattended operation.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 5 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mmNet weightapprox. 45 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WShelves max.3Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load on unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingCasing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControl systemControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown timerPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, EAC, UL test markScope of delivery1x Memmert UN30 universal ovenFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert UN30 universal oven is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements & procurement serviceOptions available for the UN30 include full-view glass doors with 4-layer insulation up to 250 °C or 300 °C, interior lighting, reinforced grid shelves and perforated sheets, slide-in or floor-standing drip trays, as well as wall brackets, levelling feet, stacking kits and a mobile or fixed base frame. For data acquisition, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter with a 5 m cable, user ID sticks and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories, extended overtemperature protection with an additional Pt100 sensor, or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we will be happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

The Memmert UF30plus universal oven has the same external dimensions and the same 32-litre interior as the base model UF30, but works with dual sensors: two Pt100 sensors monitor each other, and if one fails, the second automatically takes over the function. In addition there are AutoSAFETY, an adjustable temperature monitor or adjustable temperature limiter selectable on the display, and a visual and audible alarm.Compact housing with dual sensorsExternally, the UF30plus hardly differs from the base model: the same external dimensions, the same easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed 32-litre interior with 4-sided all-round heating, plus an air turbine that is electronically controllable in 10 % steps and the admixture of preheated fresh air via the exhaust air flap. The difference lies in the measurement technology: two DIN class A Pt100 sensors measure in 4-wire technology and back each other up, and if one fails, the process continues with the second sensor.Two displays, one operating conceptThe ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY works with an adaptive PID microprocessor controller and two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. Programmes can be created, managed and transferred with AtmoCONTROL via the Ethernet interface or the USB port, and the programme sequence is retained in the event of a power failure. If the process time is to start only after the setpoint temperature has been reached, the SetpointWAIT function does this automatically.Safety concept despite a small chamberThe mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off at about 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor (protection class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (protection class 2) can be activated on the display. The AutoSAFETY function monitors over- and under-temperature, automatically follows the setpoint at an adjustable distance and reports deviations visually and audibly, and a self-diagnosis system also helps with troubleshooting.Guide to choosing: is the second sensor worth it?For simple drying tasks, the base model UF30 with SingleDISPLAY and one Pt100 sensor is often sufficient. Anyone who needs two sensors that monitor each other, AutoSAFETY and a selectable second temperature monitor chooses the UF30plus. If more volume is needed with the same protection, take a look at the size table below for the UF55plus or UF75plus.Typical applicationsWith 32 litres of internal volume and redundant sensors, the UF30plus is suitable for drying, heating, tempering, ageing, baking, testing and curing in research, science, industry and quality assurance.Drying small batches with redundant temperature measurementTempering and curing small samplesAgeing and testing in quality assuranceBaking and heating small components in research and industryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mmNet weightapprox. 45 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WShelves max.3Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load of unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsAutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesNine sizes between 32 and 1,060 litres make up the UF-plus series, listed here sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUF30plus (this page)32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF55plus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF75plus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF110plus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF160plus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF260plus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF450plus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF750plus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF1060plus1,060 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYAnyone who can do without the second sensor will find the same volume with SingleDISPLAY in the UF series: UF30.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF30plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UF30plus, a full-view glass door, a programmable door lock, door-open detection and a gas-tight version, among other things, can be ordered from the factory. Suitable accessories include additional shelves and perforated trays, a USB Ethernet adapter, a USB user ID stick and AtmoCONTROL software licences. For qualification and maintenance, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

With 32 litres of interior, the Memmert UN30plus universal oven is the smallest model of the UN-plus series and works without an air turbine, with natural convection alone. The external dimensions are 585 x 704 x 434 mm plus 56 mm for the door handle, and the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C. Two DIN class A Pt100 sensors monitor each other in 4-wire measurement and automatically take over the function of the other in the event of a fault.Interior and air routing without a fanThe interior measures 400 x 320 x 250 mm, is deep-drawn ribbed and has protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating. An electronically adjustable exhaust air flap admixes preheated fresh air, and the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve can likewise be controlled electronically. One stainless steel grid shelf, electropolished, is part of the standard equipment, and up to three shelves are possible. A total load of 60 kg is permitted with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf, and the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear wall.Control with TwinDISPLAYThe UN30plus is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT with two TFT colour graphic displays, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. The SetpointWAIT function starts the process time only when the setpoint temperature has actually been reached, and a digital countdown timer covers target times from 1 minute to 99 days. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated, and a self-diagnosis system supports fault finding. Programming and documentation are done via the Ethernet interface or USB port with the AtmoCONTROL software, and the programme sequence is retained in the event of a power failure.Safety technologyA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at about 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature, and an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can additionally be selected on the display. AutoSAFETY automatically follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance and triggers a visual and audible alarm in the event of deviation. Unlike the larger models of the series, the UN30plus has no HeatBALANCE function for heating power distribution, but the redundant sensors and AutoSAFETY are already fitted as standard even in this smallest size.Guide to choosing the right sizeIf there is room for a model with one more shelf, the UN55plus with 53 litres and 80 kg permitted total load offers more scope, see the size table below. For individual small samples or light batches, the UN30plus with its compact external dimensions remains the more space-saving choice.Typical applicationsAs a heating and drying oven with natural convection, the UN30plus is used in research, science, industry and quality assurance for drying and heating small sample quantities.Drying small sample series in laboratory operationHeating individual samples in research and scienceDrying and heating in industrial quality assuranceTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 45 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnection 115 V (factory option)50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WShelves max.3Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load of unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsAutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-plus series with natural convection comprises eight sizes from 32 to 749 litres, listed below sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30plus (this page)32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55plus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75plus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110plus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160plus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN260plus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN450plus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN750plus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYWith SingleDISPLAY, the same volume is available in the UN series: UN30.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN30plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN30plus, the 115 V voltage variant, temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature), a full-view glass door, interior lighting and socket and a nearly gas-tight interior, among other things, can be ordered from the factory. Suitable accessories include additional grid shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB Ethernet adapter and a stacking kit. For qualification, we arrange factory, on-site and DAkkS calibrations, IQ/OQ documentation according to DIN 12880:2007-05 and a short training course. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

The Memmert universal oven UF55 is the smallest model in the forced-air series: 53 litres’ internal volume with a compact footprint, a temperature range of 20 to 300 °C and an electronically controlled air turbine that ensures active, uniform heat distribution even in a unit of this size. For laboratories wishing to switch from a natural convection unit to shorter heating times without taking up more floor space, the UF55 is the obvious entry-level choice for the series’ forced-air technology. With up to 4 shelves and a maximum total load capacity of 80 kg, it is a compact workhorse for routine tasks.Forced air circulation in the smallest of spaces: shorter heating timesThe UF55’s air turbine, which can be electronically controlled in 10 % increments, actively distributes heat throughout the interior, rather than simply allowing it to rise, as is the case with a natural convection cabinet. As a result, the UF55 achieves its operating temperature range from at least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C, with shorter heating-up times than a comparable natural convection model such as the UN55, which, by contrast, starts operating from just 5 °C above room temperature and requires no air movement within the chamber. A DIN Class A Pt100 temperature sensor with 4-wire measurement ensures a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY and data acquisitionThe UF55 is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphics display. The following parameters can be adjusted: temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, the speed of the recirculation fan, the position of the exhaust air damper, the programme duration, as well as the time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached. The data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert universal oven UF55The interior measures 400 x 400 x 330 mm; the external dimensions of the cabinet are 585 x 784 x 514 mm, and the net weight is approximately 57 kg. One electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard; up to four shelves are possible in total. The maximum total load is 80 kg, with up to 20 kg permitted per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UF55 can be connected either to 230 V (approx. 2,000 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,700 W), in both cases at 50/60 Hz.Selection guide: choosing the right size from the UF rangeThe Memmert UF range offers a choice of eight sizes, with internal volumes ranging from 53 to 1,060 litres. When making a selection, the footprint and the number of shelves required are often more important than the volume alone.ModelInternal volumeUF5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUF7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUF110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUF160161 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUF450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesUF10601,060 l, footprint 1,224 x 1,035 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UF55 is the entry-level model in this range. If you need more shelves whilst maintaining the same footprint, you’ll find them in the Memmert universal oven UF75 (74 litres, 6 shelves instead of 4, same footprint, just taller). You can find all sizes of the series in our climate chambers & incubators range.Distinction: Forced air circulation versus natural convection, and TwinDISPLAYWithin the Memmert family of heating and drying ovens, the most important purchasing decision is between forced air circulation (UF series) and natural convection (UN series). Thanks to its air turbine, the UF55 achieves shorter heating times, but its working temperature range only starts at 10 °C above room temperature, rather than at 5 °C like the Memmert universal oven UN55. For samples sensitive to dust or air movement, natural convection remains the more suitable choice. For unattended runs with redundant temperature monitoring, the Memmert universal oven UF55plus is available, featuring TwinDISPLAY, two Pt100 sensors, HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY. Those requiring greater capacity whilst maintaining the same footprint will find it in the Memmert universal oven UF75.Safety according to DIN 12880 for unattended operationIn addition to the adjustable electronic temperature monitoring, the UF55 is fitted with a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to the wall or an adjacent unit. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UF55 is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning agents. As an electrical appliance, the UF55 is subject to the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 53 litres and active air circulation, the Memmert universal oven UF55 is suitable for compact laboratory workstations that still wish to benefit from shorter heating times.Drying of laboratory glassware and small batches of samples in routine operationsTempering, ageing and baking of material samplesTesting and curing in quality assuranceSample preparation within a tight timeframe thanks to a shorter heating timeAn entry-level unit for laboratories switching from natural convection to forced-air circulationInvestment rationale: Equipment tailored to the specific purposeThe scope of delivery for the UF55 includes 1 electropolished stainless steel grid shelf; the oven is designed to accommodate up to 4 shelves. Those who regularly run several batches in parallel should order additional grid shelves or perforated trays. A fully transparent glass door is available as an option for visual inspection without opening the door, as are interior lighting and an internal power socket for additional measurement equipment. Those wishing to use the data logger on a permanent basis should add an AtmoCONTROL software licence. For those wishing to run unattended cycles with redundant temperature monitoring, the Memmert universal oven UF55plus with TwinDISPLAY is worth choosing outright, rather than retrofitting accessories to the SingleDISPLAY model. For pharmaceutical or standards-based applications, calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services are available, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseHow many samples can the UF55 hold at any one time?One grid shelf is included as standard; up to four shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, are possible, giving a total load capacity of up to 80 kg.Can I place the UF55 on a laboratory bench?Yes, with a net weight of around 57 kg and a footprint of 585 x 514 mm, the UF55 is designed for use on a laboratory bench, provided that the bench can safely support the load.What is the difference between this model and the UN55?Both share the same casing and footprint. The UF55 actively distributes heat via an air turbine and heats up more quickly, whereas the Memmert universal oven UN55 operates with minimal vibration and dust, using natural convection.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?The UF55 achieves a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, measured using a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor in a 4-wire configuration.Can a glass door be fitted as a retrofit?A fully transparent glass door is one of the common options for the UF55 and can be selected when placing your order.How does the UF55 differ from the larger UF75?Both use the same forced air circulation technology and SingleDISPLAY; the UF75 offers greater capacity, 74 litres instead of 53, and 6 shelves instead of 4, whilst occupying the same floor space.Is the UF55 suitable for continuous overnight operation?The mechanical temperature limiter, of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heater off when the temperature rises by approximately 20 °C and is designed for unattended operation.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 57 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 2,000 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WShelves max.4Shelves included in the scope of delivery1Max. load on the unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown clockPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF55Factory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert universal oven UF55 is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceOptional extras available for the UF55 include fully transparent glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, reinforced grid shelves and perforated trays, slide-in or floor-standing drip trays, as well as wall brackets, levelling feet and a stacking kit. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for data acquisition. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories, a gas-tight version, or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we are happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

The Memmert UF55plus universal oven brings the series’ TwinDISPLAY safety features to the smallest forced-air model: 53 litres’ internal volume, a temperature range of 20 to 300 °C, and two redundant Pt100 sensors that monitor each other. If one fails, the second automatically takes over its function. For laboratories that do not want to compromise on process reliability, even with small batches, the UF55plus is therefore the logical alternative to the SingleDISPLAY base model, without taking up any extra floor space.Forced air circulation with redundant temperature measurement in a very compact spaceThe UF55plus’s air turbine, which can be electronically controlled in 10 % increments, actively distributes heat throughout the interior and operates within a temperature range of at least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C. Two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration monitor each other and ensure a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, even in the event of a sensor failure. Preheated fresh air is introduced via an electronically adjustable exhaust air damper; the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve can also be controlled electronically.ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY: HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETYThe UF55plus is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, which features two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays. The HeatBALANCE function allows for fine-tuning of the heat output distribution between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 to +50 %. AutoSAFETY also monitors over- and under-temperature conditions, automatically tracks the setpoint within a freely selectable tolerance range and triggers visual and audible alarms in the event of a deviation; if the setpoint is exceeded, the heating system switches off. Programmes are programmed, managed and transferred via the Ethernet interface or USB port using the AtmoCONTROL software.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert universal oven UF55plusThe internal dimensions are 400 x 400 x 330 mm; the external dimensions of the housing are 585 x 784 x 514 mm, and the net weight is approximately 57 kg, identical to that of the base model UF55. One electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard; up to four shelves are possible in total. The maximum total load is 80 kg, with up to 20 kg permitted per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UF55plus can be connected either to 230 V (approx. 2,000 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,700 W), in both cases at 50/60 Hz.Choosing the right size from the UF rangeThe eight models in the Memmert UF range, which feature forced air circulation, have internal volumes ranging from 53 to 1,060 litres and are each available with TwinDISPLAY. When selecting the right model, the key factors to consider, alongside the volume, are the footprint and the number of shelves required.ModelInternal volumeUF5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUF7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUF110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUF160161 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUF450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesUF10601,060 l, footprint 1,224 x 1,035 mm, max. 14 shelvesWithin this range, the UF55plus marks the entry-level model featuring the TwinDISPLAY system. If you require more shelves whilst maintaining the same footprint, you will find them in the Memmert universal oven UF75plus (74 litres, 6 shelves instead of 4). You can find all sizes in this range in our range of climate chambers and incubators.Differences between TwinDISPLAY, SingleDISPLAY and natural convectionAnyone who can do without sensor redundancy can save money with the Memmert universal oven UF55 in the basic model with SingleDISPLAY. For samples that are sensitive to dust or air movement and cannot tolerate active air circulation, the Memmert universal oven UN55plus offers the same housing, but with natural convection instead of an air turbine, and still featuring TwinDISPLAY. Anyone needing more capacity whilst maintaining the same footprint will find it in the Memmert universal oven UF75plus.Safety according to DIN 12880, enhanced by AutoSAFETYIn addition to the adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and AutoSAFETY, the UF55plus is fitted with a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. The display also allows you to select either an adjustable temperature monitor (protection class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (protection class 2). An integrated self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and 3 freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to the wall or an adjacent unit. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UF55plus is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning agents. As an electrical appliance, the UF55plus is subject to the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 53 litres and redundant sensor technology, the Memmert universal oven UF55plus is suitable for compact laboratory workstations with heightened requirements for process reliability, such as in quality assurance or training laboratories, where several smaller cabinets operate in parallel and unattended.Unattended drying of small batches overnight or at the weekendTempering and baking of material samples, subject to documentation requirementsTesting and curing in quality assurance in the smallest of spacesTime-critical sample preparation requiring high reliabilityAn introduction to TwinDISPLAY equipment for laboratories with limited floor spaceWhen TwinDISPLAY is worthwhileThe scope of delivery for the UF55plus includes 1 electropolished stainless steel grid shelf; the oven is designed to accommodate up to 4 shelves. TwinDISPLAY is particularly worthwhile where processes run unattended overnight and a sensor failure would jeopardise the batch, even if that batch is small. Those who do not require this redundancy can save money by opting for the Memmert universal oven UF55 in its basic model. A fully transparent glass door is available as an option for visual inspection without opening the door, as are interior lighting and an internal power socket. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for continuous data logging. For pharmaceutical or standards-based applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Those who regularly run additional batches in parallel can use two UF55plus units instead of a larger cabinet, as two small units can be adjusted more flexibly to different set temperatures than a single large cabinet.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseWhat are the specific benefits of the second Pt100 sensor?If one of the two sensors fails, the second one automatically takes over temperature monitoring, offering an added safety feature compared with the single-sensor system of the basic model, even for small batches.How many samples can fit into the UF55plus at the same time?One grid shelf is included as standard; up to four shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, are possible, giving a total load capacity of up to 80 kg.Is TwinDISPLAY worth it for such a small oven?If work is carried out overnight without supervision or if there is a requirement to keep records, then yes. For simple drying tasks during the day, the Memmert universal oven UF55 basic model is usually sufficient.Can I place the UF55plus on a laboratory bench?Yes, with a net weight of around 57 kg and a footprint of 585 x 514 mm, the UF55plus is designed for use on a laboratory bench, provided that the bench can safely support the load.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, regardless of which of the two redundant Pt100 sensors is currently taking the measurement.Is a natural convection version available with TwinDISPLAY?Yes, the Memmert universal oven UN55plus shares the same housing as the UF55plus, but operates without an air turbine.How does the UF55plus differ from the larger UF75plus?Both feature TwinDISPLAY and two redundant Pt100 sensors; the UF75plus offers greater capacity, 74 litres instead of 53, and 6 shelves instead of 4, whilst occupying the same floor space.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 57 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 2,000 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WShelves max.4Shelves included in the scope of delivery1Max. load on the unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF55plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert universal oven UF55plus is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceAccessories available for the UF55plus include full-view glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, reinforced grid shelves and perforated trays, a USB user ID stick for TwinDISPLAY user rights, as well as wall brackets and levelling feet. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for data acquisition. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we are happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

For those who have outgrown the Memmert universal oven UN30 but do not yet wish to install a floor-standing cabinet, the Memmert universal oven UN55 is the obvious next size up: 53 litres’ internal volume with almost the same footprint, and still utilising natural convection rather than an active air turbine. The temperature range extends from 20 to 300 °C, and the housing is made of textured stainless steel. As there is no active air circulation inside the chamber, the UN55 remains the first choice where vibration-free operation and low dust levels are more important than a particularly short heating time, for example, when drying samples laid out in the open or fine powders in slightly larger quantities than with the UN30.Natural convection: greater volume, same operating principleLike the smaller UN30 model, the Memmert UN55 universal oven deliberately does not feature an air turbine or a recirculation fan. Heat rises within the chamber purely by convection, without a fan stirring up dust or light sample particles. Consequently, the working temperature range starts from at least 5 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C, whilst the forced-air models of the UF series only start from 10 °C above room temperature, but heat up more quickly thanks to forced air circulation. A Pt100 temperature sensor of DIN Class A in a 4-wire configuration ensures a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, regardless of the unit size within the series.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY and data acquisitionThe UN55 is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphics display. The following can be set: temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, the position of the exhaust air damper, the programme duration, as well as the time zone and summer/winter time; the parameter for the recirculation fan speed is omitted due to the design. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached. The data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert universal oven UN55The interior measures 400 x 400 x 330 mm, whilst the external dimensions are 585 x 784 x 514 mm, meaning it has the same footprint as the UN30, but is slightly taller. The scope of delivery includes an electropolished stainless steel grid shelf, and the cabinet can accommodate up to four shelves in total. The maximum load capacity is 80 kg for the entire unit and 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UN55 is connected to a 230 V (approx. 2,000 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,700 W) supply, in each case at 50/60 Hz.Selection guide: choosing the right size from the UN seriesThe Memmert universal oven series with natural convection covers a range of internal volumes from 32 to 749 litres. When choosing the right size, the key factors, apart from the internal volume, are the footprint and the number of shelves required; not every larger model takes up more floor space than the next smaller one.ModelInternal volumeUN3032 l, footprint 585 x 434 mm, max. 3 shelvesUN5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUN7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUN110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUN260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUN450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUN750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UN55 is the obvious choice when the UN30 (32 litres) becomes too small for the volume of samples to be processed, but a significantly larger footprint is not yet available. If you need even more shelves whilst maintaining the same footprint, you will find them in the UN75 (74 litres, 6 shelves instead of 4, same footprint, just taller). All seven sizes can be found in our range of climate chambers and incubators.Distinction: UN versus UF, and when to use which displayWithin the Memmert family of heating and drying ovens, the most important purchasing decision is between natural convection (UN series) and forced air circulation (UF series). The UF models feature an electronically controlled air turbine, which actively distributes heat throughout the interior, thereby achieving shorter heating times; however, this only applies from 10 °C above room temperature, rather than from 5 °C as with the UN55. For samples sensitive to dust or air movement, such as loose powders or fibres, natural convection remains the more suitable choice. A direct forced-air equivalent of a similar size is the Memmert universal oven UF55 with 53 litres. Anyone looking for an even more compact natural convection solution will find it in the Memmert universal oven UN30 with 32 litres. All standard models in the UN series, including the UN55, operate with the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY; the TwinDISPLAY variant, featuring two displays and additional safety and logging functions, is reserved for Memmert’s ‘plus’ models and is not part of this series.Safety according to DIN 12880In addition to adjustable electronic temperature monitoring, the UN55 features a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to the wall or an adjacent unit. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UN55 is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning agents. As an electrical appliance, the UN55 is subject to the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 53 litres and natural convection, the Memmert universal oven UN55 is suitable for laboratories that require slightly more capacity than a standard benchtop unit but still wish to operate in a vibration-free environment.Drying laboratory glassware and medium-sized sample batchesVibration-free drying of samples and powders that are sensitive to dust or airTempering, ageing and baking of material samples in routine operationsTesting and curing in quality assuranceA second unit alongside a UN30, as the sample volume increasesInvestment rationale: Equipment tailored to the specific purposeThe scope of delivery for the UN55 includes 1 electropolished stainless steel grid shelf; the oven is designed to accommodate up to 4 shelves. Those who regularly run several batches in parallel should order additional grid shelves or perforated trays. A full-view glass door is available as an option for visual inspection without opening the door, which reduces temperature fluctuations inside the chamber, as are interior lighting and an internal power socket for additional measurement equipment. Those wishing to use the data logger on a permanent basis, rather than just with the time-limited trial version, should add an AtmoCONTROL software licence and, if required, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter. For pharmaceutical or standards-based applications, calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services are available, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseIs natural convection sufficient for uniform drying?For most routine applications, yes. For very densely loaded batches with widely varying sample sizes, a forced-air model such as the UF160 distributes the heat more actively; for dust- or air-sensitive samples, the gentle natural convection of the UN55 is advantageous.How many samples can fit into the UN55 at any one time?One grid shelf is included as standard; up to four shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, are possible, giving a total load capacity of up to 80 kg.Can I place the UN55 on the laboratory bench?Yes, with a net weight of around 57 kg and a footprint of 585 x 514 mm, the UN55 is designed for use on a laboratory bench, provided that the bench can safely support the load.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?0.1 °C to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, as the UN55, like all models in the UN series, measures using a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor with 4-wire technology.Is a glass door available as an option?A fully transparent glass door is one of the common options for the UN55 and can be selected when placing your order.How does the UN55 differ from the smaller UN30?Both operate using natural convection and feature the same ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY; the UN55 offers greater capacity, 53 litres instead of 32, and 4 shelves instead of 3, whilst occupying a similar footprint.Is the UN55 suitable for continuous operation overnight?The mechanical temperature limiter, of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heater off at an excess temperature of approximately 20 °C and is designed for unattended operation.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 5 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 57 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 2,000 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WShelves max.4Shelves included in the scope of delivery1Max. load on the unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown clockPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN55Factory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert universal oven UN55 is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceOptions available for the UN55 include full-view glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, reinforced grid shelves and perforated trays, slide-in or floor-standing drip trays, as well as wall brackets, levelling feet and a stacking kit. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for data acquisition. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories, a gas-tight version, or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we’d be happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

With an internal volume of 256 litres, the Memmert universal oven UN260 is clearly a floor-standing unit designed for businesses that regularly heat-treat, dry or temper larger batches. Like the smaller models in the series, it operates using purely natural convection within a temperature range of 20 to 300 °C, but now across up to 9 shelves. For materials testing and quality assurance in industry, where several test series run simultaneously and vibration-free operation remains crucial, the UN260 marks the entry point into the large-volume models of the UN series.Natural convection on an industrial scaleEven with an internal volume of 256 litres, the Memmert UN260 universal oven does not require an air turbine or a recirculation motor. Heat rises purely by thermal convection, without a fan stirring up dust or light sample particles within the large interior. The working temperature range extends from at least 5 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C. With up to 9 shelves occupied simultaneously, uniform natural heat distribution is particularly advantageous for sensitive material samples or samples laid out in the open, for example in materials testing. A Pt100 temperature sensor of DIN Class A in a 4-wire configuration provides a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, regardless of the unit size.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY for everyday industrial useThe UN260 is operated via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphic display. The temperature can be set in Celsius or Fahrenheit, as well as the position of the exhaust air flap, programme duration, time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached, ensuring reproducible results for industrial batches lasting several hours. The data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert universal oven UN260The internal dimensions are 640 x 800 x 500 mm, whilst the external dimensions are 824 x 1183 x 684 mm. The scope of delivery includes two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; the oven can accommodate up to nine shelves in total, more than any smaller UN model. The maximum load capacity is 300 kg for the entire unit and 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UN260 is connected to 230 V (approx. 3,400 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,800 W), in both cases at 50/60 Hz, and remains single-phase despite the unit’s size.Selection guide: an introduction to the large-volume modelsThe Memmert UN series with natural convection ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume. The UN260 is the first model in the range that is specifically designed as a floor-standing unit, rather than a benchtop unit.ModelInternal volumeUN3032 l, footprint 585 x 434 mm, max. 3 shelvesUN5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUN7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUN110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUN260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUN450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUN750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesIf the 108-litre capacity of the Memmert universal oven UN110 is no longer sufficient, the UN260, with a capacity of 256 litres and a significantly larger footprint, is the next step up. For even larger industrial batches, the Memmert universal oven UN450 follows, with a capacity of 449 litres and a three-phase power connection. The full range can be found under Climate Chambers & Incubators.Distinction: natural convection versus forced air circulationWith a capacity of 256 litres and 9 shelves, it is worth considering whether active air circulation might not be more appropriate anyway. Forced-air models in the UF series feature an electronically controlled air turbine and actively distribute heat throughout the interior, which ensures shorter heating times for very densely packed batches of varying sizes, though only from 10 °C rather than 5 °C above room temperature. For materials sensitive to dust or air movement, such as in materials testing with samples laid out in the open, the natural convection of the UN260 remains the more technically suitable choice. A forced-air model of a similar size is the Memmert UF450 universal oven with a capacity of 449 litres. Like all standard models in the series, the UN260 uses the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY; the TwinDISPLAY with two screens is reserved for the ‘plus’ variants.Safety according to DIN 12880 for large, valuable batchesProcess reliability is crucial, particularly with a 256-litre load, which often runs for several hours or overnight. The UN260 features adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and 3 freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL test mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum clearance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum clearance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum clearance of 5 cm is sufficient on the sides relative to the wall or an adjacent unit. With a net weight of around 110 kg and a footprint of 824 x 684 mm, the UN260 requires a permanently designated installation site with a load-bearing floor. It may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UN260 is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. At the end of its service life, the UN260, as an electrical appliance, is subject to the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) and must not be disposed of with household waste.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 256 litres, up to 9 shelves and a load capacity of up to 300 kg, the Memmert universal oven UN260 is designed for applications with higher throughput and larger test batches.Heat treatment and drying of larger batches of material in industryRoutine tempering, ageing and baking of material samplesMaterial testing and quality assurance with high sample throughputVibration-free operation with large numbers of dust-sensitive test specimensA complement to laboratories upgrading from the UN110 to significantly greater capacityInvestment rationale: Equipment designed for continuous industrial operationThe scope of delivery for the UN260 includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves as standard; the oven is designed to accommodate up to 9 shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg. Users who regularly utilise all levels should order additional grid shelves or perforated trays accordingly. For visual inspection without opening the door, a fully transparent glass door is available, along with interior lighting, an internal power socket and a levelling or mobile base frame. Those wishing to secure access can add a lockable door with a security lock. An AtmoCONTROL software licence is recommended for continuous data logging; for applications subject to standards, calibration and IQ/OQ/PQ services are available, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before purchaseCan the UN260 still be operated on single-phase power?Yes, despite the unit’s size, the UN260 can be operated either on 230 V (approx. 3,400 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,800 W); a three-phase connection is only required from the UN450 upwards.How many samples can be loaded at the same time?Up to 9 shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, giving a total load capacity of up to 300 kg.How much floor space do I need to allow for?A footprint of 824 x 684 mm, with a total height of 1,183 mm and a net weight of around 110 kg.Is natural convection still sufficient with so many shelves?Yes, for most heat treatment and drying processes. For very densely loaded batches with widely varying sample sizes, a forced-air model such as the UF450 can operate more uniformly.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?For the UN260, too, it is 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C, measured via a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor using 4-wire technology, which is unchanged from the smaller models in the series.Is the UN260 suitable for unattended continuous operation?The mechanical temperature limiter, of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating element in the event of an overtemperature of approximately 20 °C and is designed for long, unattended processes.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 5 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)824 x 1183 x 684 mmNet weightapprox. 110 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 3,400 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves max.9Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load capacity300 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingCasing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControl systemControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown timerPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation height2,000 mMarkingsCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN260Factory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel doors with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert universal oven UN260 is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceOptions available for the UN260 include fully glazed doors, interior lighting and a power socket, a levelling or castor-mounted base, a lockable door with a security lock, as well as reinforced grid shelves and perforated trays. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for data logging. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we are happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

The Memmert UN55plus universal oven handles drying and heating tasks without an air turbine, by natural convection alone, and with 53 litres of interior and up to four shelves it offers more capacity than the smallest model of the series. The setting temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C, and two DIN class A Pt100 sensors monitor each other in 4-wire measurement and automatically take over the function of the other in the event of a fault.Safety with AutoSAFETY, heating power with HeatBALANCEA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at around 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature, and an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can also be selected. AutoSAFETY automatically follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance and reports deviations visually and audibly. The HeatBALANCE function additionally allows the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group to be adjusted from -50 to +50 %, and a self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding.Interior, load and connectionThe interior measures 400 x 400 x 330 mm and is deep-drawn ribbed with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the external dimensions are 585 x 784 x 514 mm plus 56 mm for the door handle. One stainless steel grid shelf is part of the standard equipment, up to four shelves are possible, and a total load of 80 kg is permitted with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. The UN55plus is connected with 230 V at approx. 2,000 W, and 115 V at approx. 1,700 W is available as a factory option at no extra charge, in each case 50/60 Hz.Control via the ControlCOCKPITThe oven is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT with two TFT colour graphic displays (TwinDISPLAY), and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. The SetpointWAIT function starts the process time only after the setpoint temperature has been reached, and a digital countdown timer covers target times from 1 minute to 99 days. Programming and management are done via the Ethernet interface or USB port with the AtmoCONTROL software, and the programme sequence is retained in the event of a power failure.Guide to choosing the right sizeAnyone who can manage with less weight and wants to save floor space will find the more compact alternative in the UN30plus with 32 litres. If more shelves or a higher total load are needed, the UN75plus with 74 litres, six possible shelves and 120 kg permitted load offers more reserve, see the size table below.Typical applicationsThe UN55plus is suitable for drying, heating, tempering, ageing, baking, testing and curing in research, science, industry and quality assurance.Drying and tempering small to medium sample seriesCuring and baking in quality assuranceAgeing and testing of samples in research and industryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 57 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 2,000 WConnection 115 V (factory option)50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WShelves max.4Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load of unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-plus series with natural convection comprises eight sizes from 32 to 749 litres, listed below sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30plus32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55plus (this page)53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75plus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110plus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160plus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN260plus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN450plus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN750plus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYWith SingleDISPLAY, the same volume is available in the UN series: UN55.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN55plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN55plus, a full-view glass door, temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature), interior lighting and socket, a nearly gas-tight interior and MobileALERT, among other things, can be ordered from the factory. Suitable accessories include additional grid shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB Ethernet adapter and levelling feet. For factory and DAkkS calibration and IQ and OQ documentation according to DIN 12880:2007-05, we put you in touch with the right contact. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

Anyone who finds the smallest model in the forced-air series has reached its capacity limit will find the next size up in the Memmert universal oven UF75, which has almost the same footprint: 74 litres’ internal volume, a temperature range of 20 to 300 °C, and the same electronically controlled air turbine for active heat distribution. With up to 6 shelves instead of 4 compared to the smaller UF55, more batches can be run in parallel without the cabinet taking up noticeably more floor space in the laboratory; it is simply slightly taller.Forced air circulation: greater capacity with the same footprintThe UF75’s air turbine, which can be electronically controlled in 10 % increments, actively distributes heat throughout the interior, rather than simply allowing it to rise, as is the case with a natural convection cabinet. As a result, the UF75 achieves its working temperature range from at least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C with shorter heating-up times than the structurally identical natural convection model UN75, which, by contrast, starts operating from just 5 °C above room temperature. A DIN Class A Pt100 temperature sensor with 4-wire measurement ensures a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, regardless of the load on the up to 6 shelves.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY and data acquisitionThe UF75 is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphics display. The following parameters can be adjusted: temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, the speed of the recirculation fan, the position of the exhaust air damper, the programme duration, as well as the time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached. The data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert universal oven UF75The interior measures 400 x 560 x 330 mm; the external dimensions of the cabinet are 585 x 944 x 514 mm, and the net weight is approximately 66 kg. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard; up to six shelves can be fitted in total. The maximum total load is 120 kg, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UF75 can be connected either to 230 V (approx. 2,500 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,800 W), in both cases at 50/60 Hz.Selection guide: choosing the right size from the UF rangeWith eight sizes, the Memmert UF range covers an internal volume ranging from 53 to 1,060 litres. When choosing the right size, the key factors to consider, alongside the volume, are the footprint and the number of shelves required.ModelInternal volumeUF5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUF7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUF110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUF160161 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUF450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesUF10601,060 l, footprint 1,224 x 1,035 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UF75 is the obvious choice when the Memmert universal oven UF55 (53 litres) becomes too small for the sample volumes involved, but a significantly larger floor space is not yet available. Anyone who needs more volume with a larger floor space will find this in the Memmert universal oven UF110 (108 litres, more interior space, slightly larger footprint). You can find all sizes of the series in our climate chambers & incubators range.Distinction: Forced air circulation versus natural convection, and TwinDISPLAYWithin the Memmert family of heating and drying ovens, the most important purchasing decision is whether to opt for forced air circulation or natural convection. Thanks to its air turbine, the UF75 achieves shorter heating times than the Memmert universal oven UN75; however, for samples sensitive to dust or air movement, natural convection remains the more suitable choice. For unattended runs with redundant temperature monitoring, the Memmert universal oven UF75plus is available, featuring TwinDISPLAY, two Pt100 sensors, HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY. For those who require a smaller capacity, the Memmert universal oven UF55 offers a more compact alternative with the same footprint.Safety according to DIN 12880 for unattended operationIn addition to the adjustable electronic temperature monitoring, the UF75 is fitted with a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to the wall or an adjacent unit. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UF75 is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning products. As an electrical appliance, the UF75 is subject to the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 74 litres and up to 6 shelves, the Memmert universal oven UF75 is suitable for laboratories that require slightly more capacity than the smallest UF model, without taking up any more floor space.Drying of laboratory glassware and medium-sized sample batches in routine operationsTempering, ageing and baking of material samples in multiple batchesTesting and curing in quality assuranceMaterial testing in the industrial manufacture of small componentsA second unit alongside a UF55, if additional shelves are requiredInvestment rationale: Equipment tailored to the specific purposeThe scope of delivery for the UF75 includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; the oven is designed to accommodate up to 6 shelves. If you regularly use all levels, you should order additional grid shelves or perforated trays. A fully transparent glass door is available as an option for visual inspection without opening the door, as are interior lighting, an internal power socket and a reversible door hinge. If you wish to run unattended cycles with redundant temperature monitoring, opt for the Memmert universal oven UF75plus with TwinDISPLAY. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for continuous data logging. For pharmaceutical or standards-based applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseHow many samples can the UF75 hold at any one time?Two grid shelves are included as standard; up to six shelves are possible, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, for a total load of up to 120 kg.Can I place the UF75 on a laboratory bench?Yes, with a net weight of around 66 kg and a footprint of 585 x 514 mm, the UF75 is designed for use on a laboratory bench, provided that the bench can safely support the load.How does the UF75 differ from the smaller UF55?Both have the same footprint; the UF75 is taller and offers greater capacity, with 74 litres instead of 53 and 6 shelves instead of 4.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?The DIN Class A Pt100 sensor, using a 4-wire measurement, provides an accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards.Is a natural convection model available in this size?Yes, the Memmert universal oven UN75 shares the same housing as the UF75, but operates without an air turbine and is suitable for samples that are sensitive to dust or air movement.Is a TwinDISPLAY version available?Yes, the Memmert universal oven UF75plus also features two redundant Pt100 sensors, HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY for unattended processes.Is the UF75 suitable for continuous overnight operation?The mechanical temperature limiter, of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heater off at an excess temperature of approximately 20 °C and is designed for unattended operation.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 66 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 2,500 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves max.6Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown clockPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF75Factory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel doors with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert universal oven UF75 is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceAccessories available for the UF75 include full-view glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, a reversible door hinge, a wall bracket, a stacking kit and levelling feet. For data acquisition, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences, including the AtmoCONTROL FDA version for 21 CFR Part 11, are available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories, a TwinDISPLAY version, or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we are happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

For those who wish to benefit from the process reliability of TwinDISPLAY without immediately investing in a larger model, the Memmert universal oven UF75plus offers a compact solution: 74 litres’ internal volume, a temperature range of 20 to 300 °C and two redundant Pt100 sensors that monitor each other. If one sensor fails, the second automatically takes over. With up to 6 shelves and a maximum total load capacity of 120 kg, the UF75plus remains compact enough for the laboratory bench.Forced air circulation with redundant temperature measurement in a compact designThe UF75plus’s air turbine, which can be electronically controlled in 10 % increments, actively distributes heat throughout the chamber and operates within a temperature range of at least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C. Two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration monitor each other and ensure a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, even if one of the two sensors fails. Preheated fresh air is introduced via an electronically adjustable exhaust air damper; the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve can also be controlled electronically.ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY: HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETYThe UF75plus is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, which features two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays. The HeatBALANCE function allows for fine-tuning of the heat output distribution between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 to +50 %. AutoSAFETY also monitors over- and under-temperature conditions, automatically tracks the setpoint within a freely selectable tolerance range and triggers visual and audible alarms in the event of a deviation; if the setpoint is exceeded, the heating system switches off. Programmes are programmed, managed and transferred via an Ethernet interface or USB port using the AtmoCONTROL software. A programmable door lock and a door-open detection feature can be added as options, functions that are exclusive to TwinDISPLAY units.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert universal oven UF75plusThe interior measures 400 x 560 x 330 mm; the external dimensions of the housing are 585 x 944 x 514 mm, and the net weight is approximately 66 kg, identical to that of the base model UF75. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard; up to six shelves are possible in total. The maximum total load is 120 kg, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UF75plus can be connected either to 230 V (approx. 2,500 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,800 W), in each case at 50/60 Hz.Selection guide: choosing the right size from the UF rangeThe Memmert UF range with forced air circulation comprises eight models with internal volumes ranging from 53 to 1,060 litres, each of which is also available with TwinDISPLAY. When selecting the right size, the key factors to consider, alongside the volume, are the footprint and the number of shelves required.ModelInternal volumeUF5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUF7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUF110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUF160161 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUF450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesUF10601,060 l, footprint 1,224 x 1,035 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UF75plus is the obvious choice when the Memmert universal oven UF55plus (53 litres) reaches its capacity limit, but you still wish to use TwinDISPLAY. If you require more capacity, you will find it in the Memmert universal oven UF110plus (108 litres). You can find all sizes in this range in our Climate Chambers & Incubators range.Distinction: TwinDISPLAY versus SingleDISPLAY, and natural convectionThose who can do without sensor redundancy can save money by opting for the identically built Memmert universal oven UF75 in the basic model with SingleDISPLAY. For samples sensitive to dust or air movement that cannot tolerate active air circulation, the Memmert universal oven UN75plus offers the same housing with natural convection instead of an air turbine, and still features TwinDISPLAY. Those requiring less internal volume will find the Memmert universal oven UF55plus, the more compact TwinDISPLAY model with the same footprint.Safety according to DIN 12880, enhanced by AutoSAFETYIn addition to the adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and AutoSAFETY, the UF75plus is fitted with a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. The display also allows you to select either an adjustable temperature monitor (protection class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (protection class 2). An integrated self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to the wall or an adjacent unit. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UF75plus is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning agents. As an electrical appliance, the UF75plus is subject to the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 74 litres and redundant sensor technology, the Memmert universal oven UF75plus is suitable for compact laboratory workstations with heightened requirements for process reliability.Unattended overnight drying of small to medium-sized batchesTempering, ageing and baking of material samples subject to documentation requirementsTesting and curing in quality assuranceTime-critical sample preparation requiring high reliabilityA first step into TwinDISPLAY technology without taking up much spaceInvestment rationale: when TwinDISPLAY is worthwhileThe scope of delivery for the UF75plus includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; the oven is designed to accommodate up to 6 shelves. TwinDISPLAY is particularly useful where processes run unattended overnight and a sensor failure would jeopardise the batch. Those who do not require this redundancy can save money by opting for the Memmert universal oven UF75 in its basic model, which is of identical construction. A fully transparent glass door is available as an option for visual inspection without opening the door, as is a programmable door lock with door-open detection. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for continuous logging. For pharmaceutical or standards-based applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseWhat exactly are the benefits of the second Pt100 sensor?If one sensor fails, the second one automatically takes over its function, offering an improvement in safety compared with the single-sensor system of the SingleDISPLAY base model.How many samples can the UF75plus hold at one time?Two grid shelves are included as standard; up to six shelves are possible, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, for a total load of up to 120 kg.Is TwinDISPLAY worth it for this size?For simple drying tasks during the day, SingleDISPLAY is usually sufficient. For unattended overnight runs, the UF75plus is the safer choice compared to the Memmert universal oven UF75.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?The two redundant Pt100 sensors of DIN class A in 4-wire measurement achieve an accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards.Can I place the UF75plus on a laboratory bench?Yes, with a net weight of around 66 kg and a footprint of 585 x 514 mm, the UF75plus is designed for use on a laboratory bench, provided that the bench can safely support the load.Is a natural convection version available with TwinDISPLAY?Yes, the Memmert universal oven UN75plus shares the same housing as the UF75plus, but operates without an air turbine.Is a programmable door lock available?Yes, a programmable door lock and door-open detection are options available exclusively on TwinDISPLAY devices such as the UF75plus.How does the UF75plus differ from the smaller UF55plus?Both feature TwinDISPLAY and two redundant Pt100 sensors; the UF75plus offers greater capacity, 74 litres instead of 53, and 6 shelves instead of 4, whilst occupying the same floor space.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 66 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 2,500 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves max.6Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF75plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel doors with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert universal oven UF75plus is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceOptional extras available for the UF75plus include full-view glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, a reversible door hinge, a potential-free alarm contact and a USB user ID stick for TwinDISPLAY user rights. For data acquisition, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences, including the AtmoCONTROL FDA version for 21 CFR Part 11, are available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we are happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

With 74 litres of interior, the Memmert UN75plus universal oven is the third of eight sizes in the UN-plus series. Up to six shelves can be loaded at the same time, and two stainless steel grid shelves are already part of the scope of delivery. Heating is by natural convection only, without an air turbine, and the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C.Two sensors, one control conceptTwo DIN class A Pt100 sensors work in 4-wire measurement and monitor each other, and if one fails, the second automatically takes over its function. Control is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, an adaptive multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C above that. Programmes can be created, transferred and managed via Ethernet or USB with the AtmoCONTROL software, and the programme sequence is retained in the event of a power failure.Load and connectionThe interior of the UN75plus measures 400 x 560 x 330 mm, and the housing measures 585 x 944 x 514 mm externally plus 56 mm for the door handle. A total load of up to 120 kg is permitted, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. The mains connection is 230 V with approx. 2,500 W, and anyone who needs 115 V instead orders the factory option X2 at no extra charge, with approx. 1,800 W of power.Temperature monitoring and additional functionsA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating approx. 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature, and an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can additionally be selected on the display. AutoSAFETY follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance and reports deviations visually and audibly. With HeatBALANCE, the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group can be shifted by -50 to +50 %, and a self-diagnosis system supports fault finding.Guide to choosing the right sizeAnyone who can manage with four shelves and 80 kg total load will find the smaller variant in the UN55plus with 53 litres, which is 160 mm lower with the same footprint. If more volume or more than 120 kg total load is needed, the UN110plus with 108 litres and 175 kg permitted load is one size up, although it accommodates a maximum of five shelves, see the size table below.Typical applicationsThe UN75plus is suitable for drying, heating, tempering, ageing, baking, testing and curing in research, science, industry and quality assurance.Drying and tempering smaller to medium batches with up to six shelvesBaking and curing in quality assuranceHeating and testing of samples in research and industryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 66 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 2,500 WConnection 115 V (factory option)50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves max.6Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load of unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesEight sizes between 32 and 749 litres make up the UN-plus series with natural convection, listed below sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30plus32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55plus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75plus (this page)74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110plus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160plus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN260plus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN450plus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN750plus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYAs a single-sensor version with one control display, the same volume is available in the UN series: UN75.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN75plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN75plus, the 115 V voltage variant, a full-view glass door, temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature) and interior lighting with interior socket, among other things, can be ordered from the factory. A nearly gas-tight interior and a roller frame can also be ordered from the factory. Additional stainless steel grid shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, levelling feet and a stacking kit are available as accessories. We arrange calibrations, qualification documents according to DIN 12880:2007-05 and maintenance contracts on request. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The IN110plus has a capacity of 108 litres with a maximum of five shelves, two of which are fitted as standard, and weighs around 76 kilograms net. The smaller IN75plus, with a capacity of 74 litres, offers as many as six shelves, one more than the larger IN110plus. Temperature control is managed via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two Pt100 sensors, operating within a range of +20 to +80 °C.Design and air flowAn electronically adjustable exhaust air flap introduces preheated fresh air, whilst the exhaust air outlet with a throttle valve is electronically controllable. The interior is reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing and features a protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system. The IF-plus series of the same size, by contrast, operates with forced air circulation rather than natural convection.HeatBALANCE and sensor technologyHeatBALANCE adjusts the distribution of heating output between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 to +50 %. Control is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays; two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration monitor each other reciprocally. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. Programmes can be managed and transferred via Ethernet or USB using the AtmoCONTROL software.Safety and internal sterilisationA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 serves as a safety measure; it switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. An adjustable temperature monitor (protection class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (protection class 2) can also be selected on the display. AutoSAFETY monitors instances where the temperature exceeds or falls below the setpoint at freely selectable intervals and signals these both visually and acoustically; the sterilisation programme sterilises the interior, not the contents, at 160 °C within 4 hours.Selection guide for the right sizeIf the smaller IN75plus, with a capacity of 74 litres, is no longer sufficient, the IN110plus offers an internal volume of 108 litres, albeit with a maximum of five shelves instead of six. If sample volumes increase further, the table below lists the IN160plus with a 161-litre capacity and eight shelves.Typical applicationsThe IN110plus serves as an incubator with natural convection and HeatBALANCE for incubating and temperature-controlling samples between +20 and +80 °C, including in research applications.Incubating and temperature-controlling samples with redundant sensor monitoringSterilising the interior via the permanently installed programmeUse in researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2 Pt100 sensors, DIN Class A, in a 4-wire configuration for mutual monitoring and automatic failover in the event of a faultHeatBALANCE functionAdjustment of the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 % to +50 %Adjustable temperature monitor/limiterAdjustable temperature monitor (TWW), protection class 3.1, or adjustable temperature limiter (TWB), protection class 2, selectable via the displayAutoSAFETYadditionally integrated over- and under-temperature monitoring ‘ASF’, automatically tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval, alarm if the temperature exceeds or falls below the setpoint, heating shut-off if the setpoint is exceededSterilisation programmePermanently installed sterilisation programme (4 hours/160 °C) for sterilising the interior; not intended for sterilising the loadInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mm (depth plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 76 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,400 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves5Shelves included in the scope of delivery2InteriorEasy to clean, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % non-condensingMaximum installation heightmax. 2,000 m above sea levelMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IN-plus series with TwinDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSet temperatureDisplayIN30plus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55plus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75plus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110plus (this page)108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160plus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260plus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYThe same capacity is also available with SingleDISPLAY and a Pt100 sensor in the IN series: IN110.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IN110plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN110plus, the following items, amongst others, can be ordered ex-works: interior lighting, an interior socket, a potential-free contact for fault reporting, and feed-throughs of various diameters. In addition, we offer a USB user ID stick, reinforced grid shelves, levelling feet and a stacking kit. For qualification and requalification, we also arrange calibration and IQ/OQ services. Please do not hesitate to contact us regarding any individual requirements.

The Memmert UN75 universal oven has the same compact footprint as the smaller UN55, but is significantly taller, thereby offering 74 litres of internal volume and space for up to 6 shelves instead of 4, without taking up any more floor space in the laboratory. Like all models in the UN series, it operates using purely natural convection within a temperature range of 20 to 300 °C. For laboratories with limited floor space but a growing sample load, the UN75 is therefore the obvious solution: greater throughput with the same footprint, rather than a larger, wider cabinet.Natural convection even with six shelvesEven with up to six shelves, the Memmert UN75 universal oven does not require an air turbine or a forced air circulation motor. Heat rises purely by thermal convection; dust or light sample components are not stirred up by a fan. The working temperature range starts at a minimum of 5 °C above room temperature and extends up to 300 °C. Those who run many batches on several levels simultaneously and require vibration-free conditions, for example with powders or fibres laid out in the open, benefit from the additional number of shelves without sacrificing the advantages of natural convection. A Pt100 temperature sensor of DIN Class A in a 4-wire configuration provides a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY: a single operating interface for the entire seriesLike the other UN models, the UN75 is operated via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a TFT colour graphic display. The temperature (in Celsius or Fahrenheit) can be set, as can the position of the exhaust air damper, programme duration, time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWait function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached. The data logger can be read via the Ethernet interface, and a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download. Anyone wishing to use the same operating logic across several UN models will find it unchanged in the UN75.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert UN75 universal ovenThe interior measures 400 x 560 x 330 mm, whilst the external dimensions are 585 x 944 x 514 mm; with the same footprint as the UN55, it is therefore around 16 cm taller. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard, and the cabinet can accommodate up to six shelves in total. The maximum load capacity is 120 kg for the entire unit and 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, featuring integrated, protected all-round heating on all four sides; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UN75 is connected to 230 V (approx. 2,500 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,800 W), in each case at 50/60 Hz.Footprint and usable volume comparedWithin the UN series with natural convection, the internal volume ranges from 32 to 749 litres. Two models share the same footprint and differ only in their overall height; it is worth taking a closer look at this when making your selection.ModelInternal volumeUN3032 l, footprint 585 x 434 mm, max. 3 shelvesUN5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUN7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUN110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUN260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUN450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUN750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UN55 and UN75 have the same footprint; the UN75 is simply taller and therefore offers two additional shelves. If there is no longer sufficient floor space in the laboratory, or if a significantly larger capacity is required, the Memmert UN110 universal oven, with a capacity of 108 litres and a larger footprint, is the next step up. For smaller sample quantities, the Memmert UN30 universal oven is often sufficient. The complete range of climate cabinets and incubators can be found under Climate Cabinets & Incubators.Difference between natural convection and forced air circulationIf, instead of six shelves, you require particularly rapid and uniform heat distribution (for example, with tightly packed samples of varying sizes), you are better served by a forced air circulation model from the UF series. These units feature an electronically controllable air turbine and reach their working temperature range from 10 °C rather than 5 °C above room temperature; in return, the heat is actively distributed throughout the interior. An example of a comparable size is the Memmert UF75 universal oven with a capacity of 74 litres. For samples sensitive to dust or air movement, such as powders laid out in the open, the natural convection of the UN75 remains the more suitable solution. Like all standard models in the UN series, the UN75 uses the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY; the TwinDISPLAY configuration with two displays is reserved for the ‘plus’ variants of the series.Safety according to DIN 12880The UN75 features adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, an important safeguard, particularly when several batches are running simultaneously overnight. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL test mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum clearance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum clearance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm clearance is sufficient on either side from the wall or an adjacent unit. Due to the unit’s considerable height of around 94 cm, it is advisable to check the available headroom at the intended installation site in advance. Installation is permitted at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level, at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UN75 is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. At the end of its service life, the UN75, as an electrical appliance, is subject to the Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act and must not be disposed of with household waste.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 74 litres on a compact footprint and up to 6 shelves, the Memmert UN75 universal oven is suitable wherever multiple sample runs are carried out simultaneously but no additional floor space is available.Parallel drying of multiple sample batches in a confined spaceVibration-free drying of dust- or air-sensitive materialsTempering, ageing and baking of material samples on multiple levelsMaterial testing in industrial quality assuranceA useful addition to laboratories wishing to upgrade from the UN30 or UN55 to greater capacityMore levels instead of more floor spaceThe UN75 is supplied with 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves as standard; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to 6 shelves. Customers wishing to utilise all six levels should order additional grid shelves or perforated sheets accordingly. A full-view glass door is available for visual inspection without opening the door, along with interior lighting and a power socket for additional measurement equipment. Wall brackets or a stacking kit help to make even better use of the available floor space. For long-term data logging, an AtmoCONTROL software licence is recommended instead of the time-limited trial version; for applications subject to standards, calibration and IQ/OQ/PQ services are available, including those accredited by DAkkS.Frequently asked questions before purchaseWhy does the UN75 have more shelves than the larger UN110?The UN75 is significantly taller than the UN55 whilst occupying the same floor space, and therefore offers 6 shelves instead of 5, even though the UN110 has a larger total volume of 108 litres and a larger footprint. The number of shelves depends more on the height than on the volume alone.Does the UN75 fit into the same space as a UN55?Yes, the footprint is identical at 585 x 514 mm; at 944 mm high, the UN75 is only around 16 cm taller than the UN55, which is 784 mm high.What is the total load capacity of the UN75?Up to 120 kg distributed across a maximum of 6 shelves, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf.Is natural convection still sufficient with six levels?For the vast majority of drying and tempering processes, yes. However, where there are very large temperature differences between the shelves or the load is very dense, a forced air circulation model such as the UF160 can operate more uniformly.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?As with the other models in the UN series, it is 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, measured using a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor with 4-wire technology.Is the UN75 suitable for unattended operation?The mechanical temperature limiter, of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating in the event of an overtemperature of approximately 20 °C. Information on unattended operation is available on request.Technical detailsSetting temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 5 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 66 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 2,500 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WMaximum number of shelves6Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load on unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingCasing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControl systemControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown timerPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation height2,000 mMarkingsCE, EAC, UL test markScope of delivery1x Memmert UN75 universal ovenFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert UN75 universal oven is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements & procurement serviceOptions available for the UN75 include full-view glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, reinforced grid shelves and perforated sheets, slide-in or floor-standing drip trays, as well as wall brackets, levelling feet and a stacking kit. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for data acquisition. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, some of which are DAkkS-accredited. Do you require any of these accessories or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we will be happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

Anyone wishing to upgrade from a small benchtop unit to a model with significantly greater capacity, without having to install a floor-standing cabinet straight away, will find the Memmert UF110 universal oven to be the obvious intermediate option: 108 litres’ internal volume, a temperature range of 20 to 300 °C and an electronically controlled fan for active heat distribution. With up to 5 shelves and a maximum total load capacity of 175 kg, the UF110 meets the needs of many laboratories that regularly dry or temper several small to medium-sized sample batches in parallel, without the cabinet taking up the floor space of a larger model.Forced air circulation instead of pure convection: faster heating timesThe UF110’s air turbine, which can be electronically controlled in 10 % increments, actively distributes heat throughout the interior, rather than simply allowing it to rise, as is the case with a natural convection cabinet. As a result, the UF110 achieves its operating temperature range from at least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C, with shorter heating-up times than a comparable natural convection model, which, by contrast, operates entirely without any air movement inside the chamber. A Pt100 temperature sensor of DIN Class A in a 4-wire configuration ensures a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards. Those who run many different batches with varying setpoint temperatures will benefit from the active air circulation; dust-sensitive samples, on the other hand, are better suited to the natural convection variant.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY and data acquisitionThe UF110 is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphics display. The following parameters can be adjusted: temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, the speed of the recirculation fan, the position of the exhaust air damper, the programme duration, as well as the time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached. The data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert UF110 universal ovenThe interior measures 560 x 480 x 400 mm; the external dimensions of the cabinet are 745 x 864 x 584 mm, and the net weight is approximately 74 kg. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard; up to five shelves can be fitted in total. The maximum total load is 175 kg, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UF110 can be connected either to 230 V (approx. 2,800 W) or to 115 V (approx. 1,800 W), in both cases at 50/60 Hz.Selection guide: choosing the right size from the UF rangeThe Memmert UF range is available in eight sizes, with internal volumes ranging from 53 to 1,060 litres. When looking for the right size, you should compare not only the volume but also the footprint and the maximum number of shelves.ModelInternal volumeUF5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUF7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUF110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUF160161 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUF450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesUF10601,060 l, footprint 1,224 x 1,035 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UF110 is the obvious choice when the Memmert UF75 universal oven (74 litres, 6 shelves in a smaller footprint) becomes too small for the sample volume, but a larger footprint is not yet available. If you require more volume and more shelves whilst maintaining the same footprint, the Memmert UF160 universal oven (161 litres, 8 shelves instead of 5, same footprint, but taller) is the solution. You can find all sizes in this range in our Climate Chambers & Incubators product range.Distinction: TwinDISPLAY version and its natural convection counterpartThe UF110 described here operates with SingleDISPLAY and a single Pt100 sensor. Anyone requiring redundant temperature monitoring for unattended runs will find this in the Memmert UF110plus universal oven with two Pt100 sensors, TwinDISPLAY, HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY. Anyone who can do without active air circulation, for example, because dust-sensitive samples are laid out in the open, will find in the Memmert UN110 universal oven the identical housing with natural convection instead of a fan.Safety according to DIN 12880 for unattended operationIn addition to the adjustable electronic temperature monitoring, the UF110 features a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, an important safety feature for overnight or weekend runs. An integrated self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, whilst the calibration function allows three freely selectable temperature values to be readjusted. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL test mark.Installation, operation and disposalWhen operating the UF110, a minimum clearance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum clearance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; at the sides, a clearance of at least 5 cm from the wall or an adjacent unit is sufficient. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the cabinet is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. As an electrical appliance, the UF110 is subject to the Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 108 litres and active air circulation, the Memmert UF110 universal oven is suitable for laboratories that require more capacity than a standard benchtop unit can provide, but still wish to keep their setup compact.Drying of laboratory glassware and medium-sized sample batches in routine operationsTempering, ageing and stoving of material samplesTesting and curing in quality assuranceMaterial testing in the industrial manufacture of small componentsA second unit alongside a UF75, as the sample volume increasesInvestment rationale: Equipment tailored to the specific purposeThe scope of delivery for the UF110 includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to 5 shelves. If you regularly use all the levels, you order additional grid shelves or perforated sheets along with the unit. A fully transparent glass door is available as an option for visual inspection without opening the door, as are interior lighting, an internal power socket and a wall bracket for space-saving installation. If you wish to run unattended cycles with redundant temperature monitoring, opt for the Memmert UF110plus universal oven. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are suitable for continuous data logging. For pharmaceutical or standards-governed applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseHow many samples can the UF110 hold at one time?Two grid shelves are included as standard; up to five shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, are possible, for a total load of up to 175 kg.Can I place the UF110 on a laboratory bench?Yes, with a net weight of around 74 kg and a footprint of 745 x 584 mm, the UF110 is designed for use on a laboratory bench, provided that the bench can safely support the load.Is SingleDISPLAY sufficient for routine operation?For most applications, yes. However, if you wish to run unattended cycles with redundant temperature monitoring, the Memmert UF110plus universal oven with TwinDISPLAY is the better choice.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?Up to 99.9 °C, the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C; from 100 °C onwards, it is 0.5 °C, measured using a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor with 4-wire technology.Is wall mounting possible?A wall bracket is one of the common options for the UF110 and can be selected when placing your order.How does the UF110 differ from the smaller UF75?Both use the same recirculation technology and SingleDISPLAY; the UF110 offers greater capacity, 108 litres instead of 74, and 5 shelves instead of 6, whilst taking up more floor space.Is the UF110 suitable for continuous overnight operation?The mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heater off at an excess temperature of approximately 20 °C and is designed for unattended operation.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °COperating temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mmNet weightapprox. 74 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 2,800 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WMaximum number of shelves5Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit175 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelRegulationControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown clockPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert UF110 universal ovenFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel doors with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert UF110 universal oven is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceAccessories available for the UF110 include full-view glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, a wall bracket, a stacking kit and levelling feet. For data acquisition, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences, including the AtmoCONTROL FDA version for 21 CFR Part 11, are available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories, a TwinDISPLAY version, or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we are happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

The Memmert UN110pa paraffin oven holds 108 litres, and two stainless steel grid shelves are part of the scope of delivery. The nearly gas-tight interior heats paraffin and other embedding media evenly in the range from +20 to +80 °C, controlled via two redundant Pt100 sensors on the TwinDISPLAY. Up to five shelves can be loaded with a maximum total load of 175 kg.Interior for larger batchesThe interior measures 560 x 480 x 400 mm, and the housing measures 745 x 864 x 584 mm externally plus 56 mm for the door handle. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are part of the standard equipment, and up to three more fit in addition. The fully insulated stainless steel door closes via 2-point locking as a compression door lock, and the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear wall.Two heating groups with HeatBALANCEThe heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group can be adjusted via HeatBALANCE from -50 to +50 %. Display and control are via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays, and the two DIN class A Pt100 sensors measure in 4-wire technology, monitor each other and automatically take over the function of the other in the event of a fault. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C, and SetpointWAIT lets the process time begin only once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached.Safety reservesA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at about 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature. An adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can also be selected. AutoSAFETY runs in parallel, follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance and raises a visual and audible alarm in the event of deviation, and a self-diagnosis system supports fault finding.Guide to choosing between UN75pa and UN160paIf 108 litres are no longer enough, the UN160pa with 161 litres has more capacity, see the size table below. If less volume is sufficient, the UN75pa with 74 litres is the more compact alternative with the same control and safety equipment.Difference from the UN110 universal ovenThe universal oven UN110 of the same size also holds 108 litres, but goes up to +300 °C and is controlled via a SingleDISPLAY. The UN110pa stops at a maximum of +80 °C, but with a second Pt100 sensor, TwinDISPLAY, HeatBALANCE and the nearly gas-tight interior for paraffin and other embedding media.Typical applicationsWith 108 litres, the UN110pa covers sample preparation in histology, pathology and microbiology and evenly heats larger quantities of embedding media such as paraffin or wax.Embedding and heating larger quantities of paraffin or waxSample preparation in pathology and microbiologyProduction of microscopic specimens for teaching and researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mm (plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 75 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,400 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 W (factory option X2, no extra charge)Shelves max.5Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load of unit175 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriornearly gas-tight, deep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-pa paraffin oven series comprises five sizes from 32 to 161 litres, listed below sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30pa32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55pa53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75pa74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110pa (this page)108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160pa161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert paraffin oven UN110paFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +80 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN110pa, a full-view glass door, gas inlet and outlet and door-open detection, among other things, can be ordered from the factory. The accessories range includes additional shelves and perforated sheets, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB Ethernet adapter and a mobile base stand. We arrange calibration, IQ/OQ and maintenance services on request, as well as individual advice on suitable equipment.

The Memmert UN75pa paraffin cabinet is not a universal oven, but a dedicated unit for sample preparation in pathology: 74 litres’ internal volume, a temperature range limited to +20 to +80 °C, and an internal chamber that is virtually gas-tight as standard. Unlike the UN75, the UN75pa comes as standard with TwinDISPLAY, featuring two redundant Pt100 sensors, HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY. The unit operates using natural convection and has no air turbine. For sections being prepared for microscopy, this ensures reliably constant temperatures without any air movement inside the chamber.Restricted temperature range for paraffin applicationsThe temperature range of the UN75pa is 20 to 80 °C, which is considerably narrower than that of the UN75 (20 to 300 °C), as the paraffin embedding does not require higher temperatures. The working temperature range starts at a minimum of 5 °C above room temperature, the same as for all Memmert units with natural convection. Two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration monitor each other and provide a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C across the entire range. As no air turbine is fitted, the heat rises purely by convection, without a fan stirring up dust or circulating paraffin vapours inside the chamber.A virtually gas-tight interior: standard rather than optionalWhilst a virtually gas-tight interior is only available as an optional extra (K2/K3) on the UN75, it comes as standard on the UN75pa. Combined with the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY control system, which is fitted as standard, the UN75pa offers HeatBALANCE for fine-tuning the distribution of heating power, as well as AutoSAFETY for additional over- and under-temperature monitoring with visual and audible alarms.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert UN75pa paraffin cabinetThe internal dimensions are 400 x 560 x 330 mm; the external dimensions of the housing are 585 x 944 x 514 mm, and the net weight is approximately 66 kg, with the same footprint as the UN75 and UF75. 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard; up to six shelves can be fitted in total. The maximum total load is 120 kg, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean, deep-drawn ribbed, virtually gas-tight stainless steel with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UN75pa can be connected either to 230 V (approx. 1,250 W) or to 115 V (approx. 900 W), in both cases at 50/60 Hz; this results in significantly lower power consumption than the forced air circulation models in the series, as the temperature only needs to be raised to 80 °C rather than 300 °C.Distinction: Paraffin cabinet versus universal oven UN75/UF75The UN75pa is not a universal oven and should not be regarded as such. Anyone looking for a natural convection oven with a full temperature range up to 300 °C for general laboratory drying is in the right place with the Memmert universal oven UN75. If, on the other hand, you need active air circulation for shorter heating times, you’ll find this in the Memmert universal oven UF75. For paraffin embedding in other sizes, Memmert also offers the Memmert UN30pa paraffin cabinet (32 litres), the Memmert UN110pa paraffin cabinet (108 litres) and the Memmert UN160pa paraffin cabinet (161 litres), each with the same limited temperature range and virtually gas-tight interior as the UN75pa described here.Safety according to DIN 12880, enhanced by AutoSAFETYIn addition to the adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and AutoSAFETY, the UN75pa is fitted with a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, in the case of this model, this occurs at around 100 °C. The display also allows you to select either an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2. An integrated self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL test mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to the wall or an adjacent unit. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UN75pa is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The virtually gas-tight interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning agents; paraffin residues should be removed regularly to prevent the seals of the virtually gas-tight interior from sticking together. As an electrical appliance, the UN75pa is subject to the Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith a limited temperature range and a virtually gas-tight interior, the Memmert UN75pa paraffin cabinet is specifically designed for sample preparation using paraffin.Preparation of microscopic slides in pathologyParaffin embedding of tissue samples for histological examinationParaffin-based sample preparation in science and researchTraining and apprenticeships, for example in clinical pathology or histologyInvestment rationale: Equipment tailored to the specific purposeThe scope of delivery for the UN75pa includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to 6 shelves, whilst TwinDISPLAY and the virtually gas-tight interior are already included in the base price, rather than being available as optional extras as with the Memmert universal oven UN75. A full-view glass door is available as an option for visual inspection without opening the door, as are a lockable door, a reversible door hinge and a potential-free alarm contact for connection to a building management system. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for continuous logging. Anyone requiring a different size for paraffin embedding will find it in the Memmert UN30pa paraffin cabinet, Memmert UN110pa paraffin cabinet or Memmert UN160pa paraffin cabinet. For pharmaceutical or standards-governed applications, we provide calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseWhy is the temperature range limited to 80 °C?Paraffin embedding in pathology does not require higher temperatures; the UN75pa is specifically designed for this application and is therefore not a substitute for a universal oven.Why does a natural convection unit have TwinDISPLAY?TwinDISPLAY with HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY comes as standard on the UN75pa, even though the unit operates without an air turbine.Is the interior completely gas-tight?According to the manufacturer, the interior is virtually gas-tight, not completely hermetic; this is a specific standard feature of the paraffin cabinet, unlike the UN75, where the same design is only available as an option.How many samples can fit into the UN75pa at any one time?Two grid shelves are included as standard; up to six shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, are possible, giving a total load capacity of up to 120 kg.Can I also use the UN75pa for standard laboratory drying?Technically, yes, up to 80 °C; however, for the full temperature range up to 300 °C, the Memmert universal oven UN75 or the Memmert universal oven UF75 is suitable.What other sizes are available for paraffin cabinets?Memmert also offers the Memmert paraffin cabinet UN30pa (32 litres), the Memmert paraffin cabinet UN110pa (108 litres) and the Memmert paraffin cabinet UN160pa (161 litres), each operating on the same principle.Is the UN75pa suitable for continuous operation?The mechanical temperature limiter, which complies with Protection Class 1 as per DIN 12880, in combination with AutoSAFETY, switches off the heater in the event of an overtemperature of approximately 20 °C and is designed for unattended operation.Does the UN75pa actively circulate fresh air?No, the UN75pa operates using natural convection without an air turbine or recirculation fan; the heat rises purely by thermal action, which prevents paraffin vapours from swirling around inside the unit.Technical detailsSetting temperature range20 to 80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 5 °C above room temperature up to 80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInteriorvirtually gas-tight, as standardInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 × 560 × 330 mmExternal dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)585 × 944 × 514 mmNet weightapprox. 66 kgConnected load 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,250 WConnected load 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves6Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit120 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, virtually gas-tight, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMarkingsCE, EAC, UL test markScope of delivery1x Memmert paraffin cabinet UN75paFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 80 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedVirtually gas-tight interior (standard fitment, not an accessory)Regulatory informationThe Memmert UN75pa paraffin cabinet is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceAccessories available for the UN75pa include, amongst others, a full-view glass door, a lockable door, a reversible door hinge, a wall bracket, a stacking kit and levelling feet. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for data logging. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require a different size of paraffin cabinet or assistance in selecting the right unit for your pathology practice? Through our procurement service, we are happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

With an internal capacity of 161 litres, the Memmert UN160pa paraffin cabinet is the largest model in the UN-pa series and can accommodate up to eight shelves. The virtually gas-tight interior is designed to ensure uniform heating of embedding media such as paraffin or wax and is used for sample preparation in histology, pathology and microbiology. Control is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays; the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +80 °C.Chamber for the largest batch size in the seriesThe interior measures 560 x 720 x 400 mm; the external dimensions of the housing are 745 x 1104 x 584 mm, plus 56 mm for the door handle. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are supplied as standard with the unit; up to eight shelves can be fitted in total. The maximum permissible total load is 210 kg, with 20 kg per shelf. The net weight is approx. 96 kg; in the shipping carton, measuring 830 x 1300 x 800 mm, the gross weight of the consignment is approx. 122 kg.Virtually gas-tight interior for paraffin and waxThe interior is designed to be virtually gas-tight, is easy to clean and is reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing. A protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system surrounds the chamber; the fully insulated stainless steel door closes with a 2-point locking mechanism as a compression door lock. The housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. Each unit is supplied with a factory calibration certificate at +80 °C.Control via ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAYThe adaptive, multifunctional PID microprocessor controller operates with two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays and can be set to nine languages, including German, English, Chinese and Polish. Two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors use 4-wire technology and monitor each other; in the event of a fault, one sensor takes over the function of the other. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The HeatBALANCE function allows the distribution of heating power between the upper and lower heating groups to be adjusted from -50 to +50 %, whilst SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached. A digital countdown timer with target time display covers durations from 1 minute to 99 days; three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. Programmes are created, managed and transferred via Ethernet or USB using the AtmoCONTROL software; the programme sequence is saved in the event of a power cut. Convection operates on the principle of natural ventilation without a fan.Safety concept with multiple monitoring levelsA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. An adjustable temperature monitor (Protection Class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (Protection Class 2) can also be selected via the display. AutoSAFETY tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval, signals any overshoots or undershoots visually and acoustically, and switches off the heating if the setpoint is exceeded. A self-diagnostic system checks the unit for malfunctions. Permissible operating conditions include an ambient temperature of +5 °C to +40 °C, a relative humidity of up to 80 % (non-condensing) and an installation altitude of up to 2,000 m above sea level.The UN-pa series compared by sizeWith a capacity of 161 litres, the UN160pa is the largest model in the UN-pa series; there is no larger capacity available within this range. If a smaller internal volume is sufficient for the sample quantity, the UN110pa, with a capacity of 108 litres, is the next smaller model; see the size table below.Typical applicationsThe UN160pa is designed for reliable sample preparation in pathology, science and research, as well as in histology and microbiology. It is used for preparing microscopic slides in the laboratory. The virtually gas-tight interior is designed for the precise and uniform heating of embedding media such as paraffin or wax.Technical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, cross-monitoringInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 1104 x 584 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 96 kgConnected load 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnected load 115 V (factory option X2, at no extra cost)50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves8Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load capacity210 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriorVirtually gas-tight, deep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-pa series comprises five sizes ranging from 32 to 161 litres, listed below by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSet temperatureDisplayUN30pa32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55pa53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75pa74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110pa108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160pa (this page)161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert paraffin cabinet UN160paFactory calibration certificate at +80 °CFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN160pa, the following are available ex-works: a full-view glass door with 4-layer insulating glazing, gas inlet and outlet connections, side or rear feed-throughs, a lockable door, a left-hand door hinge, a process-dependent programmable door lock, a door-open detection system and a castor frame. Accessories available include additional stainless steel grid shelves and a perforated tray, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter, levelling feet, built-in frames and levelling or mobile base frames, as well as an AtmoCONTROL-FDA software licence. For qualification and maintenance, we arrange calibration, DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ and maintenance services. We are happy to advise you personally on your specific requirements.

The Memmert IF30plus incubator is the forced-air version of the compact 32-litre model and thus differs significantly from the natural convection models IN30 and IN55: an electronically controllable air turbine ensures more uniform temperature distribution inside the chamber; a TwinDISPLAY with two screens enhances operation with additional safety and display functions; and a permanently installed sterilisation programme thermally cleans the interior between different sample runs. As with the IN models, the temperature range extends from +20 to +80 °C; however, due to the active air circulation, the working temperature range only begins at a minimum of 10 °C above room temperature, rather than at 5 °C.Forced air circulation for uniform incubation and faster sample changesThe air turbine in the Memmert IF30plus incubator actively distributes heat throughout the interior, rather than simply allowing it to rise naturally, as is the case with the IN models. This is an advantage for applications where culture vessels of different sizes need to be maintained at a similar temperature simultaneously, as well as when switching frequently between different sample types. Two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration monitor each other in the IF30plus, providing an additional level of safety compared with the single sensor in the IN models. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C across the entire operating range, from at least 10 °C above room temperature up to 80 °C.ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY and integrated interior sterilisationThe IF30plus is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays. The following can be set: temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, the speed of the recirculation fan, the position of the exhaust air flap, programme duration, as well as the time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function only starts the incubation time once the set temperature has been reached. In the event of a power cut, the unit saves the programme progress to date. Particularly useful for routine microbiological work: a permanently set sterilisation programme running for 4 hours at 160 °C thermally sterilises the interior, though not the samples themselves.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert IF30plus incubatorThe interior measures 400 x 320 x 250 mm, although the depth is reduced by 39 mm due to the fan; the external dimensions are 585 x 704 x 434 mm, identical to those of the IN30 natural convection model. The scope of delivery includes one electropolished stainless steel grid shelf, and the cabinet can accommodate up to three shelves in total. The maximum load capacity is 60 kg for the entire unit and 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The IF30plus is connected to a 230 V (approx. 1,600 W) or 115 V (approx. 800 W) supply, in each case at 50/60 Hz.Selection guide: natural convection or forced air circulation with TwinDISPLAYMemmert offers two sizes with natural convection for incubation, as well as the IF30plus with forced air circulation and TwinDISPLAY.ModelInternal volume and controlIN3032 l, natural convection, SingleDISPLAY, 3 shelves max.IN5553 l, natural convection, SingleDISPLAY, 4 shelves max.IF30plus32 l, forced air circulation, TwinDISPLAY, 3 shelves max.With the same internal volume as the Memmert IN30 incubator, the IF30plus offers more active air circulation, the TwinDISPLAY and the integrated sterilisation programme. Those who, on the other hand, require a larger capacity with natural convection will find this in the Memmert IN55 incubator with a capacity of 53 litres. The full range can be found at Climate chambers & incubators.Distinction: IF versus IN, TwinDISPLAY versus SingleDISPLAYThe key difference between the IF30plus and the IN models lies in the ventilation principle: The IN series operates using natural convection and is particularly suitable for vibration-free, quiet incubation without air movement, whilst the IF30plus, with its air turbine, offers a more even temperature distribution for culture vessels of varying sizes or those densely packed, but only starts operating from 10 °C above room temperature, rather than 5 °C. The models also differ in terms of their displays: the IF30plus’s TwinDISPLAY, featuring two screens, as well as the integrated ASF over- and under-temperature monitoring and the selectable protection classes TWW or TWB, go beyond the SingleDISPLAY of the IN models. The UN30 universal oven, with natural convection and a temperature range up to 300 °C, is, by contrast, designed for drying tasks rather than incubation, and is not suitable for culture work in the range up to 80 °C.Safety: mechanical limiter, ASF and alarmThe IF30plus is fitted with a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. Additionally, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be selected via the display. The integrated ASF over- and under-temperature monitoring system automatically tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval and triggers a visual and audible alarm if the temperature falls below or exceeds the setpoint; if the temperature is exceeded, the heating is also switched off. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL test mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to the wall or an adjacent unit. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the IF30plus is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The integrated sterilisation programme allows for regular thermal cleaning of the interior between different sample runs, but does not replace regular maintenance. As an electrical appliance, the IF30plus is subject to the Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste.Typical applicationsWith active air circulation, TwinDISPLAY and an integrated sterilisation programme, the Memmert IF30plus incubator is suitable for more demanding incubation tasks involving frequently changing sample types.Incubation of culture vessels of varying sizes with uniform temperature distributionRoutine microbiological testing involving frequent switching between different sample typesFood analysis with requirements for documented cleaning of interior surfacesPharmaceutical applications with heightened requirements for process safety and alarm systemsResearch requiring redundant temperature monitoring using two Pt100 sensorsInvestment rationale: Targeted expansion of safety and process equipmentThe scope of delivery for the IF30plus includes one electropolished stainless steel grid shelf and the inner glass door; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to three shelves. Those wishing to secure access can configure a lockable door with a security lock; for additional redundancy in temperature monitoring, a further Pt100 sensor with overtemperature protection is available. If required, the unit can also be monitored via SMS alerts. For pharmaceutical or standards-governed applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request, which are particularly relevant for environments requiring validation, given the additional safety features of the IF30plus.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseWhat is the integrated sterilisation programme designed for?It thermally sterilises the interior of the IF30plus for 4 hours at 160 °C; it does not sterilise the samples themselves. This is useful for thermally cleaning the cabinet between different sample runs.Why does the working temperature range only start at 10 °C above room temperature?The active air circulation provided by the air turbine requires a slightly greater difference from room temperature than the IN models with natural convection, which operate from as low as 5 °C above room temperature.What does ASF mean in the IF30plus?ASF stands for the integrated over- and under-temperature monitoring system, which automatically tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval and, in the event of a deviation, triggers an alarm or switches off the heating.How does the IF30plus differ from the IN30?Both have an internal capacity of 32 litres and identical external dimensions; the IF30plus also features an air turbine, TwinDISPLAY, two Pt100 sensors and an integrated sterilisation programme.Is the IF30plus a medical device?No, the IF30plus is not a medical device; this applies only to the separate m and mplus variants.How many samples can fit inside at the same time?One grid shelf is included as standard; up to three shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, are possible, giving a total load capacity of up to 60 kg.Can the programme continue in the event of a power cut?The appliance saves the programme progress to date in the event of a power cut, so that ongoing processes remain traceable.Technical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to 80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, cross-monitoringInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)585 × 704 × 434 mmNet weightapprox. 48 kgConnected load 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnected load 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 800 WMaximum number of shelves3Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load on the unit60 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysSterilisation programmePermanently installed, 4 hours at 160 °C, interior sterilisationTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown clockPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, EAC, UL test markScope of delivery1x Memmert IF30plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at 37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)Inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert IF30plus incubator is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe IF30plus is available with, amongst other features, interior lighting and a power socket, a lockable door with a security lock, an additional Pt100 sensor with over-temperature protection, and SMS alerts. We also arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories or assistance in selecting the right incubator for your application? Through our procurement service, we’d be happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

With a capacity of 32 litres, the IN30plus is the smallest model in the IN-plus series and comes with one stainless steel grid shelf as standard and holds up to three. Two Pt100 sensors monitor each other and take over the function of the other in the event of a fault. Temperature control is provided within the range of +20 to +80 °C with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY featuring two TFT colour graphic displays.Compact housing with TwinDISPLAYNatural convection mixes in preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable exhaust air damper; the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve is electronically controllable. The interior features deep-drawn ribbing with 4-sided all-round heating, whilst the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. A model of the same size with forced air circulation instead of natural convection is available in the IF-plus series.Two sensors, one controllerUnlike the other models in the IN-plus series, from the IN55plus to the IN750plus, the IN30plus does not have the HeatBALANCE function for distributing heating output. Programmes are programmed, managed and transferred via Ethernet or USB using the AtmoCONTROL software; SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached.Temperature monitoring and sterilisation programmeA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 forms the first level of protection and cuts off at approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. Additionally, an adjustable temperature monitor (Protection Class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (Protection Class 2) can be selected; AutoSAFETY tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval and signals deviations visually and acoustically. A permanently installed sterilisation programme of 4 hours at 160 °C sterilises the interior, not the load.Selection guide for the right sizeWith a capacity of 32 litres and a maximum of three shelves, the IN30plus is designed for small sample quantities and a compact footprint. If more volume is required, the table below lists the IN55plus with 53 litres, four shelves and the additional HeatBALANCE function.Typical applicationsWith a capacity of 32 litres, the IN30plus is suitable for incubating and temperature-controlling small sample volumes in the range from +20 to +80 °C, including in research applications.Incubation and temperature control of small sample series with redundant sensor monitoringInterior sterilisation via the permanently installed sterilisation programmeUse in researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2 Pt100 sensors, DIN Class A, in a 4-wire configuration for mutual monitoring and automatic failover in the event of a faultAdjustable temperature monitor/limiterAdjustable temperature monitor (TWW), protection class 3.1, or adjustable temperature limiter (TWB), protection class 2, selectable via the displayAutoSAFETYadditionally integrated over- and under-temperature monitoring ‘ASF’, automatically tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval, alarm if the temperature exceeds or falls below the setpoint, heating shut-off if the setpoint is exceededSterilisation programmePermanently installed sterilisation programme (4 hours/160 °C) for sterilising the interior; not intended for sterilising the loadInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mm (depth plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 48 kgConnected load 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnected load 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 800 WMaximum number of shelves3Shelves included in scope of delivery1InteriorEasy to clean, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % non-condensingMaximum installation altitudemax. 2,000 m above sea levelMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IN-plus series with TwinDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSet temperatureDisplayIN30plus (this page)32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55plus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75plus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110plus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160plus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260plus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYThe same capacity is also available with SingleDISPLAY and a Pt100 sensor in the IN series: IN30.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IN30plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceOptions that can be ordered ex-works for the IN30plus include the 115 V voltage at no extra charge, interior lighting, an interior socket and a door-open detection sensor. Optional accessories include a USB User ID stick, a wall bracket, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences. We arrange calibration and IQ/OQ services for qualification and requalification. We are available to assist you personally with bespoke configurations.

With an internal volume of 32 litres, the Memmert IF30 incubator has the smallest internal volume in the IF series and, with external dimensions of 585 x 704 x 434 mm, takes up a comparatively small amount of floor space. With forced air circulation and a temperature range of +20 to +80 °C, it is suitable for incubating and temperature-controlling individual samples or small batches.Construction and air flowAn electronically controlled air turbine circulates the air inside the interior and can be adjusted in 10 % increments, whilst operating quietly. An electronically adjustable exhaust air damper mixes in preheated fresh air; the exhaust air outlet itself also features an electronically adjustable throttle valve. The interior of the IF30 is reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing and features a protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system; the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel.Control via the ControlCOCKPITThe IF30 is controlled via a SingleDISPLAY with a high-resolution TFT colour graphics display; the temperature is measured by a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor using a 4-wire measurement. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The SetpointWAIT function ensures that the process time only starts once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached; a digital countdown timer covers target times ranging from 1 minute to 99 days. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated, whilst a self-diagnostic system assists with troubleshooting. The programme sequence remains stored in the event of a power failure, and the data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface.Safety according to DIN 12880A mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature; in addition, the electronic temperature monitoring can be adjusted. The fully insulated stainless steel door with an internal glass door closes with a 2-point locking system as a compression door lock.Guide to choosing the right sizeWith one stainless steel grid shelf in the scope of delivery and up to three possible shelves, the IF30 is designed for small sample quantities; the maximum total load is 60 kg, with 20 kg per shelf. Those who regularly wish to incubate more samples at the same time will find more capacity in the neighbouring IF55 with an internal volume of 53 litres and up to four shelves.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 32 litres, the IF30 is suitable as an incubator for incubating and temperature-controlling individual samples or small batches in research, medicine, pharmacy, food analysis and food chemistry.Incubation of individual samples in research and medicineTemperature control of small batches of samples in the pharmaceutical industryIncubation processes in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)585 × 704 × 434 mmNet weightapprox. 48 kgConnected load 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnected load 115 V (optional)50/60 Hz, approx. 800 WMaximum number of shelves3Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load on the unit60 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IF series with SingleDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres in internal volume, listed by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30 (this page)32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF5553 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF7574 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYThis model is also available in the IF-plus series as the IF30plus, featuring TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors which monitor each other and take over operation in the event of a fault.Scope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock) and an internal glass door, single-leaf1 stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF30, options available ex-works include additional temperature monitoring, interior lighting and a power socket, as well as a version with the door hinged on the left. Accessories available include additional shelves and grids, a wall bracket and a USB-to-Ethernet adapter. We arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services for qualification and maintenance. We are happy to advise you personally on individual requirements or any queries regarding the appropriate equipment.

With an internal volume of 32 litres, a temperature range of 20 to 80 °C and purely natural convection, the Memmert IN30 incubator is designed as a compact incubator for the incubation and cultivation of samples in microbiology, food analysis and the pharmaceutical industry. An internal glass door allows visual inspection of the cultures without having to open the fully insulated outer door and thereby disturb the internal temperature, a practical difference compared to the pure heating and drying ovens of the UN series.Natural convection for stable incubation conditionsThe Memmert IN30 incubator operates without an air turbine or a forced-air fan; the heat rises within the chamber purely by thermal convection. This is an advantage for the cultivation of microorganisms and cell cultures: there is no forced air movement that could dry out open Petri dishes or affect culture media. The operating temperature range starts at a minimum of 5 °C above room temperature and extends up to 80 °C. A DIN Class A Pt100 temperature sensor with 4-wire measurement ensures a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C across the entire operating range, important for reproducible incubation temperatures, such as 37 °C in microbiology.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY and data acquisitionThe IN30 is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphic display. The temperature can be set in Celsius or Fahrenheit, as well as the position of the exhaust air flap, programme duration, time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function only starts the incubation time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached, which is important for defined incubation times. The data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert IN30 incubatorThe internal chamber measures 400 x 320 x 250 mm, whilst the external dimensions are 585 x 704 x 434 mm. An electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included in the scope of delivery; the incubator can accommodate up to three shelves in total. The maximum load capacity is 60 kg for the entire unit and 20 kg per shelf, which is more than sufficient for Petri dishes, test tubes and smaller culture vessels. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The IN30 is connected to 230 V (approx. 1,600 W) or 115 V (approx. 800 W), in both cases at 50/60 Hz, with noticeably lower power consumption than the heating ovens of the UN series with their higher temperature range.Selection guide: choosing the right incubator sizeMemmert offers two sizes with natural convection, as well as the forced-air version with TwinDISPLAY for different temperature distribution requirements.ModelInternal volume and controlIN3032 l, natural convection, SingleDISPLAY, max. 3 shelvesIN5553 l, natural convection, SingleDISPLAY, max. 4 shelvesIF30plus32 l, forced air circulation, TwinDISPLAY, max. 3 shelvesFor those who wish to incubate more culture vessels simultaneously whilst still avoiding forced air circulation, the Memmert IN55 incubator with a 53-litre capacity offers the next level. Those who, on the other hand, require active, more uniform air circulation as well as an integrated sterilisation programme will find these functions in the Memmert IF30plus incubator, which is identical in size. The full range of climate chambers and incubators can be found under Climate Chambers & Incubators.Distinction: Incubator versus heating oven, IN versus IFUnlike the universal ovens in the UN series, the IN30 is specifically designed for incubation temperatures up to 80 °C, not for drying or tempering processes up to 300 °C. The inner glass door, included with the IN30, is not part of the standard specification for the UN models and is important for culture monitoring without temperature loss. Within the incubator range, the key purchasing decision is between natural convection (IN series) and forced air circulation (IF series): The IF30plus features an air turbine, two Pt100 sensors for mutual monitoring, a TwinDISPLAY with two screens and a permanently installed sterilisation programme for the interior, all functions that the IN30, with its SingleDISPLAY, does not offer. Those who switch between different sample types and wish to decontaminate the interior between runs are better served by the IF30plus; those who require quiet, vibration-free incubation without air movement are better off sticking with the IN30.Safety according to DIN 12880The IN30 features adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum chamber temperature, important for incubation runs lasting several days without constant supervision. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to a wall or neighbouring unit. Installation is permitted at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the IN30 is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior and the inner glass door can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning agents and disinfectants. As an electrical appliance, the IN30 is subject to the Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste.Typical areas of applicationWith an internal volume of 32 litres and incubation temperatures of up to 80 °C, the Memmert IN30 incubator is suitable for compact routine applications in microbiology and food technology.Incubation of culture media and cultures in routine microbiological workBacterial count determination and shelf-life testing in food analysisIncubation of small batches in the pharmaceutical industry and researchVisual inspection of ongoing cultures without temperature loss thanks to the internal glass doorCompact entry-level incubator for schools, training and routine laboratoriesReasons for investment: Equipment for day-to-day incubationThe IN30 comes supplied with 1 electropolished stainless steel grid shelf and the internal glass door; the incubator is designed to accommodate up to 3 shelves. For process documentation, we recommend a permanent AtmoCONTROL software licence rather than the time-limited trial version, supplemented by a USB-to-Ethernet adapter. Those wishing to secure access can configure a lockable door with a security lock; for enhanced safety, an additional Pt100 sensor with overtemperature protection is available. For pharmaceutical or standards-compliant applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Those wishing to combine the IN30 with other devices on a shelf or rack will find a space-saving solution in a wall bracket or stacking kit, without taking up any additional floor space.Frequently asked questions before purchaseWhat is the inner glass door for?It allows visual inspection of the cultures without having to open the fully insulated outer door, which reduces temperature fluctuations inside the unit and disturbs the incubation process less.Up to what temperature does the IN30 operate?The adjustable temperature range is from 20 to 80 °C; the operating temperature range starts at a minimum of 5 °C above room temperature.How many culture vessels can fit inside at the same time?One grid shelf is included as standard; up to three shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, are possible, for a total load of up to 60 kg.Is the IN30 different from the UN30 universal oven?Yes, the IN30 is designed for incubation temperatures up to 80 °C and has an internal glass door, whilst the UN30 operates as a heating and drying oven up to 300 °C without an internal glass door.Is the IN30 a medical device?No, according to Memmert’s own MDR classification table, the IN30 is not a medical device; this applies only to the separate m and mplus variants.Is there a version with active air circulation?Yes, the Memmert IF30plus incubator, which is the same size, features forced air circulation, TwinDISPLAY and an integrated sterilisation programme.Is the IN30 suitable for continuous operation over several days?The mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at an excess temperature of approximately 20 °C and is designed for unattended operation.Can the IN30 also be used for drying tasks instead of incubation?In principle, yes, provided the setpoint temperature is within the range of 20 to 80 °C. For higher drying temperatures up to 300 °C, a heating and drying oven from the UN series, such as the Memmert UN30 universal oven, is the more suitable choice.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 80 °COperating temperature rangeat least 5 °C above room temperature up to 80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mmNet weightapprox. 48 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 800 WMaximum number of shelves3Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load on unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingCasing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControl systemControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown timerPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation height2,000 mMarkingsCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert IN30 incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at 37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking mechanism (compression door lock)Inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert IN30 incubator is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements & procurement serviceOptions available for the IN30 include interior lighting and a power socket, a lockable door with a security lock, an additional Pt100 sensor with over-temperature protection, and reinforced grid shelves. For data acquisition, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories or assistance in selecting the right incubator for your application? Through our procurement service, we will be happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

With an internal volume of 161 litres, the Memmert IF160 incubator covers a medium-sized chamber range; two shelves are fitted as standard, with the option to fit up to eight. The temperature range with forced air circulation is +20 to +80 °C, and the maximum permissible total load is 210 kg.Heating and air turbineThe interior of the IF160 features deep-drawn ribbing and is heated all round on four sides; the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel on the outside. The electronically controllable air turbine operates quietly and can be adjusted in 10 % increments; an exhaust air damper mixes in preheated fresh air.Control and diagnosisThe temperature is measured by a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor using a 4-wire measurement method; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The IF160 is operated via the SingleDISPLAY with a TFT colour graphic display. A self-diagnostic system assists with troubleshooting; the data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface, and the programme sequence is retained in the event of a power failure.Temperature limiter and lockingIn accordance with DIN 12880, a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. The fully insulated stainless steel door with an internal glass door is secured by a two-point locking mechanism.Choose between two neighbouring modelsWith eight possible shelves and a maximum total load capacity of 210 kg, the IF160 is suitable for running several parallel sample runs. Those who require a smaller chamber volume will find the IF110, with a capacity of 108 litres, to be a suitable alternative; those who regularly incubate larger batches will find the IF260, with a capacity of 256 litres, offers more space.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 161 litres, the IF160 is suitable as an incubator for incubating and temperature-controlling larger sample batches in research, medicine, pharmacy, food analysis and food chemistry.Parallel incubation of multiple sample series in research and medicineTempering larger batches in the pharmaceutical industryStandard procedures in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)745 × 1104 × 584 mmNet weightapprox. 96 kgConnected load 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnected load 115 V (optional)50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves8Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit210 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IF series with SingleDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres in internal volume, listed by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF3032 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF5553 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF7574 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160 (this page)161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYThe IF-plus series includes the IF160plus, which has the same internal volume and features TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other and take over operation in the event of a fault.Scope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock) and an internal glass door, single-leaf2 stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe IF160 comes ex-works with, amongst other things, cable and conduit entries in various diameters and positions, a potential-free fault signal contact and an alarm system via MobileALERT. Available accessories include a mobile base frame, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and additional drip trays. For qualification and maintenance, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services. Should you have specific requirements or any queries regarding the appropriate equipment, we will be happy to advise you personally.

The IN160 has the same footprint as the smaller IN110, with an internal width and depth of 560 x 400 mm, but is significantly taller, with an internal height of 720 mm. This results in an internal volume of 161 litres with a maximum of eight shelves, two of which are fitted as standard. Temperature control is via a ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, with a range from +20 to +80 °C.Same footprint, greater heightInstallation requires a minimum clearance of 15 centimetres from the wall, a minimum of 20 centimetres from the ceiling and a minimum of 5 centimetres at the sides. An electronically adjustable exhaust air flap introduces preheated fresh air, whilst the exhaust air outlet with a throttle valve is also electronically controllable. The interior is reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing and features integrated, protected 4-sided all-round heating; the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel.ControlCOCKPIT and programme sequenceThe ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY with a TFT colour graphics display evaluates data from a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor in a 4-wire measurement configuration; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. A digital countdown timer covers target times from 1 minute to 99 days; the programme sequence is saved in the event of a power cut. The data logger can be read out and managed via Ethernet.Temperature limiter and doorA mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating at approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature; an adjustable electronic temperature monitoring system supplements this safeguard. Behind the fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking mechanism is an inner glass door. The permissible ambient temperature range is +5 °C to +40 °C, with a maximum relative humidity of 80 %.Guide to choosing the right sizeIf the IN110, with its 108 litres and five shelves, is no longer sufficient, the IN160 offers eight shelves and an internal volume of 161 litres whilst occupying the same floor space. If even more capacity is required, the table below lists the IN260 with a 256-litre capacity and nine shelves.Typical applicationsWith a capacity of 161 litres, the IN160 is suitable for incubating and temperature-controlling multiple sample series in the range from +20 to +80 °C, including in research applications.Incubation and temperature control across eight shelvesUse in medicine, pharmacy, food analysis and food chemistryUse in researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1 Pt100 DIN Class A in 4-wire configurationInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 1104 x 584 mm (depth plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 96 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves8Shelves included in the scope of delivery2InteriorEasy to clean, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 %, non-condensingMaximum installation altitudemax. 2,000 m above sea levelMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IN series with SingleDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN3032 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN5553 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN7574 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN110108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN160 (this page)161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN260256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN450449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN750749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYThe same capacity is also available with TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors in the IN-plus series: IN160plus.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IN160 incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN160, the following options, amongst others, can be ordered ex-works: 115 V voltage (at no extra charge), extended overtemperature protection and a supply air filter. Accessories available include additional grid shelves and perforated trays, a built-in frame and pipe extensions; we also arrange calibration and IQ/OQ services for qualification and requalification. Should your requirements differ, we will advise you on an individual basis.

The Memmert IF260plus incubator has an internal volume of 256 litres and external dimensions of 824 x 1,183 x 684 mm; from the next size up, the IF450plus, the units are mounted on castors and can be moved and locked in place. Two stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard, and up to nine shelves can be fitted. Temperature control is provided by the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY system, featuring two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other.Interior and loading capacityThe interior measures 640 x 800 x 500 mm (W x H x D); a two-part roller frame with a height of 140 mm can be ordered ex-works. The 4-sided all-round heating system is protected behind the deep-drawn ribbed inner wall. A total load of up to 300 kg is permitted; as with the smaller models, the load per shelf remains at 20 kg, whilst the net weight is around 110 kg. The connected load is approx. 1,700 W at 230 V or approx. 900 W at 115 V, in both cases at 50/60 Hz. An electronically adjustable exhaust air flap mixes in preheated fresh air.Control, HeatBALANCE and programmingOn the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, the temperature is set within a range of +20 to +80 °C with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C; it is measured by two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors that monitor each other; in the event of a fault, one sensor takes over the function of the other. HeatBALANCE allows the heating power to be shifted between the upper and lower heating groups by between -50 and +50 %; SetpointWAIT delays the start of the process until the setpoint temperature is reached; and three temperature values can be freely calibrated. AtmoCONTROL handles programming and management via Ethernet or USB. For interior sterilisation, there is a pre-set programme at 160 °C for 4 hours; the load placed inside is not included in this programme.Safety and alarmsAutoSAFETY automatically monitors the upper and lower limits at a freely selectable distance from the setpoint, signals deviations visually and audibly, and switches off the heating if these limits are exceeded. A mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 operates independently of this at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature; alternatively, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be selected on the display. A self-diagnostic system assists with troubleshooting. The IF260plus is approved for ambient temperatures of +5 °C to +40 °C, a maximum relative humidity of 80 % (non-condensing) and installation altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level.Guide to choosing the right sizeIf batch sizes are smaller, the IF160plus, with a capacity of 161 litres, offers a more compact alternative with a lower overall weight. If you require more internal volume, 30 kg per shelf instead of 20 kg, or a cabinet that can be moved and locked in place, the IF450plus, with a capacity of 449 litres, is the next step up. It has the same total load capacity of 300 kg and accommodates a maximum of eight shelves, one fewer than the IF260plus; see the size chart below.Typical applicationsAs a forced-air incubator, the IF260plus is designed for incubation and temperature-control processes involving larger batches and is used in research, medicine, pharmaceuticals, food analysis and food chemistry.Incubation and temperature control of larger batches of samples using several shelves simultaneouslyIncubation processes in medicine and the pharmaceutical industryIncubation and temperature control of samples in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsSetpoint temperature range+20 to +80 °COperating temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)824 x 1,183 x 684 mmNet weightapprox. 110 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves9Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit300 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControl systemControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation height2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IF-plus series comprises eight sizes ranging from 32 to 749 litres, all featuring TwinDISPLAY, listed below in order of internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetpoint temperatureDisplayIF30plus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55plus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75plus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110plus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160plus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260plus (this page)256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYWe offer the same size model with a temperature sensor and SingleDISPLAY instead of the two monitoring Pt100 sensors as IF260.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IF260plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe IF260plus can be ordered ex-works with features including interior lighting, temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature), a door-open detection feature and a lockable door. Available accessories include reinforced stainless steel grid shelves, perforated stainless steel sheets, drip trays, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and a levelling base. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request. We are happy to advise you personally on any individual requirements.

The IN260plus offers an internal capacity of 256 litres and a maximum of nine shelves, more than any smaller model in the IN-plus range featuring TwinDISPLAY. Weighing around 110 kilograms net, the unit is installed with a clearance from the wall, just like the smaller models; it comes as standard without castors, though a castor frame can be ordered as a factory option. Control is via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two Pt100 sensors in the range +20 to +80 °C.Design for larger batchesNatural convection mixes in preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap; the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve is electronically controllable. The interior is reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing and features a protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system. Those requiring forced air circulation instead of natural convection will find the same size model in the IF-plus series.ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAYThe ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, featuring two TFT colour graphic displays, evaluates data from two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire measurement configuration, which monitor each other; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. HeatBALANCE distributes the heating power between the upper and lower heating groups within a range of -50 to +50 %; programmes are transferred via Ethernet and USB using the AtmoCONTROL software.Multi-stage temperature monitoringThe display allows selection between an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2, AutoSAFETY supplements these levels with over- and under-temperature monitoring, which tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval and issues both visual and audible warnings. At the lowest level, a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. The permanently installed programme performs internal sterilisation over 4 hours at 160 °C; the contents of the cabinet are not sterilised during this process.Selection guide for the right sizeWith nine shelves, the IN260plus offers the most shelf spaces of all models below the large mobile units, making it suitable for users for whom the IN160plus, with its 161-litre capacity, has become too small. If even larger batches are required, the table below lists the mobile IN450plus with a capacity of 449 litres; however, it has only eight shelves instead of nine.Typical applicationsThe IN260plus incubates and temperature-controls larger sample series between +20 and +80 °C, including in research applications.Incubating and temperature-controlling sample series across up to nine shelvesSterilise the interior using the permanently installed programmeUse in researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2 Pt100 sensors, DIN Class A, in a 4-wire configuration for mutual monitoring and automatic failover in the event of a faultHeatBALANCE functionAdjustment of the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 % to +50 %Adjustable temperature monitor/limiterAdjustable temperature monitor (TWW), protection class 3.1, or adjustable temperature limiter (TWB), protection class 2, selectable via the displayAutoSAFETYadditionally integrated over- and under-temperature monitoring ‘ASF’, automatically tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval, alarm if temperature exceeds or falls below the setpoint, heating shut-off if exceededSterilisation programmePermanently installed sterilisation programme (4 hours/160 °C) for sterilising the interior; not intended for sterilising the loadInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mmExternal dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)824 x 1183 x 684 mm (depth plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 110 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves9Shelves included in the scope of delivery2InteriorEasy to clean, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % non-condensingMaximum installation altitudemax. 2,000 m above sea levelMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IN-plus series with TwinDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30plus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55plus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75plus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110plus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160plus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260plus (this page)256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYThe same capacity is also available with SingleDISPLAY and a Pt100 sensor in the IN series: IN260.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IN260plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking mechanism (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe IN260plus can be ordered ex-works with, amongst other things, interior lighting and a socket, a left-hand door hinge and a 4-20 mA interface. We also offer a USB user ID stick, reinforced grid shelves up to 60 kilograms, a wall bracket and an Ethernet cable. For qualification and requalification, we arrange calibration and IQ/OQ services. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you have any specific requirements.

The Memmert IF260 incubator offers an internal volume of 256 litres and is designed to accommodate up to nine shelves for larger sample runs; the maximum total load is 300 kg. The temperature range, with forced air circulation, is from +20 to +80 °C.Interior and air circulationInside, the IF260 features deep-drawn ribbing and is heated all round; the rear wall of the housing is made of fully galvanised sheet steel. The low-noise fan can be adjusted in 10 % increments, whilst an exhaust air damper mixes in preheated fresh air.Operation and calibrationThe IF260 measures temperature using a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor in a 4-wire configuration; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The digital countdown timer covers target times from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function ensures that the process time only starts once the setpoint temperature has been reached. The control panel is also used to set the recirculation fan speed and the exhaust air damper position; three temperature values can be freely calibrated. The internal data logger can be read, managed and organised via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the accompanying software is available for download. In the event of a power cut, the last active programme sequence remains stored, whilst a self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding.Temperature protection and doorA mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating when the temperature exceeds the maximum cabinet temperature by approximately 20 °C. The fully insulated stainless steel door with an inner glass door is secured by a two-point locking mechanism.Size options in the IF seriesWith nine possible shelves and a maximum total load capacity of 300 kg, the IF260 is designed for extensive sample series. For smaller quantities, the IF160 with a capacity of 161 litres is often sufficient; for larger batches requiring a double-leaf door, the IF450 offers more space with a capacity of 449 litres.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 256 litres, the IF260 is suitable as an incubator for incubating and temperature-controlling extensive sample series in research, medicine, pharmacy, food analysis and food chemistry.Incubation of large sample series in research and medicineTemperature control of larger batches in the pharmaceutical industryBatch processing in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)824 x 1183 x 684 mmNet weightapprox. 110 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WConnection 115 V (optional)50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves9Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load on unit300 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, ULOther sizes in the seriesWithin the IF series with SingleDISPLAY, the internal volume ranges from 32 to 749 litres; sorted by size below:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF3032 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF5553 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF7574 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260 (this page)256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYA model of the same size is also available in the IF-plus series as the IF260plus, featuring TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors which monitor each other and take over operation in the event of a fault.Scope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock) and internal glass door, single-leaf2 stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe IF260 can be ordered ex-works with, amongst other things, a security lock, a left-hand door hinge, interior lighting and a socket, as well as a potential-free fault signal contact; cable and conduit entries in various diameters and positions, as well as a 4-20 mA interface, are also available. Accessories include a levelling base frame, additional perforated trays, an installation frame and an AtmoCONTROL licence; a roller frame can also be ordered ex-works. For qualification and maintenance, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including factory and DAkkS calibration. Should you have specific requirements or any queries regarding the appropriate equipment, we will be happy to advise you personally.

The Memmert IF55plus incubator has an internal volume of 53 litres and, with external dimensions of 585 x 784 x 514 mm, is one of the more compact models in the range. The scope of delivery includes a stainless steel grid shelf and space for up to four shelves. It is suitable for smaller sample quantities where floor space is limited. The forced air circulation is generated by an air turbine and controlled via TwinDISPLAY using two Pt100 sensors.Interior and air flowThe interior measures 400 x 400 x 330 mm and is reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing; the heating elements are integrated and protected on all four sides. The air turbine is electronically controllable and can be adjusted in 10 % increments. Preheated fresh air is introduced via an electronically adjustable exhaust air damper; the exhaust air outlet with a throttle valve can also be controlled electronically. The permissible total load is 80 kg, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf; the net weight of the cabinet is approximately 57 kg.Controls and safety featuresThe temperature setting range extends from +20 to +80 °C with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C. Two mutually monitoring Pt100 sensors of DIN Class A automatically take over the function of the other in the event of a fault; control is via ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays. HeatBALANCE redistributes the heating power between the upper and lower heating groups by up to 50 % in either direction, whilst SetpointWAIT ensures that the process time only begins once the setpoint temperature has been reached. Additional safety is provided by AutoSAFETY: This function monitors the setpoint within a freely selectable tolerance and triggers a visual and audible alarm in the event of a deviation; a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off independently of this at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. On the display, users can choose to activate either an adjustable temperature monitor (protection class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (protection class 2); a self-diagnostic system assists with troubleshooting. Three temperature values can be freely calibrated; AtmoCONTROL manages programmes via Ethernet or USB; the permanently installed sterilisation programme sterilises the interior at 160 °C for 4 hours, but not the contents inside. Permitted operating conditions include an ambient temperature of +5 °C to +40 °C, a maximum relative humidity of 80 % (non-condensing) and an installation altitude of up to 2,000 m above sea level.Guide to choosing the right sizeFor those with even less floor space or who only incubate individual small samples, the size chart below shows the IF30plus (32 l) as the most compact model in the range. If you regularly require more capacity, the IF75plus offers more space with a 74-litre capacity and up to six shelves. It has the same width and depth of 585 x 514 mm, but at 944 mm is 160 mm taller.Typical applicationsAs a forced-air incubator, the IF55plus is designed for incubation and temperature-control processes and is used in research, medicine, pharmaceuticals, food analysis and food chemistry.Incubation and temperature control of smaller sample quantities in researchIncubation processes in medicine and pharmaceuticalsIncubation and temperature control of samples in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 57 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,000 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves4Shelves included in the scope of delivery1Max. load on unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IF-plus series comprises eight sizes ranging from 32 to 749 litres with TwinDISPLAY, listed below by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30plus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55plus (this page)53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75plus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110plus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160plus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260plus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYWe offer the same size with a temperature sensor and SingleDISPLAY instead of the two monitoring Pt100 sensors as the IF55.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IF55plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF55plus, the following items, amongst others, can be ordered ex-works: interior lighting, temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature), door-open detection and a lockable door. Available accessories include an additional perforated stainless steel tray, a slide-in drip tray, a wall bracket, a stacking kit and a levelling or mobile base frame. For calibration and qualification, we arrange DAkkS calibrations as well as IQ/OQ/PQ documentation. We are happy to advise you personally on any individual requirements.

The IN260 offers an internal capacity of 256 litres and a maximum of nine shelves, more than any smaller model in the IN series featuring SingleDISPLAY. Weighing around 110 kilograms net, the unit is installed with a clearance from the wall, just like the smaller models; it comes as standard without castors, though a castor frame can be ordered as a factory option. Temperature control is via a ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, with a range from +20 to +80 °C.Installation and positioningMemmert specifies a minimum clearance of 15 centimetres from the wall, a minimum of 20 centimetres from the ceiling and a minimum of 5 centimetres at the sides. Natural convection mixes in preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap; the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve can be controlled electronically. The interior is reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing and features a protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system. Those requiring forced air circulation instead of natural convection will find the same size model in the IF series.Control and calibrationThe ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY with a TFT colour graphic display evaluates data from a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor in a 4-wire measurement; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated, whilst a self-diagnostic system assists with troubleshooting. The programme sequence is saved in the event of a power cut, and the data logger can be read out via Ethernet.Safety technology according to DIN 12880A mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. Behind the fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking mechanism lies an inner glass door; an adjustable electronic temperature monitoring system complements the safety features. The permissible ambient temperature is between +5 °C and +40 °C at a maximum relative humidity of 80 %.Selection guide for the right sizeWith nine shelves, the IN260 offers the most shelf spaces of all models below the large mobile units, making it suitable for users who find the 161-litre IN160 too small. If more floor space is available, the table below lists the mobile IN450 with a capacity of 449 litres; however, it has only eight shelves instead of nine.Typical applicationsWith a capacity of 256 litres, the IN260 is suitable for incubating and temperature-controlling larger sample batches in the range from +20 to +80 °C, including in research applications.Incubation and temperature control across up to nine shelvesUse in medicine, pharmacy, food analysis and food chemistryUse in researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1 Pt100 DIN Class A in 4-wire configurationInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)824 x 1183 x 684 mm (depth plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 110 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves9Shelves included in the scope of delivery2InteriorEasy to clean, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 %, non-condensingMaximum installation altitudemax. 2,000 m above sea levelMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IN series with SingleDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN3032 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN5553 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN7574 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN110108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN160161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN260 (this page)256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN450449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN750749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYThe same capacity is also available with TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors in the IN-plus series: IN260plus.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IN260 incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN260, the following items, amongst others, can be ordered ex-works: interior lighting, an interior socket, a left-hand door hinge and a 4-20 mA interface. Available accessories include reinforced grid shelves with a load capacity of up to 60 kilograms, a wall bracket and an Ethernet cable; we also arrange calibration and IQ/OQ services for qualification and requalification. We are happy to advise you on your specific requirements.

The Memmert IF110plus incubator has 108 litres of internal volume with external dimensions of 745 x 864 x 584 mm. Two stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard, and up to five shelves are possible. Control is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other, and forced air circulation is provided by an electronically controllable air turbine.Interior, load and connectionThe interior measures 560 x 480 x 400 mm (W x H x D) and is stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing, and the heating is protected and integrated on all four sides. A total load of 175 kg is permitted with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf, and the net weight of the cabinet is around 76 kg. The IF110plus is connected with 230 V at approx. 1,400 W or with 115 V at approx. 900 W, in each case 50/60 Hz. An electronically adjustable exhaust air flap admixes preheated fresh air, and the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve can likewise be controlled electronically.TwinDISPLAY, HeatBALANCE and programmingTwo DIN class A Pt100 sensors monitor each other in 4-wire measurement and automatically take over the function of the other in the event of a fault. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C, the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +80 °C, and the working temperature range begins at least 10 °C above room temperature. HeatBALANCE allows fine adjustment of the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group from -50 to +50 %, and SetpointWAIT starts the process time only after the setpoint temperature has been reached. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated, programmes are programmed, managed and transferred via the Ethernet interface or USB port with the AtmoCONTROL software, and the digital countdown timer can be set from 1 minute to 99 days. A permanently installed sterilisation programme sterilises the interior at 160 °C over 4 hours, not the loaded items.Safety according to DIN 12880A mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, and an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can also be selected on the display. The additional AutoSAFETY monitoring automatically follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance and triggers a visual and audible alarm when the setpoint is exceeded or undershot, and it switches off the heating when exceeded. A self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding. A permissible ambient temperature of +5 °C to +40 °C applies at a maximum of 80 % relative humidity, non-condensing, as well as an installation altitude of up to 2,000 m above sea level. The units must be transported in an upright position.Guide to choosing the right sizeAnyone who has to manage with less floor space but values one more shelf will find an alternative in the smaller IF75plus (74 l, up to 6 shelves). If more capacity is regularly needed, the IF160plus with 161 litres and up to eight shelves offers more space, see the size table below.Typical applicationsAs a forced-air incubator, the IF110plus is designed for incubation and temperature control processes and is used in research, medicine, pharmaceuticals, food analysis and food chemistry.Incubating and temperature control of sample series in researchIncubation processes in medicine and pharmaceuticalsIncubating and temperature control of samples in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mmNet weightapprox. 76 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,400 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves max.5Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load of unit175 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IF-plus series comprises eight sizes from 32 to 749 litres with TwinDISPLAY, listed below sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30plus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55plus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75plus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110plus (this page)108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160plus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260plus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYWe also list the same size with one temperature sensor and SingleDISPLAY instead of the two monitoring Pt100 sensors as IF110.Scope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF110plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF110plus, interior lighting, temperature throttling, door-open detection and a lockable door, among other things, can be ordered from the factory. Suitable accessories include additional stainless steel grid shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB Ethernet adapter and a levelling or mobile base stand. For calibration and qualification, we arrange DAkkS calibrations and IQ/OQ/PQ documentation. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

The Memmert UN30pa paraffin oven holds 32 litres and, at 585 x 704 x 434 mm, has the most compact external dimensions of the five sizes in the paraffin oven series. The nearly gas-tight interior heats paraffin and other embedding media in the range from +20 to +80 °C, controlled via two redundant Pt100 sensors on the TwinDISPLAY. One stainless steel grid shelf is part of the scope of delivery, and up to three shelves are possible in total.Interior and equipmentThe interior measures 400 x 320 x 250 mm and is stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing, and the 4-sided all-round heating is protected and integrated behind it. The fully insulated stainless steel door closes via 2-point locking as a compression door lock, and the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear wall. A total load of up to 60 kg is permitted with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf.Control and temperature monitoringTwo DIN class A Pt100 sensors in 4-wire measurement monitor each other and take over the function of the other in the event of a fault, and display and control are via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C, and the SetpointWAIT function starts the process time only when the setpoint temperature has actually been reached. A mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at about 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature, and an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can optionally be switched on in addition. AutoSAFETY runs in parallel with its own alarm when the setpoint is exceeded or undershot, and a self-diagnosis system supports fault finding.Guide to choosing within the paraffin oven seriesIf three shelves are not enough for the sample quantity, the UN55pa with 53 litres and up to four shelves has more capacity and additionally the HeatBALANCE function, see the size table below. The UN30pa remains suitable when little floor space is available and individual samples or small series are embedded.Difference from the UN30 universal ovenWith the same internal volume of 32 litres, the universal oven UN30 goes up to +300 °C and is controlled via a SingleDISPLAY. The UN30pa stays at a maximum of +80 °C, but with two Pt100 sensors on the TwinDISPLAY and a nearly gas-tight interior for paraffin and other embedding media.Typical applicationsWith 32 litres of internal volume, the UN30pa is suitable for sample preparation in pathology and histology as well as for producing microscopic specimens in teaching and research.Embedding and heating paraffin or other embedding media for histologySample preparation in pathologyProduction of microscopic specimens in the laboratory, in teaching and researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mm (plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 45 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 800 W (factory option X2 for 115 V)Shelves max.3Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load of unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriornearly gas-tight, deep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsSetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-pa paraffin oven series comprises five sizes from 32 to 161 litres, listed below sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30pa (this page)32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55pa53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75pa74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110pa108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160pa161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert paraffin oven UN30paFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +80 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN30pa, a full-view glass door, door-open detection and a programmable door lock, among other things, can be ordered from the factory. Additional shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB Ethernet adapter and a stacking kit are available as accessories. For qualification and maintenance, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ and maintenance services. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

The IN55plus has a capacity of 53 litres and, unlike the smaller IN30plus, also features the HeatBALANCE function for fine-tuning the distribution of heating power. Two Pt100 sensors monitor each other, whilst control is managed via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY within the range of +20 to +80 °C.Design and air flowNatural convection mixes in preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap; the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve is electronically controllable. The interior is reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing and features a protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system. Those requiring forced air circulation instead of natural convection will find the same size in the IF-plus series.Control via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAYHeatBALANCE adjusts the distribution of heating output between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 to +50 %, controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays and two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire measurement configuration. Programmes are managed via Ethernet or USB using AtmoCONTROL; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C.Safety and sterilisation programmeA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 forms the first level of protection and switches off at approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. Additionally, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be selected; AutoSAFETY signals deviations from the setpoint visually and acoustically. A permanently installed sterilisation programme (4 hours at 160 °C) sterilises the interior of the cabinet, not the contents.Selection guide for the right sizeIf the 32-litre IN30plus is no longer sufficient, the 53-litre IN55plus offers more capacity and the additional HeatBALANCE feature. If even more space is required, the 74-litre IN75plus is the next option in the size chart below.Typical applicationsWith a 53-litre capacity, the IN55plus is suitable for incubating and temperature-controlling samples in the range from +20 to +80 °C, including in research applications.Incubation and temperature control with redundant sensor monitoringInternal chamber sterilisation via the permanently installed sterilisation programmeUse in researchTechnical detailsTemperature setting range+20 to +80 °COperating temperature rangeAt least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2 Pt100 sensors, DIN Class A, in a 4-wire configuration for mutual monitoring and automatic failover in the event of a faultHeatBALANCE functionAdjustment of the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 % to +50 %Adjustable temperature monitor/limiterAdjustable temperature monitor (TWW), protection class 3.1, or adjustable temperature limiter (TWB), protection class 2, selectable via the displayAutoSAFETYadditionally integrated over- and under-temperature monitoring ‘ASF’, automatically tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval, alarm if the temperature exceeds or falls below the setpoint, heating shut-off if the setpoint is exceededSterilisation programmePermanently installed sterilisation programme (4 hours/160 °C) for sterilising the interior; not intended for sterilising the loadInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mm (depth plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 57 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,000 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves4Shelves in scope of delivery1InteriorEasy to clean, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % non-condensingMaximum installation heightmax. 2,000 m above sea levelMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IN-plus series with TwinDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSet temperatureDisplayIN30plus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55plus (this page)53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75plus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110plus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160plus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260plus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYThe same capacity is also available with SingleDISPLAY and a Pt100 sensor in the IN series: IN55.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IN55plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN55plus, the following options, amongst others, can be ordered ex-works: 115 V at no extra charge, extended overtemperature protection and a door-open detection feature. Available accessories include a USB User ID stick, additional grid shelves, a wall bracket and AtmoCONTROL software licences. We arrange calibration and IQ/OQ services for qualification and re-qualification. We are happy to advise you personally on your specific requirements.

The Memmert IF55 incubator has a capacity of 53 litres and, with up to four shelves and a maximum total load of 80 kg, is designed to accommodate several samples running simultaneously. The temperature range, with forced air circulation, is from +20 to +80 °C; an electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as part of the scope of delivery.Interior and air circulationInside, the IF55 features deep-drawn ribbing and is heated all round; the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. Air circulation is provided by a low-noise turbine, the speed of which can be adjusted in 10 % increments.Operation and measurement technologyThe SingleDISPLAY-ControlCOCKPIT, featuring a TFT colour graphics display, allows the temperature to be set in either Celsius or Fahrenheit, as well as the speed of the recirculation fan, the position of the exhaust air damper, and the programme duration, time zones and summer/winter time. The temperature is measured by a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor using a 4-wire measurement method; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. A self-diagnostic system reports faults, whilst the data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface.Safety and lockingA mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating when the temperature rises to around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. The fully insulated stainless steel door with an internal glass door is secured by a 2-point locking mechanism acting as a compression door lock.Which size is right for me?Memmert supplies the IF55 with one shelf as standard; up to four are possible, with a maximum load of 80 kg for the unit and 20 kg per shelf. Whilst this is more than sufficient for smaller sample quantities, the IF30, with a capacity of 32 litres, offers a more compact alternative. Those who regularly incubate larger batches will find the IF75, with a 74-litre capacity and up to six shelves, offers greater capacity.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 53 litres, the IF55 is suitable as an incubator for incubating and temperature-controlling medium-sized sample quantities in research, medicine, pharmaceuticals, food analysis and food chemistry.Incubating multiple samples simultaneously in research and medicineTemperature control of sample series in the pharmaceutical industryStandard incubation procedures in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 57 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,000 WConnection 115 V (optional)50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves4Shelves included in the scope of delivery1Max. load on the unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, ULOther sizes in the seriesWithin the IF range featuring SingleDISPLAY, the internal volume ranges from 32 to 749 litres; the models are listed here by size:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF3032 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF55 (this page)53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF7574 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYThe IF-plus series includes the IF55plus, which has the same internal volume and features TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other and take over the function in the event of a fault.Scope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock) and an internal glass door, single-leaf1 stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe IF55 can be ordered ex-works with, amongst other things, a 115 V power supply, a safety lock and special cable and conduit feed-throughs. Accessories available include additional drip trays, a stacking kit and an AtmoCONTROL licence. We arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services for qualification and maintenance. We are happy to advise you personally on individual requirements or any questions regarding the appropriate equipment.

With an internal volume of 53 litres, the Memmert IN55 incubator offers significantly more capacity than the compact IN30, whilst retaining the same natural convection and the same temperature range of +20 to +80 °C. For laboratories that need to incubate more culture dishes, test tubes or sample containers simultaneously, for example in food analysis with larger sample batches or in routine microbiological work with several parallel runs, the IN55 offers more space, with gentle heat distribution and no forced air circulation.Natural convection for more culture vesselsThe Memmert IN55 incubator also operates without an air turbine or a forced air circulation motor. Heat rises within the chamber purely by convection; there is no forced air movement. The working temperature range starts at a minimum of 5 °C above room temperature and extends up to 80 °C. A Pt100 temperature sensor of DIN Class A in a 4-wire configuration ensures a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C across the entire working range.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY and data acquisitionThe IN55 is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphics display. You can set the temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, as well as the position of the exhaust air flap, the programme duration, the time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function only starts the incubation time once the setpoint temperature has been reached, ensuring comparable incubation conditions when several batches are running in parallel. The data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert IN55 incubatorThe interior measures 400 x 400 x 330 mm, whilst the external dimensions are 585 x 784 x 514 mm. An electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included in the scope of delivery; the cabinet can accommodate up to four shelves in total, one more than the IN30. The maximum load capacity is 80 kg for the entire unit and 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The IN55 is connected to a 230 V (approx. 1,000 W) or 115 V (approx. 900 W) supply, in each case at 50/60 Hz.Choosing the right size of incubatorIn addition to the two natural convection models, the IN30 and IN55, there is also the IF30plus, a forced air circulation variant featuring TwinDISPLAY, which is a factor to consider when making a selection, depending on requirements for temperature distribution and chamber hygiene.ModelInternal volume and controlIN3032 l, natural convection, SingleDISPLAY, max. 3 shelvesIN5553 l, natural convection, SingleDISPLAY, 4 shelves max.IF30plus32 l, forced air circulation, TwinDISPLAY, 3 shelves max.If the capacity of the Memmert IN30 incubator at 32 litres is no longer enough, the IN55, with a capacity of 53 litres and an additional shelf, is the obvious next step, whilst taking up only slightly more floor space. Those who require active air circulation and an integrated sterilisation programme will find these features in the Memmert IF30plus incubator. The full range can be found at Climate chambers & incubators.Difference between incubator and heating oven, IN and IFUnlike the UN55, a universal oven of the same size, the IN55 is designed for incubation temperatures of up to 80 °C and comes fitted as standard with an internal glass door, allowing visual inspection without opening the outer door. Within the incubator range, the key purchasing decision remains whether to opt for natural convection (IN series) or forced air circulation (IF series): The forced-air variant, the IF30plus, features an air turbine, two Pt100 sensors for mutual monitoring, TwinDISPLAY and an integrated sterilisation programme, albeit with a smaller internal volume of 32 litres instead of 53 litres. Those wishing to combine the greater capacity of the IN55 with quiet incubation without forced air circulation should stick with the IN series; those who switch between sample types and wish to clean the interior thermally from time to time should consider the IF30plus.Safety according to DIN 12880The IN55 features adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and a mechanical temperature limiter (protection class 1 according to DIN 12880), which switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL test mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to the wall or an adjacent unit. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the IN55 is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. As an electrical appliance, the IN55 is subject to the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 53 litres and up to four shelves, the Memmert IN55 incubator is suitable for microbiological and food technology applications involving a higher sample throughput than the compact IN30.Incubation of several parallel series of culture media in routine microbiological testingBacterial count analysis and shelf-life testing for large volumes of samplesIncubation in pharmaceutical applications and research, with several batches running simultaneouslyVisual inspection of running cultures without any loss of temperature, thanks to the internal glass doorEquipment for higher sample throughputThe scope of delivery for the IN55 includes 1 electropolished stainless steel grid shelf and the inner glass door; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to 4 shelves. If you regularly use all the levels, you should order additional grid shelves accordingly. For process documentation, a permanent AtmoCONTROL software licence is recommended instead of the time-limited trial version, supplemented by a USB-to-Ethernet adapter. If you wish to secure access, you can configure a lockable door with a security lock; for enhanced safety, an additional Pt100 sensor with over-temperature protection is available. For pharmaceutical or standards-compliant applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. For confined spaces, a stacking kit is also available, allowing two incubators of the same size to be stacked on top of one another to save space.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseHow does the IN55 differ from the smaller IN30?Both operate using natural convection and feature the same ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY; the IN55 offers greater capacity, 53 litres instead of 32, and 4 shelves instead of 3, whilst taking up only slightly more floor space.What is the purpose of the inner glass door?It allows you to visually inspect the cultures without having to open the fully insulated outer door, which reduces temperature fluctuations inside the chamber.How many samples can fit into the IN55 at the same time?One grid shelf is included as standard; up to four shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, can be fitted, giving a total load capacity of up to 80 kg.Up to what temperature does the IN55 operate?The setting temperature range is from +20 to +80 °C; the working temperature range starts at a minimum of 5 °C above room temperature.Is the IN55 a medical device?No, the IN55 is not a medical device; this applies only to the separate m and mplus variants.Is there a version with active air circulation?Yes, the Memmert IF30plus incubator features forced air circulation, TwinDISPLAY and an integrated sterilisation programme, although its capacity is 32 litres rather than 53 litres.Is the IN55 suitable for continuous operation over several days?The mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heater off when the temperature rises by approximately 20 °C. Information on continuous operation is available on request.Can I stack several IN55 units on top of one another?A stacking kit allows several units to be stacked on top of one another to save space, provided the surface can safely support the additional load.How loud is the IN55 when in operation?A separate sound pressure level is not specified. As the IN55 operates without an air turbine, there is at least no fan noise, which is audible with forced air circulation units such as the IF30plus are in operation.Technical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 5 °C above room temperature up to 80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 57 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,000 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves4Shelves included in the scope of delivery1Max. load on the unit80 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelRegulationControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown clockPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL test markScope of delivery1x Memmert IN55 incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at 37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)Inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert IN55 incubator is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe IN55 is available with, amongst other things, interior lighting and a power socket, a lockable door with a security lock, an additional Pt100 sensor with overtemperature protection, and a wall bracket or stacking kit. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for data acquisition. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories or assistance in selecting the right incubator for your application? Through our procurement service, we’d be happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

The IN75plus has a capacity of 74 litres and sits in the IN-plus series between the smaller IN55plus and the larger IN110plus. Two Pt100 sensors monitor each other, whilst HeatBALANCE adjusts the distribution of heating power between the upper and lower heating groups. Control is via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY within the range of +20 to +80 °C.Design and air flowAn electronically adjustable exhaust air damper mixes in preheated fresh air; the exhaust air outlet with a throttle valve is electronically controllable. The interior features deep-drawn ribbing with 4-sided all-round heating; the casing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. Unlike the IF-plus series, which operates with forced air circulation, the IN75plus does not require a fan wheel inside the unit.Control via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAYTwo DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration take over each other’s function in the event of a fault, controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays. HeatBALANCE adjusts the heat output distribution from -50 to +50 %; programmes are managed and transferred via Ethernet or USB using AtmoCONTROL.Safety and sterilisation programmeA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. Additionally, an adjustable temperature monitor (protection class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (protection class 2) can be selected; AutoSAFETY signals deviations from the setpoint visually and acoustically. A pre-programmed sterilisation cycle (4 hours at 160 °C) sterilises the interior of the cabinet, not the contents.Selection guide for the right sizeWith a capacity of 74 litres, the IN75plus sits between the IN55plus and the larger IN110plus, which has a capacity of 108 litres. The IN110plus accommodates a maximum of five shelves, one fewer than the IN75plus, which holds six; both come with two grid shelves as standard. If you need more shelves, the size chart below lists the IN160plus, which has a capacity of 161 litres and accommodates up to eight shelves.Typical applicationsWith a capacity of 74 litres, the IN75plus is suitable for incubating and temperature-controlling samples in the range from +20 to +80 °C, including in research applications.Incubation and temperature control with redundant sensor monitoring and HeatBALANCEInternal chamber sterilisation via the permanently installed sterilisation programmeUse in researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2 Pt100 sensors, DIN Class A, in a 4-wire configuration for mutual monitoring and function takeover in the event of a faultHeatBALANCE functionAdjustment of the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 % to +50 %Adjustable temperature monitor/limiterAdjustable temperature monitor (TWW), protection class 3.1, or adjustable temperature limiter (TWB), protection class 2, selectable via the displayAutoSAFETYadditionally integrated over- and under-temperature monitoring ‘ASF’, automatically tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval, alarm if the temperature exceeds or falls below the setpoint, heating shut-off if the temperature is exceededSterilisation programmePermanently set sterilisation programme (4 hours/160 °C) for sterilising the interior; not intended for sterilising the loadInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mm (depth plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 66 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,250 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves6Shelves in the scope of delivery2InteriorEasy to clean, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % non-condensingMaximum installation altitudemax. 2,000 m above sea levelMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IN-plus series with TwinDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSet temperatureDisplayIN30plus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55plus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75plus (this page)74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110plus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160plus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260plus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYThe same capacity is also available with SingleDISPLAY and a Pt100 sensor in the IN series: IN75.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IN75plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN75plus, the following items, amongst others, can be ordered ex-works: interior lighting and a power socket, a shatterproof door and a left-hand door hinge. Recommended accessories include a USB User ID stick, additional grid shelves, a floor drip tray and AtmoCONTROL software licences. We arrange calibration and IQ/OQ services for qualification and re-qualification. We are happy to advise you personally on any individual requirements.

The Memmert IF75plus incubator has an internal volume of 74 litres and external dimensions of 585 x 944 x 514 mm; its footprint is the same as that of the IF55plus. Two stainless steel grid shelves are included in the scope of delivery, and up to six shelves can be fitted. The forced air circulation is generated by an electronically controlled air turbine, regulated via TwinDISPLAY using two Pt100 sensors.Interior: narrow and tall rather than wideThe interior measures 400 x 560 x 330 mm (W x H x D) and is reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing; the 4-sided all-round heating is integrated and protected. With an internal height of 560 mm, the IF75plus is taller than the next model up, the IF110plus, which has an internal height of 480 mm, but is narrower (400 mm instead of 560 mm). The IF75plus accommodates up to six shelves, one more than the larger-capacity IF110plus, which holds five. The permissible total load is 120 kg, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf; the net weight is approximately 66 kg.ControlCOCKPIT and process protectionFirstly, regarding safety: AutoSAFETY automatically monitors the temperature at a freely selectable margin from the setpoint and signals deviations visually and acoustically; independently of this, the mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 engages at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. Optionally, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be set on the display; a self-diagnostic system assists with fault finding. The temperature is measured by two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors that monitor each other; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C, and the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +80 °C. HeatBALANCE distributes the heating power between the upper and lower heating groups by between -50 and +50 %; SetpointWAIT delays the start of the process until the setpoint temperature has been reached; and AtmoCONTROL manages programmes via Ethernet or USB. For internal sterilisation, there is a pre-set programme at 160 °C for 4 hours; this does not apply to any load placed inside the chamber. Operation is approved for ambient temperatures of +5 °C to +40 °C, a maximum relative humidity of 80 % (non-condensing) and installation altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level.Guide to selecting the right sizeFor those incubating fewer batches at a time, the IF55plus (53 l) is a smaller benchtop unit. If more internal volume is required and five shelves are sufficient instead of six, the IF110plus, with 108 litres, offers greater depth and width; see the size table below.Typical applicationsAs an incubator with forced air circulation, the IF75plus is used for incubating and temperature-controlling samples and is employed in research, medicine, pharmacy, food analysis and food chemistry.Incubating and temperature-controlling several small batches in parallelIncubation processes in medicine and pharmacyIncubation and temperature control of samples in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 66 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,250 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves6Shelves in the scope of delivery2Max. load on unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IF-plus series comprises eight sizes ranging from 32 to 749 litres with TwinDISPLAY, listed below by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSet temperatureDisplayIF30plus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55plus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75plus (this page)74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110plus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160plus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260plus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYWe offer the same size model with a single temperature sensor and SingleDISPLAY instead of the two monitoring Pt100 sensors as the IF75.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IF75plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF75plus, the following items, amongst others, can be ordered ex-works: interior lighting, temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature), door-open detection and a lockable door. Available accessories include an additional stainless steel perforated tray, a slide-in drip tray, a wall bracket, a stacking kit and a levelling or mobile base frame. For calibration and qualification, we arrange DAkkS calibrations as well as IQ/OQ/PQ documentation. We are happy to advise you personally on any individual requirements.

The Memmert IF160plus incubator has an internal volume of 161 litres and, with external dimensions of 745 x 1,104 x 584 mm, is 240 mm taller than the IF110plus, whilst having the same footprint of 745 x 584 mm. Two stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard, and up to eight shelves can be fitted. The unit is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, featuring two TFT colour graphic displays and two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other.More height, more shelvesThe interior measures 560 x 720 x 400 mm (W x H x D); compared with the IF110plus, only the internal height has increased (720 mm instead of 480 mm), whilst the width and depth remain the same. It can accommodate up to eight shelves, compared with five in the IF110plus. The maximum total load is 210 kg, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf; the net weight is around 96 kg. The IF160plus is connected to a 230 V supply at approx. 1,600 W or to a 115 V supply at approx. 900 W, in both cases at 50/60 Hz.Control at greater unit heightDespite the increased internal height, the control technology remains unchanged: Two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration provide mutual backup and, in the event of a fault, take over the other’s function; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C in the range from +20 to +80 °C. Using ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, HeatBALANCE allows the heating power to be shifted between the upper and lower heating groups by between -50 and +50 %, whilst SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated; the digital countdown timer covers a range from 1 minute to 99 days; programmes are programmed, managed and transferred via Ethernet or USB using AtmoCONTROL. For internal sterilisation, there is a pre-set programme at 160 °C for 4 hours; this does not apply to any load placed inside the chamber.Safety and alarmsIn addition to the actual control function, AutoSAFETY automatically monitors both over- and under-temperature conditions at a freely selectable margin from the setpoint, signals deviations visually and audibly, and switches off the heating if the setpoint is exceeded. As a second, independent level of protection, a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature; alternatively, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be activated via the display. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding; permissible operating conditions are an ambient temperature of +5 °C to +40 °C with a maximum relative humidity of 80 % (non-condensing) and an installation altitude of up to 2,000 m above sea level.Guide to choosing the right sizeIf five shelves and a lower height are sufficient, the smaller IF110plus, with a capacity of 108 litres, is the obvious alternative. If larger batches are being incubated, the IF260plus, with a capacity of 256 litres and up to nine shelves, offers more capacity; see the size chart below.Typical applicationsAs an incubator with forced air circulation, the IF160plus is designed for incubation and temperature-control processes and is used in research, medicine, pharmaceuticals, food analysis and food chemistry.Incubation and temperature control of larger batches of samples using several shelves simultaneouslyIncubation processes in medicine and pharmacyIncubation and temperature control of samples in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)745 x 1,104 x 584 mmNet weightapprox. 96 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves8Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit210 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgRegulationControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IF-plus series comprises eight sizes ranging from 32 to 749 litres, all featuring TwinDISPLAY, listed below in order of internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetpoint temperatureDisplayIF30plus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55plus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75plus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110plus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160plus (this page)161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260plus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYWe offer the same size model with a temperature sensor and SingleDISPLAY instead of the two monitoring Pt100 sensors as IF160.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IF160plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances can be found on our Environment and disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF160plus, factory-fitted options include interior lighting, temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature), a door-open sensor and a lockable door. Available accessories include additional stainless steel grid shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and a levelling or castor-mounted base frame. For calibration and qualification, we arrange DAkkS calibrations as well as IQ/OQ/PQ documentation. We are happy to advise you personally on any specific requirements you may have.

Measuring 560 x 400 mm, the IN160plus has the same footprint as the smaller IN110plus, but is significantly taller, with an internal height of 720 mm. This results in an internal volume of 161 litres with a maximum of eight shelves and a net weight of around 96 kilograms. Temperature control is managed via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two Pt100 sensors operating in the range from +20 to +80 °C.Same footprint as the IN110plusAn electronically adjustable exhaust air flap mixes in preheated fresh air, whilst the exhaust air outlet with a throttle valve is electronically controllable. The interior features deep-drawn ribbing with 4-sided all-round heating; the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. For applications with forced air circulation, Memmert offers the same size model in the IF-plus series.Control with HeatBALANCEIf one of the two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire measurement fails, the second takes over its function; both supply data to the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, which features two TFT colour graphic displays. The distribution of heating power between the upper and lower heating groups can be adjusted via HeatBALANCE from -50 to +50 %; programmes are managed via Ethernet or USB using AtmoCONTROL.Multi-stage temperature monitoringAutoSAFETY additionally monitors the setpoint with upper and lower temperature limits at freely selectable intervals and issues visual and audible warnings. As a mechanical fallback measure, a temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature; an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can also be selected. The pre-programmed sterilisation programme sterilises the interior at 160 °C in 4 hours, but not the contents.Choosing the right sizeIf the IN110plus, with its 108-litre capacity and five shelves, is no longer sufficient, the IN160plus offers eight shelves and an internal volume of 161 litres whilst occupying the same floor space. If even more capacity is required, the table below lists the IN260plus with a capacity of 256 litres.Typical applicationsThe IN160plus incubates and temperature-controls several sample series simultaneously between +20 and +80 °C, including in research applications.Incubating and temperature-controlling batches across eight shelvesSterilising the interior using the permanently installed programmeUse in researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2 Pt100 sensors, DIN Class A, in a 4-wire configuration for mutual monitoring and function takeover in the event of a faultHeatBALANCE functionAdjustment of the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 % to +50 %Adjustable temperature monitor/limiterAdjustable temperature monitor (TWW), protection class 3.1, or adjustable temperature limiter (TWB), protection class 2, selectable via the displayAutoSAFETYadditionally integrated over- and under-temperature monitoring ‘ASF’, automatically tracks the setpoint at a freely selectable interval, alarm if temperature exceeds or falls below the setpoint, heating shut-off if exceededSterilisation programmePermanently set sterilisation programme (4 hours/160 °C) for sterilising the interior; not intended for sterilising the loadInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 1,104 x 584 mm (depth plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 96 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves8Shelves included in the scope of delivery2InteriorEasy to clean, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % non-condensingMaximum installation altitudemax. 2,000 m above sea levelMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IN-plus series with TwinDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSet temperatureDisplayIN30plus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55plus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75plus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110plus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160plus (this page)161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260plus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450plus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750plus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYThe same capacity is also available with SingleDISPLAY and a Pt100 sensor in the IN series: IN160.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IN160plus incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe IN160plus can be fitted ex-works with, amongst other things, a 115 V power supply at no extra charge, a temperature limiting (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature) function and a supply air filter. Accessories include a USB user ID stick, additional grid shelves and perforated trays, a built-in frame and pipe extensions. We arrange calibration and IQ/OQ services for qualification and requalification. Should your requirements differ, we will advise you on an individual basis.

The Memmert UN55pa paraffin oven has an interior volume of 53 litres and sits in the paraffin oven series between the compact UN30pa and the larger UN75pa. The nearly gas-tight interior heats paraffin and other embedding media evenly in the range from +20 to +80 °C, controlled via two redundant Pt100 sensors on the TwinDISPLAY. Up to four shelves fit in the interior, one of which is part of the scope of delivery.Design and interiorThe interior measures 400 x 400 x 330 mm, and the housing measures 585 x 784 x 514 mm externally plus 56 mm for the door handle. The fully insulated stainless steel door closes with 2-point locking as a compression door lock. The interior is easy to clean, stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing and has protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear wall. A total load of up to 80 kg is permitted with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf.HeatBALANCE and temperature monitoringWith HeatBALANCE, the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group can be adjusted from -50 to +50 %. Two DIN class A Pt100 sensors in 4-wire measurement monitor each other and take over the function of the other in the event of a fault, and control is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays. A mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at about 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature, optionally supplemented by an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2. AutoSAFETY additionally monitors the upper and lower limit with a visual and audible alarm, and a self-diagnosis system supports fault finding.Guide to choosing by sample volumeAnyone who regularly embeds larger batches will find more capacity in the UN75pa with 74 litres or the UN110pa with 108 litres, see the size table below. For individual samples or small series with less space requirement, the UN30pa with 32 litres is the more compact alternative.Difference from the UN55 universal ovenWith the same internal volume of 53 litres, the universal oven UN55 goes up to +300 °C and is controlled via a SingleDISPLAY. The UN55pa stops at a maximum of +80 °C, but with two Pt100 sensors on the TwinDISPLAY, HeatBALANCE and a nearly gas-tight interior for paraffin and other embedding media.Typical applicationsWith 53 litres of internal volume, the UN55pa is suitable for sample preparation in histology, pathology and microbiology as well as for evenly heating embedding media such as paraffin or wax.Embedding and heating paraffin or wax for histologySample preparation in pathology and microbiologyProduction of microscopic specimens for teaching and researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mm (plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 55 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,000 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 W (factory option X2, no extra charge)Shelves max.4Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load of unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriornearly gas-tight, deep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-pa paraffin oven series comprises five sizes from 32 to 161 litres, listed below sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30pa32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55pa (this page)53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75pa74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110pa108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160pa161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert paraffin oven UN55paFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +80 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN55pa, a full-view glass door, a roller frame and a lockable door, among other things, can be ordered ex works. Additional shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB Ethernet adapter and a stacking kit are available as accessories. For qualification and maintenance, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ and maintenance services. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

The Memmert UF110plus universal oven incorporates the series’ TwinDISPLAY safety features in a unit with 108 litres of internal volume, a temperature range of 20 to 300 °C and two redundant Pt100 sensors that monitor each other. With up to 5 shelves and a maximum total load of 175 kg, it offers the same capacity as the base model UF110, supplemented by HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY for unattended processes.Forced air circulation with redundant temperature measurementThe UF110plus’s air turbine, which can be electronically controlled in 10 % increments, actively distributes heat throughout the chamber and operates within a temperature range of at least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C. Two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration monitor each other; if one fails, the second automatically takes over its function. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards. Preheated fresh air is introduced via an electronically adjustable exhaust air damper; the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve can also be controlled electronically.ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY: HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETYThe UF110plus is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, which features two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays. The HeatBALANCE function allows for fine-tuning of the heat output distribution between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 to +50 %. AutoSAFETY also monitors over- and under-temperature conditions, automatically tracks the setpoint within a freely selectable tolerance range and triggers visual and audible alarms in the event of a deviation; if the setpoint is exceeded, the heating system switches off. Programmes are programmed, managed and transferred via an Ethernet interface or USB port using the AtmoCONTROL software. A programmable door lock and a door-open detection system can be added as optional extras.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert UF110plus universal ovenThe internal dimensions are 560 x 480 x 400 mm; the external dimensions of the housing are 745 x 864 x 584 mm, and the net weight is approximately 74 kg, identical to that of the base model UF110. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard; up to five shelves can be fitted in total. The maximum total load is 175 kg, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UF110plus can be connected either to 230 V (approx. 2,800 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,800 W), in both cases at 50/60 Hz.Selection guide: choosing the right size from the UF rangeThe Memmert UF range with forced air circulation comprises eight models with internal volumes ranging from 53 to 1,060 litres, each of which is also available with TwinDISPLAY. When selecting the right size, the key factors to consider, alongside the volume, are the footprint and the number of shelves required.ModelInternal volumeUF5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUF7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUF110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUF160161 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUF450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesUF10601,060 l, footprint 1,224 x 1,035 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UF110plus is the obvious choice when the Memmert UF75plus universal oven (74 litres) has reached its capacity limit, but you still wish to continue using TwinDISPLAY. If you require more volume and more shelves whilst maintaining the same footprint, you will find these in the Memmert UF160plus universal oven (161 litres, 8 shelves instead of 5, same footprint). You can find all sizes in the range in our Range of climate chambers & Incubators.Distinction: TwinDISPLAY versus SingleDISPLAY, and natural convectionAnyone who can do without sensor redundancy can save money with the Memmert UF110 universal oven in the basic model with SingleDISPLAY. For samples that are sensitive to dust or air movement and cannot tolerate active air circulation, the Memmert UN110plus universal oven offers the same housing, but with natural convection instead of an air turbine, and still featuring TwinDISPLAY. Anyone needing more capacity whilst maintaining the same footprint will find it in the Memmert UF160plus universal oven.Safety according to DIN 12880, enhanced by AutoSAFETYIn addition to the adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and AutoSAFETY, the UF110plus is fitted with a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. The display also allows you to select either an adjustable temperature monitor (Protection Class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (Protection Class 2). An integrated self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to the wall or an adjacent unit. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UF110plus is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning agents. As an electrical appliance, the UF110plus is subject to the Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 108 litres and redundant sensors, the Memmert UF110plus universal oven is suitable for laboratories that require capacity and do not want to compromise on process reliability.Unattended drying of medium-sized batches overnight or at the weekendTempering, ageing and firing of material samples subject to documentation requirementsTesting and curing in quality assurance where higher safety standards are requiredMaterial testing in the industrial manufacture of small to medium-sized componentsA second unit to complement a UF75plus as the sample volume increasesInvestment rationale: when TwinDISPLAY is worthwhileThe scope of delivery for the UF110plus includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to 5 shelves. TwinDISPLAY is particularly beneficial where processes run unattended overnight and a sensor failure would jeopardise the batch. Those who do not require this redundancy can save money by opting for the Memmert UF110 universal oven in its basic model. A fully transparent glass door is available as an option for visual inspection without opening the door, as is a programmable door lock with door-open detection and a wall bracket for space-saving installation. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for continuous logging. For pharmaceutical or standards-compliant applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseWhat exactly are the benefits of the second Pt100 sensor?The two sensors monitor each other; if one fails, the other automatically takes over its function without the drying process having to be interrupted.How many samples can the UF110plus hold at any one time?Two grid shelves are included as standard; it can accommodate up to five shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, for a total load capacity of up to 175 kg.Can I place the UF110plus on a laboratory bench?The net weight is around 74 kg with a footprint of 745 x 584 mm. Whether a laboratory bench is suitable depends on whether it can safely support this load.Is TwinDISPLAY worth it for routine operation?For simple drying tasks during the day, SingleDISPLAY is usually sufficient. For unattended overnight runs, the UF110plus is the safer choice compared to the Memmert UF110 universal oven.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?Both Pt100 sensors of DIN Class A operate using a 4-wire measurement system and achieve an accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards.Is a natural convection version available with TwinDISPLAY?Yes, the Memmert UN110plus universal oven shares the same housing as the UF110plus, but operates without an air turbine.Is a programmable door lock available?Yes, a programmable door lock and door-open detection are options available exclusively on TwinDISPLAY devices such as the UF110plus.How does the UF110plus differ from the larger UF160plus?Both models feature TwinDISPLAY and two redundant Pt100 sensors; the UF160plus offers greater capacity, 161 litres instead of 108, and 8 shelves instead of 5, whilst occupying the same floor space, but is taller in design.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °COperating temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mmNet weightapprox. 74 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 2,800 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WMaximum number of shelves5Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit175 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelRegulationControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation height2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert UF110plus universal ovenFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel doors with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert UF110plus universal oven is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceAccessories available for the UF110plus include full-view glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, a wall bracket, a stacking kit, levelling feet and a USB user ID stick for TwinDISPLAY user rights. For data acquisition, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences, including the AtmoCONTROL FDA version for 21 CFR Part 11, are available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we’d be happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

The Memmert UN110 universal oven is a heating and drying oven from the Memmert UN series. With an internal volume of 108 litres, it marks the transition from the compact benchtop units of the UN series to a noticeably larger footprint and greater loading capacity, whilst continuing to operate using purely natural convection within a temperature range of 20 to 300 °C. For laboratories that regularly dry, temper or cure larger batches or several batches in parallel, without giving up vibration-free operation, the UN110 is the obvious choice between a compact benchtop unit and a large-volume floor-standing cabinet.Natural convection for larger batchesThe Memmert UN110 universal oven also deliberately does not feature an air turbine or a forced air circulation motor. Heat rises within the chamber purely by convection, without dust or light sample particles being stirred up by a fan. As a result, the working temperature range starts from at least 5 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C. With an internal volume of 108 litres and several shelves occupied simultaneously, uniform natural heat distribution remains crucial, particularly when sensitive or exposed samples must not be affected by air movement. A Pt100 temperature sensor of DIN Class A in a 4-wire configuration ensures a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY: Operation and data acquisitionThe UN110 is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphics display. You can set the temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, as well as the position of the exhaust air flap, the programme duration, the time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWait function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached, ensuring reproducible results for larger batches. The data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert UN110 universal ovenThe interior measures 560 x 480 x 400 mm, whilst the external dimensions are 745 x 864 x 584 mm, representing a noticeably larger footprint than the smaller UN30, UN55 and UN75 models. The scope of delivery includes two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves, and the cabinet can accommodate up to five shelves in total. The maximum load capacity is 175 kg for the entire unit and 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UN110 is connected to either 230 V (approx. 2,800 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,800 W), in each case at 50/60 Hz.Selection guide: moving to a larger floor areaThe Memmert UN series with natural convection covers internal volumes ranging from 32 to 749 litres. The UN110 is the first model in the range to feature a noticeably larger footprint compared with the three smaller benchtop models.ModelInternal volumeUN3032 l, footprint 585 x 434 mm, 3 shelves max.UN5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUN7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUN110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, 5 shelves max.UN260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUN450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUN750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesAnyone upgrading from the UN75 (74 litres, same footprint as the UN55) who requires more capacity and a higher load capacity per unit will find the UN110 to be the suitable next step. If even that is no longer sufficient, the Memmert UN260 universal oven offers a significantly larger, freestanding model with a capacity of 256 litres. The full range of climate chambers and incubators can be found under Climate Chambers & Incubators.Distinction: natural convection versus forced-air circulationAnyone requiring more active heat distribution and shorter heating times for similar volumes, for example, with densely packed batches of varying sizes, will find the Memmert UF160 universal oven to be the suitable forced air circulation counterpart, featuring an electronically controllable air turbine. Its working temperature range starts at 10 °C rather than 5 °C above room temperature. For samples sensitive to dust or air movement, the natural convection of the UN110 remains the more suitable choice. A significantly more compact natural convection model for smaller sample quantities is the Memmert UN30 universal oven. Like all standard models in the UN series, the UN110 operates with the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, rather than the TwinDISPLAY reserved for the ‘plus’ variants.Safety according to DIN 12880 even for larger batchesThe UN110 features adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and a mechanical temperature limiter (protection class 1 according to DIN 12880), which switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, an important safety feature for overnight or weekend runs when several shelves are in use simultaneously. A self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL test mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum clearance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum clearance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum clearance of 5 cm is sufficient on either side from the wall or an adjacent unit. With a net weight of around 74 kg, it is recommended that the UN110 be placed on a sturdy, load-bearing base rather than simply on a laboratory bench. It may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UN110 is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. As an electrical appliance, the UN110 is subject to the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 108 litres and a load capacity of up to 175 kg, the Memmert UN110 universal oven is suitable for laboratories and businesses that regularly dry or heat-treat large quantities of samples.Drying large quantities of laboratory glassware and sample containersVibration-free drying of dust- or air-sensitive materials in multiple batchesTempering, ageing and firing of material samples in industrial quality assuranceMaterial tests with a higher sample throughput than with the smaller UN modelsScience and research involving varying, sometimes larger, seriesInvestment rationale: Equipment for higher throughputThe scope of delivery for the UN110 includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to 5 shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg. If you regularly use all levels, you can add further grid shelves or perforated trays. For visual inspection without opening the door, a full-view glass door is available, along with interior lighting and a socket for additional measuring equipment, as well as a levelling or mobile base for flexible repositioning. For gas-tight applications, a corresponding version including gas supply and exhaust is available. For continuous data logging, an AtmoCONTROL software licence is recommended; for applications subject to standards, calibration and IQ/OQ/PQ services are available, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseWhen is the UN110 a good choice?Compared with compact benchtop units, it offers a significantly larger internal volume and a more robust base, without sacrificing the benefits of natural convection.Will the UN110 still fit on a laboratory bench?With a net weight of around 74 kg and a footprint of 745 x 584 mm, a sturdy, load-bearing base is recommended rather than a standard laboratory bench.How many samples can be loaded at the same time?Up to 5 shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, giving a total load capacity of up to 175 kg.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?The DIN Class A Pt100 sensor, using 4-wire technology, provides an accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, regardless of the cabinet size within the UN series.Is the UN110 also available with forced air circulation?The direct counterpart with forced air circulation in a similar size range is the Memmert UF160 universal oven, with a capacity of 161 litres and an electronically controlled air turbine.Is a gas-tight design possible?Yes, a virtually gas-tight interior with gas inlet and outlet connections is one of the common options for the UN110.Is the UN110 suitable for unattended operation?The mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating if the temperature rises by approximately 20 °C and is designed for night-time or weekend operation.Technical detailsSetting temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 5 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mmNet weightapprox. 74 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 2,800 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WMaximum number of shelves5Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit175 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown clockPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL test markScope of delivery1x Memmert UN110 universal ovenFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel doors with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert UN110 universal oven is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe UN110 is available with, amongst other features, full-view glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, a levelling or mobile base frame, reinforced grid shelves and perforated trays, as well as a gas-tight version with various pipe feed-throughs. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for data acquisition. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we are happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

With an interior volume of 108 litres and a net weight of around 74 kg, the Memmert UN110plus universal oven is the fourth of eight sizes in the UN-plus series. Heating is by natural convection alone, without an air turbine, and the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C. Two DIN class A Pt100 sensors monitor each other in 4-wire measurement and automatically take over the function of the other in the event of a fault.Interior and loadThe interior measures 560 x 480 x 400 mm and is deep-drawn ribbed with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the external dimensions are 745 x 864 x 584 mm plus 56 mm for the door handle. Two stainless steel grid shelves are part of the standard equipment, and up to five shelves are possible. A total load of 175 kg is permitted with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf, and the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear wall.Safety technology and HeatBALANCEA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at around 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature, and an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can additionally be selected on the display. AutoSAFETY automatically follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance and reports deviations visually and audibly. With HeatBALANCE, the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group can additionally be adjusted from -50 to +50 %, and a self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding.Control and programmingThe oven is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT with two TFT colour graphic displays, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. The SetpointWAIT function starts the process time only after the setpoint temperature has been reached, and a digital countdown timer covers target times from 1 minute to 99 days. The UN110plus is connected with 230 V at approx. 2,800 W, 115 V at approx. 1,800 W is available as a factory option at no extra charge, and programming is via the Ethernet interface or USB port with the AtmoCONTROL software.Guide to choosing the right sizeAnyone who can manage with less volume and up to 120 kg total load will find the more compact model in the UN75plus with 74 litres, which, because of its taller interior, even accommodates up to six shelves. For more capacity with larger batches, the UN160plus with 161 litres, up to eight shelves and 210 kg permitted total load offers more reserve, see the size table below.Typical applicationsThe UN110plus is used in research, science, industry and quality assurance for drying and heating samples and materials.Drying and heating medium-sized sample series in laboratory operationDrying and heating in industry and quality assuranceDrying in research and science with up to five shelves at the same timeTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 74 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 2,800 WConnection 115 V (factory option)50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves max.5Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load of unit175 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-plus series with natural convection comprises eight sizes from 32 to 749 litres, listed below sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30plus32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55plus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75plus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110plus (this page)108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160plus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN260plus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN450plus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN750plus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYWith SingleDISPLAY, the same volume is available in the UN series: UN110.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN110plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN110plus, a full-view glass door, interior lighting and socket, a programmable door lock and door-open detection, among other things, can be ordered ex works. Suitable accessories include additional grid shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB Ethernet adapter and a base stand. For factory and DAkkS calibration and IQ and OQ documentation, we put you in touch with the right contact. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

Within the eight-tier UF series with forced air circulation, the Memmert UF160 universal oven marks the exact point at which a benchtop unit becomes a floor-standing cabinet: 161 litres of internal volume, a temperature range from 20 to 300 °C and up to 8 shelves for the daily rotation of different batches. The air turbine, which can be electronically controlled in 10 % increments, actively distributes heat throughout the interior and brings samples up to temperature more quickly and evenly than natural convection alone. From drying freshly cleaned laboratory glassware to tempering, ageing and baking material samples, right through to curing in quality assurance, the UF160 thus covers a wide range of applications in laboratories and industry.Forced air circulation for even temperature distribution and short heating timesThe air turbine in the Memmert UF160 universal oven can be electronically controlled in 10 % increments and actively distributes the heat throughout the interior, rather than simply allowing it to rise, as is the case with a natural convection chamber. As a result, the UF160 operates from a minimum of 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C. A natural convection unit already starts operating from around 5 °C above room temperature but, in return, operates without any air movement inside the chamber. A DIN Class A Pt100 temperature sensor with 4-wire measurement ensures a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. Those who run many different batches with varying setpoint temperatures will benefit from the shorter heating-up phases achieved through active air circulation.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY: Operation, programming and data acquisitionThe UF160 is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphics display. The following parameters can be adjusted: temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, the speed of the forced air circulation motor, the position of the exhaust air damper, the programme duration, as well as the time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWait function only starts the actual process time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached, which ensures reproducible results in time-critical drying or ageing processes. The integrated data logger can be read, managed and organised via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download to get you started.Capacity and connections of the Memmert UF160 universal ovenThe interior of the UF160 accommodates up to 8 shelves; 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included in the scope of delivery. The cabinet has a total load capacity of up to 210 kg, with a maximum load of 20 kg per shelf. The internal usable space measures 560 x 720 x 400 mm; the external dimensions of the cabinet are 745 x 1,104 x 584 mm, and the net weight is approximately 96 kg. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, featuring protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UF160 can be connected either to 230 V (approx. 3,200 W) or 115 V (approx. 1,800 W), in both cases at 50/60 Hz; a single-phase connection is still sufficient for this size.Selection guide: choosing the right size from the UF rangeThe Memmert UF range comprises eight models with internal volumes ranging from 53 to 1,060 litres, all featuring forced-air circulation and available with TwinDISPLAY. When choosing the right size, the key factors, alongside the internal volume, are the footprint and the number of shelves required; not every larger model automatically requires more floor space.ModelInternal volumeUF5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUF7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUF110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, 5 shelves max.UF160161 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUF450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesUF10601,060 l, footprint 1,224 x 1,035 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UF160 straddles the line between a benchtop unit and a floor-standing cabinet: whilst having the same footprint as the smaller Memmert UF110 universal oven, it offers significantly more capacity, with 8 shelves instead of 5, in a housing that is only slightly larger. For those who regularly process even larger batches, the next step up is the Memmert UF260 universal oven with a capacity of 256 litres. You can find all models in this range in our Climate Chambers & Incubators range.Distinction: TwinDISPLAY and the natural convection variantWithin the UF160 series, the most important purchasing decision is between SingleDISPLAY and TwinDISPLAY. The UF160 described here operates with a single Pt100 sensor and one display; for unattended processes with higher safety requirements, the Memmert UF160plus universal oven offers two redundant Pt100 sensors with mutual monitoring, as well as two TFT displays instead of one. Those who can do without active air circulation, for example, because samples sensitive to dust or air movement are laid out in the open, will find the Memmert UN160 universal oven to be the direct equivalent, featuring natural convection instead of an air turbine, whilst retaining the same internal volume of 161 litres. Conversely, those who can manage with a smaller volume will save a noticeable amount of floor space with the more compact Memmert UF110 universal oven.Safety according to DIN 12880 for unattended operationIn addition to the adjustable electronic temperature monitoring, the UF160 features a mechanical temperature limiter (protection class 1 according to DIN 12880), which switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, an important safety feature for overnight or weekend runs. An integrated self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, whilst the calibration function allows three freely selectable temperature values to be readjusted. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL test mark.Use, installation and disposalWhen operating the UF160, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum distance of 5 cm from the side of the wall or an adjacent unit is sufficient. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 5 °C to 40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the cabinet is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning agents; the robust textured stainless steel construction ensures a long service life. As an electrical appliance, the UF160 is subject to the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith forced air circulation, an internal volume of 161 litres and an installation altitude of up to 2,000 metres, the Memmert UF160 universal oven is suitable for a wide range of heat treatment processes in both laboratory and industrial settings.Drying laboratory glassware and sample vessels in routine operationsTempering, ageing and baking of material samplesTesting and curing in quality assuranceMaterial testing in industrial manufacturingHeat treatment processes in science and researchAn intermediate size for laboratories that require greater capacity than the UF110 can provideInvestment rationale: SingleDISPLAY or TwinDISPLAYThe scope of delivery for the UF160 includes two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to eight shelves. For day-to-day operation under supervision, the SingleDISPLAY on the UF160 described here is generally sufficient. However, if drying or ageing processes run unattended overnight or at weekends, the redundant sensor system of the Memmert UF160plus universal oven reduces the risk of a single sensor failure jeopardising the entire batch. For visual inspection without opening the door, a full-view glass door rated up to 250 °C or 300 °C is available as an option, as are interior lighting and reinforced grid shelves or perforated trays for up to 60 kg for heavier samples. Those wishing to use the data logger on a permanent basis rather than just with the time-limited trial version can add an AtmoCONTROL software licence. For pharmaceutical or standard-compliant applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseHow many samples can the UF160 hold at any one time?Two grid shelves are supplied as standard; it can accommodate up to 8 shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, for a total load capacity of up to 210 kg.How does the UF160 differ from the UF160plus?Both share the same housing and air turbine; the UF160plus also features two redundant Pt100 sensors, TwinDISPLAY, HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY for greater process reliability during unattended operation.Is a natural convection model available in this size?Yes, the Memmert UN160 universal oven offers the same internal volume of 161 litres, but operates without an air turbine and is suitable for samples that are sensitive to dust or air movement.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards, measured using a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor with a 4-wire connection.What type of power supply is required?Either 230 V at around 3,200 W or 115 V at around 1,800 W, in both cases at 50/60 Hz; a single-phase supply is sufficient.Is the UF160 suitable for continuous overnight operation?The mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heater off when the temperature rises by approximately 20 °C and is designed for unattended operation.Can a glass door be retrofitted?A full-view glass door rated up to 250 °C or 300 °C is one of the common options for the UF160 and can be selected when placing your order.Technical detailsSetting temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)745 x 1,104 x 584 mmNet weightapprox. 96 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 3,200 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WMaximum number of shelves8Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit210 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown clockPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL test markScope of delivery1x Memmert UF160 universal ovenFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe Memmert UF160 universal oven is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe UF160 is available with, amongst other features, full-view glass doors rated up to 250 °C or 300 °C, interior lighting, reinforced grid shelves and perforated trays up to 60 kg, slide-in or floor-standing drip trays, as well as wall brackets, levelling feet and a mobile or fixed base frame. For data acquisition, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter with a 5 m cable and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available; licences for 21 CFR Part 11 (AtmoCONTROL FDA) are also available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories, a gas-tight version with gas inlet and outlet, a specific feed-through (14, 23, 38, 57 or 100 mm), or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we’ll be happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

The Memmert UF160plus universal oven is the TwinDISPLAY version of the UF160 heating and drying oven in the same 161-litre size and has two redundant Pt100 sensors, HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY for processes where sensor failure is not an option. The temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C, whilst up to 8 shelves and a maximum total load capacity of 210 kg provide capacity for routine laboratory operations.Forced air circulation with redundant temperature measurementThe UF160plus’s air turbine, which can be controlled electronically in 10 % increments, actively distributes heat throughout the chamber and has a working temperature range from at least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C. Two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration monitor each other; if one fails, the second automatically takes over its function. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards. Preheated fresh air is introduced via an electronically adjustable exhaust air damper; the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve can also be controlled electronically.ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY: HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETYThe UF160plus is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, which features two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays. The HeatBALANCE function allows for fine-tuning of the heat output distribution between the upper and lower heating groups from -50 to +50 %, for example to compensate for temperature differences caused by unevenly distributed loads. AutoSAFETY also monitors over- and under-temperature conditions, automatically tracks the setpoint within a freely selectable tolerance range and triggers visual and audible alarms in the event of a deviation. Programmes are programmed, managed and transferred via the Ethernet interface or USB port using the AtmoCONTROL software. A programmable door lock and a door-open detection feature can be added as optional extras.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert UF160plus universal ovenThe internal dimensions are 560 x 720 x 400 mm; the external dimensions of the housing are 745 x 1,104 x 584 mm, and the net weight is approximately 96 kg, identical to that of the base model UF160. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard; up to eight shelves can be fitted in total. The permissible total load is up to 210 kg, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The UF160plus can be connected either to 230 V (approx. 3,200 W) or to 115 V (approx. 1,800 W), in both cases at 50/60 Hz.Choosing the right size from the UF rangeThe eight-tier size range of the Memmert UF family with forced air circulation, each also available with TwinDISPLAY, offers an internal volume of between 53 and 1,060 litres. When selecting the appropriate size, the footprint and the number of shelves required are key factors, alongside the volume.ModelInternal volumeUF5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUF7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUF110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, 5 shelves max.UF160161 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUF450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesUF10601,060 l, footprint 1,224 x 1,035 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UF160plus is the obvious choice when the Memmert UF110plus universal oven (108 litres, 5 shelves instead of 8) has reached its capacity limit, but there is not yet a significantly larger footprint available. Anyone who needs more capacity with a larger footprint will find this in the Memmert UF260plus universal oven (256 litres). You can find all sizes in the range in our Range of climate chambers & Incubators.Differences between TwinDISPLAY, SingleDISPLAY and natural convectionThose who can do without sensor redundancy can save money by opting for the Memmert UF160 universal oven, which is identical in construction, in its basic version with SingleDISPLAY. For samples sensitive to dust or air movement that cannot tolerate active air circulation, the Memmert UN160plus universal oven offers the same housing with natural convection instead of an air turbine, and still features TwinDISPLAY. Those who require less internal volume will find the Memmert UF110plus universal oven, the more compact TwinDISPLAY model with the same footprint.Safety according to DIN 12880, enhanced by AutoSAFETYIn addition to the adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and AutoSAFETY, the UF160plus is fitted with a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature reaches approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. The display also allows you to select either an adjustable temperature monitor (protection class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (protection class 2). An integrated self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL test mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum of 5 cm is sufficient on either side in relation to the wall or an adjacent unit. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of +5 °C to +40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UF160plus is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning products. As an electrical appliance, the UF160plus is subject to the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 161 litres and redundant sensor technology, the Memmert UF160plus universal oven is suitable for heat treatment processes in laboratories and industry where there are heightened requirements for process reliability.Unsupervised drying of medium to large batches overnight or at the weekendTempering, ageing and baking of material samples, subject to documentation requirementsTesting and curing in quality assurance where higher safety standards are requiredMaterial testing in industrial manufacturingA replacement or addition to a SingleDISPLAY model if processes are to run unattended in futureHeat treatment processes in science and research with enhanced documentation requirementsWhen TwinDISPLAY is worthwhileThe scope of delivery for the UF160plus includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to 8 shelves. TwinDISPLAY is particularly beneficial where processes run unattended overnight or at weekends and a sensor failure would jeopardise the batch, or where there is a documentation requirement supported by AutoSAFETY protocols. Those who do not require this redundancy can save money by opting for the Memmert UF160 universal oven in its basic model, which is of identical construction. A full-view glass door is available as an option for visual inspection without opening the door, as is a programmable door lock with door-open detection. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available for continuous logging. For pharmaceutical or standards-compliant applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseWhat exactly are the benefits of the second Pt100 sensor?If one of the two sensors fails, the second one automatically takes over, meaning that an ongoing drying or tempering process does not have to be interrupted.How many samples can the UF160plus hold at any one time?Two grid shelves are included as standard; it can accommodate up to 8 shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, for a total load capacity of up to 210 kg.Is TwinDISPLAY worth it for routine operation?For simple drying tasks during the day, SingleDISPLAY is usually sufficient. For unattended overnight runs, the UF160plus is the safer choice compared to the Memmert UF160 universal oven.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?0.1 °C to 99.9 °C; from 100 °C, 0.5 °C; in each case, determined via the two redundant DIN Class A Pt100 sensors using a 4-wire measurement.Is a natural convection version available with TwinDISPLAY?Yes, the Memmert UN160plus universal oven shares the same housing as the UF160plus, but operates without an air turbine.How does the UF160plus differ from the smaller UF110plus?Both models feature TwinDISPLAY and two redundant Pt100 sensors; the UF160plus offers greater capacity, 161 litres instead of 108, and 8 shelves instead of 5, whilst maintaining the same footprint, but is taller in design.Is a programmable door lock available?Yes, a programmable door lock and door-open detection are options available exclusively on TwinDISPLAY devices such as the UF160plus.Technical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)745 x 1,104 x 584 mmNet weightapprox. 96 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 3,200 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WMaximum number of shelves8Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit210 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displaysAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL test markScope of delivery1x Memmert UF160plus universal ovenFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceOptions available for the UF160plus include full-view glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, a potential-free alarm contact, MobileALERT remote monitoring, and a USB user ID stick for TwinDISPLAY user rights. For data acquisition, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences, according to the manufacturer also in an FDA-compliant version, are available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we are happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

With 161 litres of interior and one Pt100 sensor, the Memmert UN160 universal oven is the single-sensor version of this size, controlled via a ControlCOCKPIT with one high-resolution TFT colour graphic display. Memmert describes the series as a classic for temperature control in science and research and for material testing in industry. Heating is by natural convection alone, without an air turbine, and the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C.Interior and loadThe interior measures 560 x 720 x 400 mm, and the external dimensions are 745 x 1,104 x 584 mm plus 56 mm for the door handle. Two stainless steel grid shelves, electropolished, are part of the standard equipment, and up to eight shelves are possible. A total load of 210 kg is permitted with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf, and the net weight is around 96 kg. The UN160 is connected as standard with 230 V at approx. 3,200 W, and 115 V at approx. 1,800 W is available as a factory option.Control and programmingThe adaptive multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller shows the setpoint temperature on the TFT colour graphic display, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. The SetpointWAIT function starts the process time only after the setpoint temperature has been reached, a digital countdown timer covers target times from 1 minute to 99 days, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The data logger can be read out via the Ethernet interface; with a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software, the data can be downloaded, managed and organised, and a USB stick with the AtmoCONTROL software is available as an accessory.Safety technologyThe safety technology includes an adjustable electronic temperature monitor and a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating approx. 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature. A self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding, and the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear wall.Guide to choosing the right equipmentAnyone who needs two Pt100 sensors with mutual monitoring, a TwinDISPLAY, the HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY functions and an adjustable temperature monitor or adjustable temperature limiter selectable on the display will find the same volume in the UN160plus of the UN-plus series. For applications without this need, the UN160 remains the more simply equipped alternative with the same interior.Typical applicationsThe UN160 is used for drying, heating, tempering, ageing, baking, testing and curing in research, science, industry and quality assurance, and also for temperature control in science and research and material testing in industry.Temperature control of samples in science and researchMaterial testing in industryDrying and heating on up to eight shelvesTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 1,104 x 584 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 96 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 3,200 WConnection 115 V (factory option)50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves max.8Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load of unit210 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMax. installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UN series with natural convection comprises eight sizes from 32 to 749 litres, listed below sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN3032 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN5553 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN7574 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN110108 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN160 (this page)161 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN260256 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN450449 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN750749 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYWith two Pt100 sensors for mutual monitoring and TwinDISPLAY, the same volume is available as the UN160plus in the UN-plus series.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN160Factory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is an electrical device within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN160, the 115 V voltage variant, extended over-temperature protection by an additional Pt100 sensor, temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature), a full-view glass door, interior lighting and socket and a lockable door, among other things, can be ordered from the factory. Suitable accessories include additional grid shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB Ethernet adapter and a USB stick with a licence for the AtmoCONTROL software. For factory and DAkkS calibration and IQ and OQ documentation, we put you in touch with the right contact. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

The Memmert universal oven UN160plus offers 161 litres of internal volume and, with all eight shelves fitted, takes considerably more load than the smaller sizes of the UN-plus series. It is heated by natural convection without an air turbine, and the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C. The net weight is around 96 kg.Interior and loadingThe internal dimensions are 560 x 720 x 400 mm and the external dimensions 745 x 1,104 x 584 mm plus 56 mm for the door handle. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are part of the standard equipment, and up to eight can be fitted in total. The total load must not exceed 210 kg, and a maximum of 20 kg is permitted per shelf.Two sensors, two displaysTwo Pt100 sensors of DIN class A monitor each other in 4-wire measurement and automatically take over the function of the other in case of failure. Control is via the ControlCOCKPIT with two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a set temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. A digital countdown timer covers target times from 1 minute to 99 days, and SetpointWAIT starts the process time only after the set temperature has been reached. Programs are created, managed and transferred via Ethernet or USB using AtmoCONTROL, and the program sequence is saved in the event of a power failure.Connection and safety technologyThe mains connection is 230 V at approx. 3,200 W, and 115 V at approx. 1,800 W is also available as a factory option at no extra charge. A mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating approx. 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature. Optionally, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can also be selected on the display. AutoSAFETY reports overshoots or undershoots by a freely selectable offset visually and audibly, and HeatBALANCE adjusts the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group by -50 to +50 %.Choosing the right sizeIf five shelves and a lower overall height are sufficient, the UN110plus with 108 litres is the more compact alternative, with the same footprint of 745 x 584 mm. If batches grow larger, the UN260plus with 256 litres and nine shelves offers more volume with comparable control technology, see the size table below.Typical applicationsThe UN160plus is suitable for drying, heating, tempering, ageing, baking, testing and curing in research, science, industry and quality assurance.Drying larger series of samples with up to eight shelves at the same timeTempering and ageing in industry and quality assuranceBaking and testing in research and scienceTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 1,104 x 584 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 96 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 3,200 WConnection 115 V (factory option)50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WMaximum number of shelves8Shelves in the scope of delivery2Max. load of unit210 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-plus series with natural convection ranges from 32 to 749 litres, eight sizes sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30plus32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55plus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75plus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110plus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160plus (this page)161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN260plus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN450plus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN750plus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYWith one temperature sensor and one control display instead of the redundant dual technology, the same volume is available in the UN series: UN160.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN160plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN160plus, the following can be ordered from the factory, among others: temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature), a full-view glass door, interior lighting with interior socket and a virtually gas-tight interior. A roller frame and cable feed-throughs of various diameters are also available. Accessories include additional grid shelves and perforated trays, a wall bracket, levelling feet, a stacking kit and licences for AtmoCONTROL or myChamber Control FDA. We arrange factory and on-site calibration, DAkkS calibration and IQ/OQ documentation on request. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

The Memmert UF260 universal oven bridges the gap between compact benchtop units and the very large floor-standing models in the range: 256 litres’ internal volume, a temperature range of +20 to +300 °C and an electronically controlled air turbine that ensures even heat distribution, even when several batches are running simultaneously. With up to 9 shelves and a maximum total load capacity of 300 kg, the UF260 offers sufficient capacity for routine laboratory operations with varying sample quantities, without taking up the floor space of a floor-standing oven in the 449- or 749-litre class. It can be connected to either a 230 V or 115 V supply, in each case at 50/60 Hz.Forced air circulation for even heat distribution at medium volumeThe UF260’s air turbine, which can be electronically controlled in 10 % increments, actively distributes heat throughout the interior, rather than simply allowing it to rise, as is the case with a natural convection cabinet. As a result, the UF260 reliably achieves its working temperature range, from at least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °C, even when several grid shelves are in use simultaneously. A DIN Class A Pt100 temperature sensor with a 4-wire measurement ensures a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C onwards. Preheated fresh air is introduced via an electronically adjustable exhaust air damper; the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve can also be controlled electronically.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY: Operation, programming and data acquisitionThe UF260 is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphics display. The following parameters can be adjusted: temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, the speed of the recirculation fan, the position of the exhaust air damper, the programme duration, as well as the time zone and summer/winter time. A digital countdown timer with a target time can be set from 1 minute to 99 days; the SetpointWAIT function only starts the actual process time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached. The integrated data logger can be read, managed and organised via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download to get you started.Capacity and dimensions of the Memmert UF260 universal ovenThe interior of the UF260 measures 640 x 800 x 500 mm and comes fitted as standard with 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; up to 9 shelves can be fitted in total. The cabinet can be loaded with up to 300 kg; each shelf can carry up to 20 kg. The external dimensions of the cabinet are 824 x 1,183 x 684 mm, and the net weight is approximately 110 kg. The interior consists of easy-to-clean stainless steel, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating; the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. Unlike the 449- and 749-litre models, the UF260 is not listed as a mobile version in the data sheet; it is designed for a fixed installation on a laboratory bench or base frame.Choosing the right size from the UF rangeWithin the Memmert UF range, there is a difference of around 1,000 litres in internal volume between the smallest and largest models, ranging from 53 to 1,060 litres. As well as the volume, the key factors in choosing a suitable model are, above all, the footprint and the number of shelves required.ModelInternal volumeUF5553 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 4 shelvesUF7574 l, footprint 585 x 514 mm, max. 6 shelvesUF110108 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 5 shelvesUF160161 l, footprint 745 x 584 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF260256 l, footprint 824 x 684 mm, max. 9 shelvesUF450449 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 8 shelvesUF750749 l, footprint 1,224 x 784 mm, max. 14 shelvesUF10601,060 l, footprint 1,224 x 1,035 mm, max. 14 shelvesThe UF260 is the obvious choice when the Memmert UF160 universal oven (161 litres, same footprint as the UF110) is reaching its capacity limit, but a significantly larger footprint is not yet available. Anyone requiring even more volume and additional mobility will find this in the Memmert UF450 universal oven (449 litres). You can find all the sizes in the range in our Range of climate chambers & Incubators.Difference between the TwinDISPLAY version and its natural convection counterpartThe UF260 described here operates with SingleDISPLAY and a single Pt100 sensor. For processes with higher safety requirements, such as unattended overnight runs, the Memmert UF260plus universal oven also offers a second Pt100 sensor for redundant monitoring, TwinDISPLAY with two displays, and the HeatBALANCE and AutoSAFETY functions. For those who can do without active air circulation, because samples sensitive to dust or air movement are laid out in the open, the Memmert UN260 universal oven offers the same housing with natural convection instead of an air turbine.Safety according to DIN 12880In addition to the adjustable electronic temperature monitoring, the UF260 is fitted with a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. An integrated self-diagnostic system assists with fault-finding, whilst the calibration function allows three freely selectable temperature values to be readjusted. The unit bears CE and EAC markings as well as a UL test mark.Installation, operation and disposalFor operation, a minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall and a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling must be maintained; a minimum distance of 5 cm from the wall or an adjacent unit at the side is sufficient. The unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of +5 °C to +40 °C and a relative humidity of no more than 80 %, non-condensing. Electrically, the UF260 is designed for overvoltage category II and pollution degree 2; it must only be transported in an upright position. The interior, made of easy-to-clean stainless steel, can be cleaned using standard laboratory cleaning agents. As an electrical appliance, the UF260 is subject to the Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act at the end of its service life and must not be disposed of with household waste; see Regulatory information below.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 256 litres and active air circulation, the Memmert UF260 universal oven is suitable for laboratories that regularly run several batches simultaneously without having to install a floor-standing cabinet.Drying several sample batches simultaneously during routine operationsTempering, ageing and baking of material samples in small batchesTesting and curing in quality assuranceMaterial testing in industrial manufacturingA second unit alongside a smaller UF model, should the sample volume increaseEquipment tailored to the specific purposeThe scope of delivery for the UF260 includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves; the cabinet is designed to accommodate up to 9 shelves. Users who regularly load multiple levels simultaneously should order additional grid shelves or perforated trays. A full-view glass door is available as an option for visual inspection without opening the door, as are interior lighting, an internal power socket and a reversible door hinge. If you wish to operate the UF260 unattended overnight whilst utilising the redundancy of a second temperature sensor with AutoSAFETY monitoring, opt for the Memmert UF260plus universal oven. A USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are suitable for continuous data logging. For pharmaceutical or standards-based applications, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request.Frequently asked questions before making a purchaseHow many samples can the UF260 hold at any one time?Two grid shelves are included as standard; it can accommodate up to 9 shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, for a total load capacity of up to 300 kg.Is the UF260 on castors?No, the data sheet does not specify any castors for this size; the UF260 is designed for a fixed position on a laboratory bench or base frame.Is SingleDISPLAY sufficient for day-to-day operations?For most applications, yes. If you want to run unattended overnight cycles with redundant temperature monitoring, the Memmert UF260plus universal oven with TwinDISPLAY is the better choice.What is the accuracy of the temperature control?The DIN Class A Pt100 sensor operates using a 4-wire measurement and achieves an accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C; from 100 °C onwards, the accuracy is 0.5 °C.How does the UF260 differ from the smaller UF160?Both use the same recirculation technology and SingleDISPLAY; the UF260 offers greater capacity, 256 litres instead of 161, and 9 shelves instead of 8, whilst taking up more floor space.Is a natural convection model available in this size?Yes, the Memmert UN260 universal oven shares the same housing as the UF260, but operates without an air turbine.Is the UF260 suitable for continuous overnight operation?The mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heater off at an overtemperature of approximately 20 °C. Information on continuous operation is available on request.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensorPt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)824 × 1,183 × 684 mmNet weightapprox. 110 kg230 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 3,400 W115 V connection50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WMaximum number of shelves9Shelves included in the scope of delivery2Max. load on the unit300 kgMaximum load per shelf20 kgInterior materialsStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphics displayTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown clockPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % relative humidity, non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mLabellingCE, EAC, UL test markScope of delivery1x Memmert UF260 universal ovenFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking system (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe UF260 is available with features including full-view glass doors, interior lighting and a power socket, reversible door hinges, lockable doors, a potential-free alarm contact and MobileALERT remote monitoring. For data acquisition, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences are available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories, a TwinDISPLAY version, or assistance in selecting the right universal oven for your application? Through our procurement service, we are happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

With 256 litres of internal volume and up to nine shelves, the Memmert universal oven UF260plus offers considerably more space than the small models of the series, with external dimensions of 824 x 1,183 x 684 mm. Two Pt100 sensors monitor each other, and HeatBALANCE can be used to distribute the heating power between the upper and lower heating group.Interior for larger batchesThe interior measures 640 x 800 x 500 mm and holds up to nine shelves, and the housing measures 824 x 1,183 x 684 mm externally. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are part of the standard equipment, and a total load of up to 300 kg at a maximum of 20 kg per shelf is permitted. The electronically controllable air turbine adjusts the circulation in 10 % steps, and an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap admits preheated fresh air.Heating power distribution with HeatBALANCEWith HeatBALANCE, the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group can be adjusted from -50 to +50 %. Two Pt100 sensors of DIN class A in 4-wire measurement monitor each other and take over the function of the other in case of failure. Control is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays. Programs are managed via Ethernet or USB using AtmoCONTROL, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a set temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C.Safety reserves for larger batchesA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 forms the first level and switches off at about 20 °C above the maximum oven temperature. An adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can also be selected. AutoSAFETY runs in parallel, follows the set point at a freely selectable offset and raises a visual and audible alarm in case of deviation. An ambient temperature of +5 °C to +40 °C at a maximum of 80 % relative humidity is permissible.Choosing the right sizeIf batches become larger, the UF450plus with 449 litres offers more internal volume, see the size table below. If floor space is limited, the smaller UF160plus with 161 litres and likewise TwinDISPLAY is the obvious alternative.Typical applicationsWith 256 litres of internal volume, the UF260plus is suitable for drying, heating, tempering, ageing, baking, testing and curing in research, science, industry and quality assurance.Drying and tempering larger series of samples with several shelves at the same timeCuring and baking with redundant temperature measurementAgeing and testing of components in industryTesting in quality assuranceTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)824 x 1,183 x 684 mmNet weightapprox. 110 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 3,400 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WMaximum number of shelves9Shelves in the scope of delivery2Max. load of unit300 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe UF-plus series comprises nine sizes from 32 to 1,060 litres, sorted below by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUF30plus32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF55plus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF75plus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF110plus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF160plus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF260plus (this page)256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF450plus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF750plus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF1060plus1,060 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYFor applications that do not require redundant sensors, the same volume is available as a single-sensor version in the UF series: UF260.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF260plusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UF260plus, the following can be ordered from the factory, among others: a full-view glass door, interior lighting and socket, a programmable door lock and door-open detection. Suitable accessories include additional shelves and perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL software licences. For qualification and maintenance, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services. For individual requirements, we will advise you personally.

When cultures or reagents need to be kept at a constant cool temperature overnight without having to reserve a separate fridge in the laboratory, the Memmert IPP55 Peltier cooling incubator reliably takes care of this task: it maintains samples and cultures at precise temperatures between 0 and +70 °C, even well below room temperature. With an internal volume of 53 litres, the unit offers significantly more capacity than the compact IPP30 series and is therefore suitable for laboratories that regularly need to store or incubate larger quantities of samples or several parallel batches at cool temperatures. Peltier cooling instead of a compressor Instead of a conventional compressor-based cooling system, the IPP55 operates using a Peltier element integrated into the rear panel, which both cools and heats. A single system thus covers the entire setting temperature range from 0 to +70 °C, with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C. A Pt100 sensor of DIN Class A quality, measured using the 4-wire method, provides the basis for temperature control. A Peltier-powered recirculation fan forces the air inside the chamber to circulate and distributes it evenly throughout the interior. SingleDISPLAY: all values at a glance The ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY clearly displays the actual and setpoint temperatures on a TFT colour graphic display. The log data from the internal data logger can be read out and managed via the integrated Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download for this purpose. The TwinDISPLAY variant IPP55plus is available for full programming, including a USB port and the supplied AtmoCONTROL software without the need for a separate licence. Safety, door and interior In addition to the electronic temperature control, a mechanical temperature limiter monitors operation, ensuring that a second, independent safety level remains active even in the event of a fault in the electronic control system. The fully insulated stainless steel door, featuring a two-point locking mechanism and an inner glass door, allows for visual inspection of the interior without having to open the outer door every time, thereby avoiding disruption to the internal temperature. The interior accommodates up to 4 shelves with a total load capacity of 80 kilograms and a maximum of 20 kilograms per shelf, allowing several sample series to be arranged side by side in a clear and organised manner. An electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard; additional grid shelves can be ordered as required. Dimensions and capacity With internal dimensions of 400 × 400 × 330 millimetres (depth reduced by 10 millimetres due to the built-in fan), the IPP55 offers sufficient space for several grid shelves stacked on top of one another. The external dimensions of 585 × 784 × 514 millimetres are increased by 56 millimetres due to the door handle and by a further 111 millimetres in depth due to the Peltier rear panel, which must be taken into account when planning the layout in the laboratory. With a connected load of around 275 watts (230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz) and a net weight of approximately 52 kilograms, the unit sits between the compact IPP30 series and the large-volume IPP110eco model, whilst remaining easy to handle for transport into an existing laboratory with a gross weight of around 71 kilograms. Data logging for documentation and quality assurance Via the Ethernet interface, the internal data logger continuously records the temperature history, enabling cooling incubations to be traced and documented retrospectively, for example for internal quality assurance records or laboratory accreditations. The AtmoCONTROL software is available for download as a time-limited trial version for reading and managing the log data; for permanent, licence-free use, including full remote programming via Ethernet and USB, Memmert offers the IPP55plus, a TwinDISPLAY variant that comes with AtmoCONTROL included as standard. This distinction allows users to choose between the more streamlined SingleDISPLAY version and the fully equipped TwinDISPLAY version, depending on their documentation requirements. Typical applications With an internal volume of 53 litres and a temperature range of 0 to +70 °C, the IPP55 is suitable for cooled incubation tasks that cannot be covered by conventional heated incubators, particularly where medium-sized sample quantities need to be kept stable at constant low temperatures over extended periods: Cooled incubation of microbiological samples and cultures at constant temperatures below room temperatureStorage of temperature-sensitive reagents and reference materials in day-to-day laboratory workParallel processing with moderate space requirements thanks to 4 shelves and a total load capacity of 80 kilogramsQuality assurance and research requiring reproducible temperatures above and below room temperatureDocumented cold storage with continuous logging via the integrated data logger Technical details Internal volume53 litres Internal dimensions (W×H×D)400 × 400 × 330 mm (depth reduced by 10 mm due to the fan) External dimensions (W×H×D)585 × 784 × 514 mm (+56 mm door handle, +111 mm Peltier rear panel) Setting temperature range0 to +70 °C Working temperature range (without lighting)at least 20 °C below room temperature to +70 °C Setting accuracy0.1 °C Sensors1× Pt100 DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement Cooling/heating principlePeltier element, integrated into the rear panel VentilationForced internal air circulation via Peltier recirculation fan ControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, TFT colour graphic display Temperature monitoringElectronic + mechanical temperature limiter DoorFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking mechanism, internal glass door Max. load80 kg in total / 20 kg per shelf Max. number of shelves4 InterfacesEthernet (data logger readout) Voltage/Power230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 275 W Environmental conditions+16 to +40 °C, max. 70 % relative humidity (non-condensing), max. 2,000 m above sea level Packaging dimensions730 × 950 × 670 mm Net weight/Gross weightapprox. 52 kg / approx. 71 kg Scope of delivery 1× Memmert IPP55 Peltier-cooled incubator (basic unit) 1× stainless steel grid shelf, electropolished 1× factory calibration certificate (calibration at +10/+25/+40 °C) Regulatory information Manufacturer’s WEEE registration number (Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, Stiftung EAR): DE 66812464. Individual requirements & procurement service Do you require additional accessories such as further stainless steel grid shelves, a bespoke calibration or advice on the appropriate model size within the IPP series? Our procurement service will be happy to assist you with special enquiries and spare parts. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The IN110 offers an internal capacity of 108 litres with a maximum of five shelves, two of which are included as standard. The net weight is around 76 kilograms, and the temperature is controlled via a ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY within the range of +20 to +80 °C.Positioning and air circulationMemmert recommends a minimum clearance of 15 centimetres from the wall, a minimum of 20 centimetres from the ceiling and a minimum of 5 centimetres at the sides. The unit is supplied as standard without castors; a castor frame can be ordered as a factory option. An electronically adjustable exhaust air flap introduces preheated fresh air; the exhaust air outlet with a throttle valve can also be controlled electronically. The interior is reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing and features a protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system; the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel.Controller and data acquisitionA DIN Class A Pt100 sensor with a 4-wire measurement system supplies the actual temperature to the ControlCOCKPIT; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached; three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The programme sequence remains stored in the event of a power failure, and the data logger can be read out via the Ethernet interface.Temperature limitation and door constructionA mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature; an adjustable electronic temperature monitoring system complements this safeguard. In front of the inner glass door is a fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point locking mechanism and a compression door lock; a self-diagnostic system assists with troubleshooting. The permissible ambient temperature is between +5 °C and +40 °C, with a maximum relative humidity of 80 %.Guide to choosing the right sizeThe smaller IN75 has a capacity of 74 litres with a maximum of six shelves, whilst the IN110 offers an internal volume of 108 litres despite having only five shelves. If more than five shelves are required, the table below lists the IN160 with 161 litres and eight shelves.Typical applicationsThe IN110 is suitable as an incubator with natural convection for incubating and temperature-controlling samples in the range from +20 to +80 °C, including in research applications.Incubation and temperature control of samples across five shelvesUse in medicine, pharmacy, food analysis and food chemistryUse in researchTechnical detailsTemperature setting range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1 Pt100 DIN Class A in 4-wire configurationInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mm (depth plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 76 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,400 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves5Shelves included in the scope of delivery2InteriorEasy to clean, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 %, non-condensingMaximum installation altitudemax. 2,000 m above sea levelMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IN series with SingleDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN3032 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN5553 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN7574 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN110 (this page)108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN160161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN260256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN450449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN750749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYThe same capacity is also available with TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors in the IN-plus series: IN110plus.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IN110 incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe following items, amongst others, can be ordered ex-works for the IN110: interior lighting, an internal power socket, a shatterproof door and feed-throughs of various diameters. Accessories available include reinforced grid shelves, drip trays, levelling feet and a stacking kit; for qualification and re-qualification, we arrange calibration and IQ/OQ services. We are available to assist you personally with bespoke configurations.

The IN75 has an internal capacity of 74 litres and a cabinet height of 944 millimetres; within the IN series, it sits between the smaller IN55 and the larger IN110. Natural convection distributes the heat throughout the interior without a fan; temperature control is managed via a ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C within the range of +20 to +80 °C.Design and air flowAn electronically adjustable exhaust air damper mixes in preheated fresh air, whilst the exhaust air outlet with throttle valve can also be controlled electronically. The interior features deep-drawn ribbing and has a protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system; the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. Unlike the IF series, which operates with forced air circulation, the IN75 does not require a fan wheel inside the chamber.Control via the ControlCOCKPITThe ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY with a TFT colour graphic display controls the unit via a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor in a 4-wire measurement configuration. The SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached; a digital countdown timer covers target times ranging from 1 minute to 99 days. The data logger can be read via the Ethernet interface, whilst a self-diagnostic system assists with troubleshooting.Safety according to DIN 12880A mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature; in addition, an adjustable electronic temperature monitoring system monitors the interior. The door is fully insulated and fitted with a two-point locking mechanism as a compression door lock; behind this is an inner glass door. The permissible ambient temperature is +5 °C to +40 °C with a maximum relative humidity of 80 %, non-condensing.Choosing the right sizeWith two shelves fitted as standard and space for up to six shelves, the IN75 is suitable for medium-sized sample quantities. For those with limited floor space, the 53-litre IN55 is the smaller alternative. If you regularly require more capacity, you’ll find the 108-litre IN110 in the size chart below.Typical applicationsAs an incubator with natural convection, the IN75 is suitable for incubating and temperature-controlling samples within a range of +20 to +80 °C, for example in research.Incubation and temperature control of samples at a constant setpoint temperatureUse in medicine, pharmacy, food analysis and food chemistryUse in researchTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 5 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1 Pt100 DIN Class A in 4-wire configurationInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mm (depth plus 56 mm for door handle)Net weightapprox. 66 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,250 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves6Shelves included in the scope of delivery2InteriorEasy to clean, reinforced with deep-drawn ribbing, with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 %, non-condensingMaximum installation altitudemax. 2,000 m above sea levelMarkingsCE, VDE GS, UL, EACOther sizes in the seriesThe IN series with SingleDISPLAY ranges from 32 to 749 litres internal volume, sorted by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN3032 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN5553 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN75 (this page)74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN110108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN160161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN260256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN450449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN750749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYThe same volume is also available with TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors in the IN-plus series: IN75plus.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IN75 incubatorFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN75, the following options, amongst others, can be ordered ex-works: 115 V voltage at no extra charge, extended overtemperature protection, interior lighting and a socket, as well as a left-hand door hinge. Available accessories include additional stainless steel grid shelves, a wall bracket, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and an AtmoCONTROL licence. We can arrange calibration and IQ/OQ services for qualification and requalification. We are happy to advise you personally on your specific requirements.

The Memmert IF75 incubator has an internal volume of 74 litres and comes fitted with two shelves as standard, whilst accommodating up to six shelves for larger sample quantities. The setting range, with forced air circulation, is from +20 to +80 °C, and the maximum permissible load is 120 kg.Airflow and housingThe IF75 features an easy-to-clean, deep-drawn ribbed interior with all-round heating on all four sides; the housing has a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. An electronically controllable air turbine circulates the air quietly, whilst an exhaust air flap mixes in preheated fresh air.Control and timing functionsThe SingleDISPLAY ControlCOCKPIT measures via a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor in a 4-wire configuration; the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has actually been reached; the digital countdown timer covers target times ranging from 1 minute to 99 days. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated.Temperature limitation and door safetyA mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, switches off the heating when the temperature rises to approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. The fully insulated stainless steel door with an internal glass door closes via a two-point locking mechanism.Smaller or larger?With two shelves fitted as standard and space for up to six, the IF75 is designed for medium to large sample quantities; the maximum load is 120 kg for the unit and 20 kg per shelf. If more volume is required, the IF110 offers 108 litres and a total load capacity of up to 175 kg; however, it accommodates a maximum of five shelves, one fewer than the IF75. For smaller sample quantities, the IF55 with 53 litres is often sufficient.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 74 litres, the IF75 is suitable as an incubator for incubating and temperature-controlling medium to large sample quantities in research, medicine, pharmacy, food analysis and food chemistry.Incubating several sample series in parallel in research and medicineTempering of larger sample quantities in the pharmaceutical industryRecurring incubation routines in food analysis and food chemistryTechnical detailsTemperature setting range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeat least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 66 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,250 WConnection 115 V (optional)50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WMaximum number of shelves6Shelves in the scope of delivery2Max. load capacity120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInteriordeep-drawn ribbed, 4-sided all-round heatingControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, VDE GS, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe SingleDISPLAY IF series covers internal volumes ranging from 32 to 749 litres, sorted here by internal volume:ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF3032 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF5553 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF75 (this page)74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYA model of the same size is also available in the IF-plus series as the IF75plus, featuring TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other and take over operation in the event of a fault.Scope of delivery1x Memmert IF75 incubator (basic unit) with factory calibration certificate (at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock) and internal glass door, single-leaf2 stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and Disposal page.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF75, the following can be ordered ex-works: a potential-free fault signal contact, interior lighting and a socket, as well as cable and conduit entries in various diameters and positions. Available accessories include additional shelves, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter, and factory or DAkkS calibration. For qualification, we can arrange IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and implementation. Should you have specific requirements or queries regarding suitable equipment, we will be happy to advise you personally.

Where a single temperature measurement can, in the event of a fault, pose a risk to entire sample series, the Memmert IPP55plus Peltier-cooled incubator provides additional safety: it maintains samples and cultures at temperatures ranging from 0 to +70 °C, including well below room temperature. With an internal volume of 53 litres and the TwinDISPLAY feature, the unit is designed for applications with higher demands on redundancy, documentation and process reliability than the SingleDISPLAY base version IPP55, for example, where cooling and incubation processes must be verifiable and documented without gaps at a later stage. TwinDISPLAY: dual sensor system for greater reliability Two Pt100 sensors of DIN Class A quality, measured using the 4-wire method, monitor each other's temperature readings in the IPP55plus. If one of the two sensors fails, the second automatically takes over its function without interrupting ongoing operation. In addition, the upper and lower Peltier elements can be controlled separately, allowing cooling and heating output to be distributed more precisely within the chamber than with a single Peltier circuit. This dual safeguard reduces the risk of a single sensor failure going unnoticed and jeopardising an entire batch of temperature-sensitive samples. AutoSAFETY and full programmability The AutoSAFETY safety function automatically tracks the setpoint within a selectable tolerance range, thereby protecting against over- and under-temperature conditions, supplemented by a freely selectable adjustable temperature monitor or limiter of class TWW 3.3 or TWB 2. Users can programme, manage and transfer process data directly via Ethernet or USB using the AtmoCONTROL software included in the scope of delivery; a separate licence is not required for this, unlike with the SingleDISPLAY version, which comes with a time-limited trial version. Furthermore, only with the TwinDISPLAY version can a programmable door lock, a door-open detection system and a USB user ID stick be ordered as options, making the IPP55plus the obvious choice whenever access rights in the laboratory need to be managed in a traceable manner. Safety, door and interior The fully insulated stainless steel door, featuring a 2-point locking mechanism and an inner glass door, allows visual inspection of the interior without disrupting the temperature through frequent opening of the outer door. In combination with the optional door-open detection, it is also possible to log how often and for how long the door was open during an experimental period, a requirement frequently stipulated for validated processes. The interior accommodates up to 4 shelves with a total load capacity of 80 kilograms, a maximum of 20 kilograms per shelf, allowing several sample series to be arranged in parallel and in a clearly organised manner. An electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard; additional grid shelves can be ordered as required. Dimensions and capacity With internal dimensions of 400 × 400 × 330 millimetres (depth reduced by 10 millimetres due to the built-in fan) and external dimensions of 585 × 784 × 514 millimetres (plus 56 millimetres for the door handle, plus 111 millimetres for the Peltier rear panel), the IPP55plus fits into the same size category as the SingleDISPLAY model IPP55. The connected load is around 275 watts (230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz), the net weight is approximately 52 kilograms, and the gross weight, including packaging, is around 71 kilograms. The packaging dimensions of 730 × 950 × 670 millimetres also correspond to those of the SingleDISPLAY variant, meaning that delivery and installation can be planned in exactly the same way in advance. Access control and data logging As the TwinDISPLAY offers full Ethernet and USB connectivity, the supplied AtmoCONTROL software can be used not only to programme temperature profiles but also to manage the optional programmable door lock and the door-open detection feature. In combination with a USB user ID stick, it is possible to track when and by whom the chamber was opened, which is particularly useful when there are several user groups in the same laboratory. Continuous logging via both Pt100 sensors provides a complete, redundant temperature history for verification purposes with internal or external testing bodies. Typical applications As a TwinDISPLAY version with redundant sensors and AutoSAFETY, the IPP55plus is particularly suitable where process reliability and comprehensive documentation are paramount: Validatable refrigerated incubation with documented, redundant temperature monitoringMicrobiological refrigerated incubation with heightened requirements for reliabilityTemperature-stable storage of sensitive reagents and reference materialsResearch and quality assurance requiring full programmability via AtmoCONTROLApplications with optional access control via programmable door locking and door-open detection Technical details Internal volume53 litres Internal dimensions (W×H×D)400 × 400 × 330 mm (depth reduced by 10 mm due to fan) External dimensions (W×H×D)585 × 784 × 514 mm (+56 mm door handle, +111 mm Peltier rear panel) Setting temperature range0 to +70 °C Working temperature range (without lighting)at least 20 °C below room temperature to +70 °C Setting accuracy0.1 °C Sensors2× Pt100 DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, mutual monitoring with automatic function takeover Cooling/heating principlePeltier, individual control of upper/lower element VentilationForced circulation of internal air via Peltier forced air circulation fan ControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, 2× TFT colour graphic displays Safety functionAutoSAFETY (automatic over/under-temperature protection), selectable adjustable temperature monitor/limiter TWW 3.3 or TWB 2 DoorFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking, internal glass door Max. load80 kg total / 20 kg per shelf Max. number of shelves4 InterfacesEthernet + USB, full programming/management via AtmoCONTROL software (included) Options (TwinDISPLAY only)Programmable door lock, door-open detection, USB user ID stick Voltage/Power230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 275 W Environmental conditions+16 to +40 °C, max. 70 % RH non-condensing, max. 2,000 m above sea level Packaging dimensions730 × 950 × 670 mm Net weight/Gross weightapprox. 52 kg / approx. 71 kg Scope of delivery 1× Memmert IPP55plus Peltier-cooled incubator (base unit) 1× stainless steel grid shelf, electropolished AtmoCONTROL software (USB stick) 1× factory calibration certificate (calibrated at +10/+25/+40 °C) Regulatory information Manufacturer’s WEEE registration number (Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, Stiftung EAR): DE 66812464. Individual requirements & procurement service Do you require additional accessories such as further stainless steel grid shelves, a programmable door lock, a door-open detection system or a bespoke calibration? Our procurement service will be happy to assist you with special requests and spare parts. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

When an entire series of experiments or several batches of samples need to be stored at low temperatures or incubated simultaneously, a small refrigerated incubator quickly reaches its limits: with an internal volume of 108 litres, the Memmert IPP110eco Peltier-cooled incubator is the largest model in Memmert’s range of Peltier-cooled incubators. It maintains samples and cultures at temperatures ranging from 0 to +70 °C, including well below room temperature, and thus offers sufficient capacity for larger batches of samples or several parallel test series. Peltier cooling for the large interior A Peltier element integrated into the rear wall handles both cooling and heating and covers the entire setting temperature range from 0 to +70 °C with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C. A Pt100 sensor of DIN Class A quality, measured using the 4-wire method, provides the control signal, whilst a Peltier forced air circulation fan ensures uniform temperature distribution throughout the large interior. Without lighting, the working temperature range extends to at least 20 °C below room temperature; with the light switched on, it ranges from plus 10 to plus 40 °C. SingleDISPLAY: all values at a glance The ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY displays the actual and setpoint temperatures on a TFT colour graphic display. The log data from the internal data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface; a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download. Those requiring full programming functionality, including a USB port and the supplied software without the need for a separate licence, will find this in the TwinDISPLAY variant IPP110ecoplus. Safety, door and interior In addition to the electronic temperature control, a mechanical temperature limiter also monitors operation, ensuring that a second, independent safety level remains active even in the event of a fault in the electronic control system. The fully insulated stainless steel door, with a two-point locking mechanism and an inner glass door, allows visual inspection of the interior without having to open the outer door and disturb the internal temperature. The generously sized interior accommodates up to 5 shelves with a total load capacity of 150 kilograms, up to a maximum of 20 kilograms per shelf. The standard specification already includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves, more than in the smaller IPP30 and IPP55 models, meaning the interior can be used immediately after installation without the need for additional orders. Dimensions and capacity The internal dimensions of 560 × 480 × 400 millimetres (depth reduced by 32 millimetres due to the built-in fan) and the external dimensions of 745 × 864 × 555 millimetres make the IPP110eco the largest model in the series, well ahead of the mid-range IPP55 model with its 53-litre internal volume. The connected load is around 320 watts (230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz), the net weight is approximately 63 kilograms, and the gross weight, including packaging, is around 86 kilograms. The packaging dimensions are 830 × 1,050 × 800 millimetres, which must be taken into account during delivery and when planning the installation in the laboratory. Data logging for documentation and quality assurance Via the Ethernet interface, the internal data logger continuously records the temperature history, enabling cooling and incubation processes to be traced and documented retrospectively, for example for internal quality assurance records or laboratory accreditations. The AtmoCONTROL software is available for download as a time-limited trial version for reading out and managing the log data; for permanent, licence-free use, including full remote programming via Ethernet and USB, Memmert offers the IPP110ecoplus, a TwinDISPLAY variant with AtmoCONTROL included as standard. Seamless logging is particularly important for a unit of this size, which frequently manages several test series simultaneously. Typical applications With an internal volume of 108 litres, 5 shelves and a total load capacity of 150 kilograms, the IPP110eco is suitable for more extensive cooling and incubation tasks that exceed the capabilities of the smaller models in the series: Refrigerated incubation of larger sample volumes or multiple parallel test series below room temperatureStorage of temperature-sensitive reagents and reference materials on a larger scaleMicrobiological refrigerated incubation requiring additional lighting within the working temperature range of +10 to +40 °CQuality assurance and research requiring reproducible temperatures above and below room temperature with high capacityLaboratories wishing to replace several smaller refrigerated incubators with a single, large-capacity unit Technical details Internal volume108 litres Internal dimensions (W×H×D)560 × 480 × 400 mm (depth reduced by 32 mm due to the fan) External dimensions (W×H×D)745 × 864 × 555 mm Setting temperature range0 to +70 °C Working temperature range (without lighting)at least 20 °C below room temperature to +70 °C Working temperature range (with light)+10 to +40 °C Setting accuracy0.1 °C Sensors1× Pt100 DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement Cooling/heating principlePeltier element, integrated into the rear panel VentilationForced circulation of internal air via Peltier forced air circulation fan ControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, TFT colour graphic display Temperature monitoringElectronic + mechanical temperature limiter DoorFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking, internal glass door Max. load150 kg total / 20 kg per shelf Max. number of shelves5 InterfacesEthernet (data logger readout) Voltage/Power230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 320 W Environmental conditions+16 to +40 °C, max. 70 % RH non-condensing, max. 2,000 m above sea level Packaging dimensions830 × 1,050 × 800 mm Net weight/Gross weightapprox. 63 kg / approx. 86 kg Scope of delivery 1× Memmert IPP110eco Peltier-cooled incubator (basic unit) 2× stainless steel grid shelves, electropolished 1× factory calibration certificate (calibration at +10/+25/+40 °C) Regulatory information Manufacturer’s WEEE registration number (Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, EAR Foundation): DE 66812464. Individual requirements & procurement service Do you require additional accessories such as further stainless steel grid shelves, a bespoke calibration or advice on the appropriate model size within the IPP series? Our procurement service will be happy to assist you with special enquiries and spare parts. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert IPP30 Peltier-cooled incubator reliably maintains samples and cultures at temperatures ranging from 0 to +70 °C, including well below room temperature, which is not possible with conventional heated incubators. With an internal capacity of 32 litres, the unit is suitable for smaller sample quantities in day-to-day laboratory and research work, such as culture preparations requiring refrigerated storage or temperature-sensitive reagents. Peltier technology for precise cooling and heating Instead of a conventional compressor, the IPP30 utilises the Peltier principle: a Peltier element integrated into the rear wall can both cool and heat, thereby controlling the entire temperature range from 0 to +70 °C with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C. A Pt100 sensor of DIN Class A quality (4-wire measurement) measures the temperature, whilst the electronically controlled forced internal air circulation ensures even distribution throughout the interior. SingleDISPLAY: all values at a glance The ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY shows the actual and setpoint temperatures on a high-resolution TFT colour graphic display. Log data from the integrated data logger can be read out and managed via the Ethernet interface (a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download). For full programming, including a USB port and AtmoCONTROL software included as standard, the TwinDISPLAY variant IPP30plus is available. As only one sensor monitors the temperature, the SingleDISPLAY model is particularly suitable for routine applications where there is no need for redundant sensors or full process documentation via AtmoCONTROL. However, for those requiring two independent Pt100 sensors, automatic over/under-temperature protection (AutoSAFETY) and full programmability via Ethernet or USB, the IPP30plus offers these features, whilst retaining the same internal dimensions, temperature range and external dimensions. Safety and workmanship For added safety, the unit monitors the temperature electronically and additionally via a mechanical temperature limiter. The fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point compression lock and the inner glass door allow visual inspection of the interior without disrupting the temperature through frequent opening. The stainless steel interior accommodates up to 3 shelves with a maximum total load of 60 kg (20 kg per shelf); an electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard. Compact size within the IPP series With an internal volume of 32 litres, the IPP30 is the smallest model in Memmert’s range of Peltier-cooled incubators, which also includes the IPP55 (53 litres) and IPP110eco (108 litres) models, each of which is also available in a SingleDISPLAY and a TwinDISPLAY version. Those who regularly cool larger quantities of samples or require more shelves will find suitable alternatives featuring the same Peltier technology and the same temperature range of 0 to +70 °C. The compact external dimensions of 585 × 704 × 434 mm (width × height × depth, plus door handle and Peltier rear panel) make the IPP30 easy to integrate into even laboratories with limited floor space. Operating conditions and installation The IPP30 is designed for operation at ambient temperatures between +16 and +40 °C and a relative humidity of up to 70 % (non-condensing), at altitudes of up to 2,000 metres above sea level. It can be connected to either 230 V or 115 V (50/60 Hz) with a power consumption of around 140 W. The net weight is around 40 kg. Typical applications As a Peltier-cooled incubator with a temperature range of 0 to +70 °C, the IPP30 is suitable for applications that conventional heated incubators cannot accommodate: Storage/incubation of temperature-sensitive samples and cultures below room temperatureMicrobiological cold incubation, e.g. for psychrophilic/cold-loving organismsTemperature-stable storage of reagents and reference materials in the laboratoryQuality assurance and research requiring reproducible temperatures above and below room temperature Particularly in smaller laboratories with limited space, the IPP30 can replace two separate units: a conventional incubator for temperatures above room temperature and an additional cooling unit for lower temperatures. As the Peltier element can both heat and cool, a single unit covers both applications, an advantage that directly translates into savings in floor space and procurement costs. Technical details Internal volume32 litres Internal dimensions (W×H×D)400 × 320 × 250 mm (depth minus 10 mm for the fan) External dimensions (W×H×D)585 × 704 × 434 mm (+56 mm door handle, +111 mm Peltier rear panel) Setting temperature range0 to +70 °C Working temperature range (without lighting)at least 20 °C below room temperature to +70 °C Setting accuracy0.1 °C Sensors1× Pt100 DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement Cooling/heating principlePeltier element, integrated into the rear panel VentilationForced circulation of internal air via Peltier forced air circulation fan ControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, TFT colour graphic display Temperature monitoringElectronic + mechanical temperature limiter DoorFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking mechanism, inner glass door Max. load60 kg in total / 20 kg per shelf Max. number of shelves3 InterfacesEthernet (data logger readout) Voltage/Power230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 140 W Environmental conditions+16 to +40 °C, max. 70 % RH (non-condensing), max. 2,000 m above sea level Packaging dimensions660 × 890 × 650 mm Net weight/Gross weightapprox. 40 kg / approx. 56 kg Scope of delivery 1× Memmert IPP30 Peltier-cooled incubator (basic unit) 1× stainless steel grid shelf, electropolished 1× factory calibration certificate (calibration at +10/+25/+40 °C) Regulatory information Manufacturer’s WEEE registration number (Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, Stiftung EAR): DE 66812464. Individual requirements & procurement service Do you require additional accessories such as further stainless steel grid shelves, a door lock, a bespoke calibration or advice on the appropriate model size? Our procurement service will be happy to assist you with special enquiries and spare parts. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

When large quantities of samples need to be stored or incubated at temperatures monitored via redundant systems, the Memmert IPP110ecoplus Peltier-cooled incubator combines an internal volume of 108 litres with the TwinDISPLAY feature for greater process reliability. The unit maintains samples and cultures at temperatures ranging from 0 to +70 °C, including well below room temperature, and is designed for applications with higher demands on redundancy and documentation compared to the SingleDISPLAY base version, the IPP110eco. TwinDISPLAY: dual sensor system for the large interior Two Pt100 sensors of DIN Class A quality, measured using the 4-wire method, monitor the temperature in the 108-litre interior in tandem. If one of the two sensors fails, the second automatically takes over its function without interrupting ongoing operation. The upper and lower Peltier elements can also be controlled individually, which allows for a more precise distribution of cooling and heating output across the large interior and reduces the risk of a single sensor failure going unnoticed. Without lighting, the working temperature range extends to at least 20 °C below room temperature; with the light switched on, it ranges between plus 10 and plus 40 °C. AutoSAFETY and full programmability The AutoSAFETY safety function automatically tracks the setpoint within a selectable tolerance range, thereby protecting against over- and under-temperature conditions; this can be optionally supplemented by an adjustable temperature monitor or limiter of class TWW 3.3 or TWB 2. Users can programme, manage and transfer process data directly via Ethernet or USB using the AtmoCONTROL software included in the scope of delivery; a separate licence is not required for this, unlike with the SingleDISPLAY version, which comes with a time-limited trial version. Furthermore, a programmable door lock, door-open detection and a USB user ID stick are available as optional extras exclusively for the TwinDISPLAY version. Safety, door and interior The fully insulated stainless steel door, featuring a 2-point locking mechanism and an internal glass door, allows visual inspection of the interior without disrupting the temperature through frequent opening of the outer door. In combination with the optional door-open detection, it is also possible to log how often and for how long the door was open during a test period. The interior features up to 5 shelves with a total load capacity of 150 kilograms, up to a maximum of 20 kilograms per shelf. The standard equipment already includes 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves, identical to those in the SingleDISPLAY basic version. Dimensions and capacity With internal dimensions of 560 × 480 × 400 millimetres (depth reduced by 32 millimetres due to the built-in fan) and external dimensions of 745 × 864 × 555 millimetres, the IPP110ecoplus fits into the same size class as the SingleDISPLAY model IPP110eco. The connected load is approximately 320 watts (230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz), the net weight is approximately 63 kilograms, and the gross weight, including packaging, is around 86 kilograms. The packaging dimensions of 830 × 1,050 × 800 millimetres correspond to those of the SingleDISPLAY variant, meaning that delivery and installation can be planned in exactly the same way in advance. Access control and data logging As the TwinDISPLAY offers full Ethernet and USB connectivity, the supplied AtmoCONTROL software can be used not only to programme temperature profiles but also to manage the optional programmable door lock and the door-open detection feature. In combination with a USB user ID stick, it is thus possible to track when and by whom the large interior chamber was opened, which is particularly helpful when there are several user groups in the same laboratory. Continuous logging via both Pt100 sensors provides a complete, redundant temperature history for verification purposes vis-à-vis internal or external testing bodies, an aspect that carries particular weight for a unit of this size, with a correspondingly large number of samples stored in parallel. Typical applications As a TwinDISPLAY model with an internal volume of 108 litres, redundant sensor technology and AutoSAFETY, the IPP110ecoplus is suitable for extensive applications with high demands on process reliability: Validatable refrigerated incubation of larger sample quantities with documented, redundant temperature monitoringMicrobiological refrigerated incubation with increased requirements for reliability at high capacityTemperature-stable storage of sensitive reagents and reference materials on a large scaleResearch and quality assurance requiring full programmability via AtmoCONTROL and additional lighting within the working temperature rangeLaboratories wishing to replace several smaller refrigerated incubators with a single, redundantly monitored large-scale unit Technical details Internal volume108 litres Internal dimensions (W×H×D)560 × 480 × 400 mm (depth reduced by 32 mm due to the fan) External dimensions (W×H×D)745 × 864 × 555 mm Setting temperature range0 to +70 °C Working temperature range (without lighting)at least 20 °C below room temperature to +70 °C Working temperature range (with light)+10 to +40 °C Setting accuracy0.1 °C Sensors2× Pt100 DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, mutual monitoring with automatic function takeover Cooling/heating principlePeltier, individual control of upper/lower element VentilationForced circulation of internal air via a Peltier forced air circulation fan ControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, 2× TFT colour graphic displays Safety functionAutoSAFETY (automatic over/under-temperature protection), selectable adjustable temperature monitor/limiter TWW 3.3 or TWB 2 DoorFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking, internal glass door Max. load150 kg in total / 20 kg per shelf Max. number of shelves5 InterfacesEthernet + USB, full programming/management via AtmoCONTROL software (included) Options (TwinDISPLAY only)Programmable door lock, door-open detection, USB user ID stick Voltage/Power230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 320 W Environmental conditions+16 to +40 °C, max. 70 % RH non-condensing, max. 2,000 m above sea level Packaging dimensions830 × 1,050 × 800 mm Net weight/Gross weightapprox. 63 kg / approx. 86 kg Scope of delivery 1× Memmert IPP110ecoplus Peltier-cooled incubator (basic unit) 2× stainless steel grid shelves, electropolished AtmoCONTROL software (USB stick) 1× factory calibration certificate (calibration at +10/+25/+40 °C) Regulatory information Manufacturer’s WEEE registration number (Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, Stiftung EAR): DE 66812464. Individual requirements & procurement service Do you require additional accessories such as further stainless steel grid shelves, a programmable door lock, a door-open detection system or a bespoke calibration? Our procurement service will be happy to assist you with special enquiries and spare parts. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert IPP30plus Peltier-cooled incubator reliably maintains samples and cultures at temperatures ranging from 0 to +70 °C, including well below room temperature. With an internal capacity of 32 l and the TwinDISPLAY feature, the unit is suitable for applications with higher demands on redundancy, documentation and process reliability compared to the SingleDISPLAY basic version, the IPP30. TwinDISPLAY: dual sensor system, full programmability Instead of a single Pt100 sensor, the IPP30plus features two Pt100 sensors of DIN Class A quality (4-wire measurement) that monitor the temperature in tandem. If one sensor fails, the second automatically takes over. In addition, the upper and lower Peltier elements can be controlled individually, allowing for a more precise distribution of cooling and heating power within the chamber. Via the Ethernet OR USB port, you can programme, manage and transfer process data directly using the AtmoCONTROL software included in the scope of delivery, without the need for a separate licence, unlike with the SingleDISPLAY version. AutoSAFETY: automatic over-/under-temperature protection The AutoSAFETY (ASF) function automatically tracks the setpoint within a selectable tolerance range and, in the event of over- or under-temperature, triggers an alarm or switches off the heating/cooling function, a level of safety not offered by the SingleDISPLAY basic version. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor/limiter of protection class TWW 3.3 or TWB 2 can be freely selected on the display. Only TwinDISPLAY units can also be ordered with optional extensions such as a programmable door lock (Option D4), door-open detection (Option V5) or a USB user ID stick for access authorisation (Option B33170); according to the manufacturer, these extensions are not technically available on the basic SingleDISPLAY version. Workmanship and features The fully insulated stainless steel door with a 2-point compression lock and the internal glass door allow visual inspection of the interior without disrupting the temperature through frequent opening. The stainless steel interior offers space for up to 3 shelves with a maximum total load of 60 kg (20 kg per shelf); an electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard. Compact design within the IPP series With an internal volume of 32 l, the IPP30plus is the smallest TwinDISPLAY model in Memmert’s range of Peltier-cooled incubators, which also includes the IPP55plus (53 l) and IPP110ecoplus (108 l), each featuring the same TwinDISPLAY equipment, redundant sensors and AutoSAFETY. Those who regularly cool larger sample volumes or require more shelves will find suitable alternatives featuring the same Peltier technology and the same temperature range of 0 to +70 °C. Operating conditions and installation The IPP30plus is designed for operation at ambient temperatures between +16 and +40 °C and a relative humidity of up to 70 % (non-condensing), at altitudes of up to 2,000 metres above sea level. It can be connected to either 230 V or 115 V (50/60 Hz) with a power consumption of around 140 W. The net weight is around 40 kg. Typical applications As a TwinDISPLAY version with redundant sensors and AutoSAFETY, the IPP30plus is particularly suitable where process reliability and documentation are essential: Validatable refrigerated incubation with documented, redundant temperature monitoringMicrobiological refrigerated incubation with heightened requirements for reliabilityTemperature-stable storage of sensitive reagents and reference materialsResearch and quality assurance requiring full programmability via AtmoCONTROL Particularly in smaller laboratories with limited space, the IPP30plus often replaces two separate units: a conventional heating incubator for temperatures above room temperature and an additional cooling unit for lower temperatures. As the Peltier element can both heat and cool, a single unit covers both applications. In combination with redundant sensor technology and AutoSAFETY, the unit is particularly suitable for applications where a sensor failure must not go unnoticed, such as during unattended incubation runs lasting several days. Technical details Internal volume32 l Internal dimensions (W×H×D)400 × 320 × 250 mm (depth minus 10 mm for the fan) External dimensions (W×H×D)585 × 704 × 434 mm (+56 mm door handle, +111 mm Peltier rear panel) Setting temperature range0 to +70 °C Working temperature range (without lighting)at least 20 °C below room temperature up to +70 °C Setting accuracy0.1 °C Sensors2× Pt100 DIN Class A, 4-wire measurement, cross-monitoring with automatic function takeover Cooling/heating principlePeltier, individual control of upper/lower element VentilationForced circulation of internal air via Peltier forced air circulation fan ControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, 2× TFT colour graphic displays Safety functionAutoSAFETY (automatic over/under-temperature protection), selectable temperature monitor/limiter TWW 3.3 or TWB 2 DoorFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking, internal glass door Max. load60 kg total / 20 kg per shelf Max. number of shelves3 InterfacesEthernet + USB, full programming/management via AtmoCONTROL software (included in the scope of delivery) Voltage/Power230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 140 W Environmental conditions+16 to +40 °C, max. 70 % RH non-condensing, max. 2,000 m above sea level Packaging dimensions660 × 890 × 650 mm Net weight/Gross weightapprox. 40 kg / approx. 56 kg Scope of delivery 1× Memmert IPP30plus Peltier-cooled incubator (basic unit) 1× stainless steel grid shelf, electropolished AtmoCONTROL software (USB stick) 1× factory calibration certificate (calibration at +10/+25/+40 °C) Regulatory information Manufacturer’s WEEE registration number (Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, Stiftung EAR): DE 66812464. Individual requirements and procurement service Do you require additional accessories such as further stainless steel grid shelves, a programmable door lock, a door-open detection system or a bespoke calibration? Our procurement service will be happy to assist you with special enquiries and spare parts. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

Anyone needing to incubate cultures below room temperature or store samples at an exactly constant temperature often cannot avoid the vibration and refrigerant of compressor-cooled units. The Memmert IPP260eco Peltier-cooled incubator instead controls temperature via Advanced Peltier Technology between 0 and +70 °C, with no compressor and no refrigerant at all, offering 256 litres of usable volume for microbiology and related laboratory fields. This makes it possible, for example, to store a culture overnight at a fixed, low temperature without vibration from the cooling unit distorting the result. Advanced Peltier Technology without a compressor The Peltier element sits in the rear of the unit and works on the heat pump principle: depending on requirements, the same component either heats or cools, so a refrigerant circuit is not needed at all. A fan forces air to circulate inside the chamber. As a result, according to Memmert, control remains precise with very small deviations, and operation is quieter and lower in vibration than with a compressor-cooled unit, an advantage for vibration-sensitive cultures and for laboratories where several incubators stand close together. Working range with and without interior lighting The setpoint can be set between 0 and +70 °C. With the interior lighting switched on, Memmert states a working range of +10 to +40 °C; without lighting, the range extends from at least 20 degrees below ambient temperature, though never below 0 degrees, up to +70 °C. Anyone working at very low temperatures is therefore best advised to switch off the interior lighting deliberately, in order to use the full cooling range. SingleDISPLAY and AtmoCONTROL The SingleDISPLAY control system shows the setpoint and actual value on a high-resolution TFT colour display and can be operated in nine languages. SetpointWAIT delays the start of the process time until the set temperature has actually been reached. The digital countdown timer can be set from one minute to 99 days. Via the Ethernet interface, the AtmoCONTROL software reads out and manages the data from the internal logger; a trial version is available for download, and a USB stick with the full software is available as an accessory on request. Safety technology and fittings An adjustable electronic overtemperature monitor works together with a mechanical temperature limiter, and a self-diagnostic system reports faults automatically. The fully insulated stainless steel door closes via a two-point locking mechanism, and the additional inner glass door keeps the temperature stable during a brief look inside the unit, without the main door having to be opened every time. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are already fitted, and up to nine shelves and 200 kilograms of load are possible according to the datasheet. Markings, connected load and installation The IPP260eco carries, according to the data sheet, the CE, VDE and UL marks and is factory-calibrated at +10, +25 and +40 °C. The electrical connected load is around 600 watts at both 230 volts and 115 volts. Clearance from the rear wall should be at least 15 centimetres, from the ceiling at least 20 centimetres, and from a side wall or neighbouring unit at least 5 centimetres. The permissible ambient temperature is between 16 and 40 °C at a maximum of 70 % relative humidity and an installation altitude of up to 2,000 metres above sea level. The IPPeco range: Peltier-cooled incubators in several sizes The IPP260eco belongs to the IPPeco Peltier range, which Memmert states is designed for particularly high temperature uniformity with minimal control deviation. Alongside the 256-litre model, Memmert also offers the range in other volumes, so laboratories can choose between smaller and larger interiors within the same technology and operating logic, depending on how many samples need to be incubated or stored at the same time. The packaging dimensions of 930 x 1,380 x 930 millimetres and a gross weight of around 138 kilograms should be planned for in advance where narrow doors, corridors or lifts are involved. Typical applications Microbiology: incubation at temperatures below room temperature Cold-loving microorganisms and temperature-sensitive cultures Sample storage at a constant temperature without compressor vibration Long-running trial series with data logger evaluation via AtmoCONTROL Technical details Usable volume256 L Internal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mm (depth -32 mm for Peltier fan) External dimensions (W x H x D)824 x 1,183 x 655 mm (depth +56 mm door handle, +111 mm Peltier element) Temperature range (setpoint)0 to +70 °C Working range with interior lighting+10 to +40 °C Working range without interior lighting0 °C (at least 20 °C below ambient temperature) up to +70 °C Temperature accuracy0.1 °C Temperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire circuit Control systemSingleDISPLAY, adaptive PID microprocessor controller with TFT colour display Cooling/heating systemAdvanced Peltier Technology, forced air circulation via Peltier fan InterfacesEthernet (AtmoCONTROL) Max. load200 kg total / 20 kg per shelf, max. 9 shelves Voltage/power230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 600 W (115 V approx. 600 W) Environmental conditions+16 to +40 °C, max. 70 % RH non-condensing, max. 2,000 m above sea level Installation clearancesmin. 15 cm rear wall, min. 20 cm ceiling, min. 5 cm sides Packaging dimensions (W x H x D)930 x 1,380 x 930 mm Net weight/gross weightapprox. 99 kg / approx. 138 kg Scope of delivery 1x Memmert IPP260eco Peltier-cooled incubator (base unit) 2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolished 1x inner glass door 1x factory calibration certificate (calibration at +10/+25/+40 °C) Regulatory information Manufacturer's WEEE registration number (Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, Stiftung EAR): DE 66812464. Warranty & procurement service Memmert grants a three-year worldwide manufacturer's warranty on the IPP260eco. Do you need additional accessories such as further stainless steel grid shelves, a USB stick with AtmoCONTROL software or advice on the right size within the IPP range? Our procurement service will be happy to assist you with special requests and spare parts. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

With 256 litres of interior volume, the Memmert Peltier-cooled incubator IPP260ecoplus sits between the IPP110ecoplus with 108 litres and the IPP410ecoplus with 384 litres. It keeps samples and cultures between 0 and plus 70 °C, optionally also several degrees below room temperature, and can be placed on an optional levelling base frame with a height of 500 mm. The TwinDISPLAY equipment with dual Pt100 sensors protects against the failure of a single sensor without interrupting the running experiment.Control and safetyTwo Pt100 sensors of DIN class A quality work in 4-wire mode and monitor each other. If one fails, the second takes over without interruption. The AutoSAFETY function automatically follows the set point within a freely selectable tolerance band and switches off the heating when it is exceeded and the cooling when it is undershot. In addition, a temperature monitor of class TWW 3.3 or a temperature limiter of class TWB 2 can be activated on the display. The HeatBALANCE function allows the heating power to be distributed between the upper and lower heating group in a range from minus 50 to plus 50 %.Door and interiorThe fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking has an inner glass door through which the interior can be viewed while the outer door is open. Up to 9 shelves are available in the interior, and 2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are fitted as standard. The total load is 200 kilograms and 20 kilograms per shelf. The energy-saving Peltier heating and cooling system is integrated in the rear wall and works on the heat pump principle, without refrigerant and without a compressor.Choosing the right sizeIf less volume is needed, the IPP110ecoplus with 108 litres is the smaller alternative in the same series, likewise with TwinDISPLAY. If more volume is needed, the IPP410ecoplus with 384 litres and up to 14 shelves is closer, which can be moved on castors and locked in place.Typical applicationsThe IPP260ecoplus is designed for cultivation below room temperature, and its setting range of 0 to +70 °C also extends well above room temperature:Cultivation of samples and cultures down to at least 20 °C below room temperatureIncubation across the entire setting range of 0 to +70 °C with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °CTime-controlled temperature programs with SetpointWAIT and timer up to 99 days, programmed via AtmoCONTROLExperiments with lighting via the optional LED light modules, then in the working temperature range of +10 to +40 °CTechnical detailsInterior volume256 lInternal dimensions (W×H×D)640 × 800 × 500 mm (depth minus 32 mm for fan)External dimensions (W×H×D)824 × 1,183 × 655 mmSetting temperature range0 to +70 °CWorking temperature range (without light)min. 20 °C below room temperature to +70 °CWorking temperature range (with light)+10 to +40 °CSetting accuracy0.1 °CSensors2× Pt100 DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, mutual monitoring with automatic takeover of functionCooling/heating principlePeltier element in the rear wall, no refrigerant, no compressorVentilationForced internal air circulation by Peltier circulating fanControlTwinDISPLAY, 2× TFT colour graphic display, HeatBALANCE (-50 to +50 %)Safety functionAutoSAFETY, selectable TWW 3.3 or TWB 2DoorFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking, inner glass doorMax. load200 kg total / 20 kg per shelfMax. number of shelves9 (2 grid shelves in the scope of delivery)InterfacesEthernet + USB, programming via AtmoCONTROLVoltage/power230 V or 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 600 WAmbient conditions+16 to +40 °C, max. 70 % rh non-condensing, max. 2,000 m above sea levelPackaging dimensions930 × 1,380 × 930 mmNet weight/gross weightapprox. 99 kg / approx. 138 kgOther sizes in the seriesThe IPP-ecoplus series covers seven chamber sizes, all with TwinDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of 0 to +70 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIPP110ecoplus108 l0 to +70 °CTwinDISPLAYIPP260ecoplus (this page)256 l0 to +70 °CTwinDISPLAYIPP410ecoplus384 l0 to +70 °CTwinDISPLAYIPP750ecoplus749 l0 to +70 °CTwinDISPLAYIPP1060ecoplus1,060 l0 to +70 °CTwinDISPLAYIPP1400ecoplus1,360 l0 to +70 °CTwinDISPLAYIPP2200ecoplus2,140 l0 to +70 °CTwinDISPLAYThe same chamber size is also available in the SingleDISPLAY line as the IPP260eco, without TwinDISPLAY redundancy and without the TwinDISPLAY-exclusive options.Scope of delivery1× Memmert Peltier-cooled incubator IPP260ecoplus (basic unit)2× stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking and inner glass door1× Factory calibration certificate (calibration at +10/+25/+40 °C)Regulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor applications with a reduced temperature range up to +60 °C, an interior socket can be ordered. Light modules, a lockable door and the programmable door lock with door-open detection are also available as options. DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ documentation and maintenance contracts can also be ordered. Our procurement service will gladly check which option suits your application.

For stability testing in accordance with ICH Q1A (according to the manufacturer), or to expand existing testing capacity, the Memmert HPP110eco constant-climate chamber offers controlled temperature and controlled humidity in an internal volume of 108 litres. Heating and cooling are provided by a Peltier element in the rear wall, without the need for a compressor or conventional refrigerant.Peltier cooling without a compressor or refrigerantUnlike conventional climate chambers with compressor cooling, the HPP110eco operates using a Peltier heating and cooling system based on the heat pump principle. The element is located in the rear wall and handles both heating and cooling; there is no need for a separate refrigerant or a CFC circuit. Depending on the operating mode, the chamber covers 0 to 70 °C without humidity control or 5 to 70 °C with active humidity control; when light is applied, the operating range narrows to 15 to 40 °C. Two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration monitor each other and automatically take over the function of the other sensor in the event of a fault.Humidity control and ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAYRelative humidity can be controlled between 10 and 90 % rh with a setting accuracy of 0.5 % rh; humidification is provided by a hot steam generator, whilst dehumidification is achieved via a cold trap using Peltier technology. The system is supplied via an external water canister with a connecting hose; a fixed water connection is not required, which also makes it easier to set up the unit away from a water mains supply. The HPP110eco is operated via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, comprising two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays for the simultaneous display of temperature and humidity, with a choice of languages including German, English, French and Chinese. The SetpointWait function only starts the actual test period once the temperature and humidity have actually reached the setpoint, a detail that ensures reproducible start times for time-critical stability protocols.Selection guide: Choosing the right model from the HPPeco rangeThe HPP110eco is the smallest of the four constant-climate chambers from the HPPeco series compared here and is suitable for laboratories starting out with just a few batches per test run or looking to supplement an existing larger chamber with a compact unit for special tests. With up to 5 shelves and a maximum load capacity of 150 kg, it is sufficient for smaller sample quantities; for a greater number of parallel runs, it is worth considering its larger counterparts:Memmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP110eco108 litres, 560 x 480 x 400 mm, approx. 64 kg, up to 5 shelvesMemmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP260eco256 litres, 640 x 800 x 500 mm, approx. 94 kg, up to 9 shelvesMemmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP410eco384 litres, 640 x 1,200 x 500 mm, approx. 134 kg, up to 14 shelvesMemmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP750eco749 litres, 1,040 x 1,200 x 600 mm, approx. 197 kg, up to 14 shelvesAnyone who regularly requires more than 5 shelves at the same time or stores several batches in parallel under different ICH conditions is usually better served by the Memmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP260eco or the Memmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP410eco; technically, the control system, safety features and humidity system are identical across all four sizes. You can find an overview of the entire Memmert range of climate chambers and incubators in the ‘Climate Chambers & Incubators’ category.Choosing between the HPPeco and the ICH110?If you also require temperatures below 0 °C or prefer compressor-based cooling with automatic defrosting, the Memmert ICH110 climate chamber offers a suitable alternative in the same 108-litre volume class. The ICH110 cools and heats via an air-jacket temperature control system using the CFC-free refrigerant R290 and covers an operating range from -10 to +60 °C; however, at around 1,350 W, it requires a noticeably higher connected load than the HPP110eco at around 420 W. On the other hand, for those working between 0 and 70 °C without a compressor or refrigerant and with lower energy requirements, the Peltier technology of the HPP110eco is the better choice.Installation, water connection and disposalFor operation, a minimum clearance of 15 cm from the wall, a minimum clearance of 20 cm from the ceiling and a minimum clearance of 5 cm at the sides must be maintained; installation is permitted at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at ambient temperatures of 16 to 40 °C and a maximum relative humidity of 70 %, non-condensing. Humidity is supplied via the water canister supplied with the unit, which includes a connection hose and a self-priming pump; a fixed water connection in the installation room is not required. At the end of its service life, the HPP110eco must be disposed of as waste electrical and electronic equipment; Memmert is listed with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Which equipment for which test purposeBefore placing an order, it is worth considering what additional equipment the chamber requires beyond the basic configuration. For documented, validatable test runs, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter for data transfer and AtmoCONTROL or myChamber software licences are suitable; on request, these are also available in the AtmoCONTROL FDA version for environments subject to 21 CFR Part 11. For unattended runs overnight or at weekends, a potential-free contact for connection to a central building management system or a MobileALERT SMS alert system are recommended. If the chamber is to be shared amongst several user groups with different access rights, a lockable door with a security lock or a USB user ID stick for the TwinDISPLAY can be added. For the installation itself, there is also a choice of a castor frame, levelling feet, a stacking kit for space-saving combinations of several chambers, and a levelling or mobile base frame.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 108 litres, Peltier cooling and active humidity control, the Memmert HPP110eco constant-climate chamber is particularly in demand where compact test capacity is required for recurring but not high-volume test series.Stability studies of individual batches of active ingredients in accordance with ICH Q1A in pharmaceutical quality assuranceStability tests for cosmetic formulations on a smaller development scaleSupplementary test chamber alongside a larger HPPeco chamber for special conditions or peak capacity requirementsMaterial testing in industrial quality assuranceEnvironmental testing from freezing point upwards in research and developmentFrequently asked questions about the Memmert HPP110eco constant-climate chamberWhat temperature and humidity range does the HPP110eco cover?Depending on the operating mode, 0 to 70 °C without humidity or 5 to 70 °C with active humidity control between 10 and 90 % rh; with light exposure, the operating range is restricted to 15 to 40 °C.Does the chamber require a fixed water connection?No. Humidity is supplied via the water canister supplied with the unit, complete with a connecting hose; a self-priming pump delivers the distilled water as required.How many samples can fit into the HPP110eco?Two shelves are included as standard; a total of up to five shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, can be fitted, though the total load must not exceed 150 kg.Is the HPP110eco suitable for ICH stability testing?Yes, according to the manufacturer’s specifications, the chamber is designed for stability studies in accordance with ICH guidelines (Q1A) as well as for stability tests in the cosmetics and food industries.What distinguishes the HPP110eco from the Memmert ICH110 climate chamber?The HPP110eco uses a Peltier element to cool between 0 and 70 °C without a compressor or refrigerant, whilst the ICH110 operates with a compressor-based refrigeration cycle (R290) and also covers a range down to -10 °C.What software is available for documentation and validation?The chamber can be managed via the Ethernet interface using the AtmoCONTROL software; the AtmoCONTROL FDA licence version is also available for environments subject to 21 CFR Part 11.How is calibration carried out?A calibration certificate is supplied as standard (reference values: 25 °C at 60 % rh and 40 °C at 75 % rh); in addition, three freely selectable values each for temperature and humidity can be calibrated by the user. We arrange suitable services for DAkkS-accredited calibrations as well as IQ/OQ/PQ.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range (without light, without humidity)0 to 70 °CAdjustable temperature range (with humidity)5 to 70 °COperating temperature range with light15 to 40 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementAdjustable humidity range10 to 90 % rhHumidity setting accuracy0.5 % rhInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mm (depth minus 32 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 555 mmNet weightapprox. 64 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 420 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 420 WShelves maximum5Shelves in scope of delivery2Max. load on unit150 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgHousing materialTextured stainless steel housing, fully galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2 TFT colour graphic displaysTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown timerPermissible ambient temperature16 to 40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 70 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP110ecoStandard factory calibration certificate (25 °C / 60 % rh, 40 °C / 75 % rh)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass doorMoisture-proof silicone feed-through (internal diameter 18 mm) with silicone plug2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedWater canister including connection hoseRegulatory informationThe Memmert HPP110eco constant-climate chamber is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements & procurement serviceOptional extras available for the HPP110eco include a castor frame with a supply air filter, levelling feet, a stacking kit for operating multiple chambers one on top of the other, and a levelling or mobile base frame. For data acquisition, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL and myChamber software licences are available; licences for 21 CFR Part 11 (AtmoCONTROL FDA) are also available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, including DAkkS calibration on request. Do you require any of these accessories, a special configuration, or assistance in selecting the right size for your application? Through our procurement service, we will be happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

As soon as a single stability study develops into an ongoing test programme involving several formulations, a small chamber is often no longer sufficient. With an internal volume of 256 litres and up to 9 shelves, the Memmert HPP260eco constant-climate chamber offers significantly more capacity than the smallest model in the range, without compromising on temperature and humidity control: 0 to 70 °C without humidity, 5 to 70 °C with active humidity control between 10 and 90 % rh, regulated via a Peltier heating and cooling system without a compressor and without conventional refrigerant.Peltier cooling for parallel test runsLike all four sizes in the HPPeco range, the HPP260eco heats and cools via a Peltier element integrated into the rear wall, operating on the heat pump principle. There is no need for a separate refrigeration circuit with conventional refrigerant. Two DIN Class A Pt100 sensors in a 4-wire configuration monitor each other and automatically take over the function of the other sensor in the event of a fault, a relevant safety detail for a chamber that typically runs continuously for several weeks at a time. The temperature setting accuracy is 0.1 °C; when exposed to light, the operating range is restricted to 15 to 40 °C.Humidity control and ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAYRelative humidity can be set between 10 and 90 % rh with an accuracy of 0.5 % rh; a hot steam generator humidifies the chamber, whilst a Peltier-based cold trap dehumidifies it. The water supply is provided by an external canister with a connecting hose and a self-priming pump; a fixed water connection is not required. The HPP260eco is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays; test runs are managed and documented via the Ethernet interface and the AtmoCONTROL software. The SetpointWait function only starts the test time once both the temperature and humidity have reached the setpoint, which helps ensure the comparability of results when multiple formulations are running in parallel.Selection guide: Choosing the right model size in the HPPeco rangeWith a capacity of 256 litres, the HPP260eco sits between the compact entry-level model and the two larger chambers in the series:Memmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP110eco108 litres, 560 x 480 x 400 mm, approx. 64 kg, up to 5 shelvesMemmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP260eco256 litres, 640 x 800 x 500 mm, approx. 94 kg, up to 9 shelvesMemmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP410eco384 litres, 640 x 1,200 x 500 mm, approx. 134 kg, up to 14 shelvesMemmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP750eco749 litres, 1,040 x 1,200 x 600 mm, approx. 197 kg, up to 14 shelvesIf 9 shelves are consistently insufficient for the planned test programmes, it is worth considering the Memmert HPP410eco constant-climate chamber with a capacity of 384 litres and 14 shelves. On the other hand, if you only test individual batches occasionally, the more compact Memmert HPP110eco constant climate chamber is often the more cost-effective solution; technically, the four models differ mainly in volume, dimensions, weight and connected load. You can find an overview of the entire Memmert range of climate chambers and incubators in the Climate Chambers & Incubators category.Choosing between the HPPeco and the ICH110?For test programmes that also require temperatures below 0 °C or compressor-based cooling with automatic defrosting, the Memmert ICH110 climate chamber is the suitable alternative, although, at 108 litres, it falls into a smaller volume class than the HPP260eco. The ICH110 covers a range from -10 to +60 °C and uses the CFC-free R290 refrigerant; however, its connected load of around 1,350 W is significantly higher than the HPP260eco’s approximately 420 W. As long as the test range is between 0 and 70 °C, the Peltier technology of the HPP260eco remains the more energy-efficient choice.Installation, water connection and disposalA minimum distance of 15 cm from the wall, a minimum distance of 20 cm from the ceiling and a minimum distance of 5 cm from the side must be maintained; the unit may be installed at altitudes of up to 2,000 m above sea level at ambient temperatures of 16 to 40 °C and a maximum relative humidity of 70 %, non-condensing. The supplied water canister with connecting hose supplies the humidity control system; a fixed water connection in the installation room is not required. For disposal as waste electrical and electronic equipment, Memmert is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Which equipment for which test purposeFor validated, documented test runs, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter is suitable in combination with AtmoCONTROL or myChamber software licences; according to the manufacturer, an FDA-compliant version for 21 CFR Part 11 environments is available on request. Where several test series are running in parallel with different user groups, a lockable door and a USB user ID stick can be added to the TwinDISPLAY. For unattended runs, a potential-free contact for connection to a central control system and a MobileALERT SMS alert system are available as options. For installation, a castor frame with a supply air filter, levelling feet and a levelling or mobile base frame are also available, along with accessories for the water supply.Typical applicationsWith an internal volume of 256 litres and up to 9 shelves, the Memmert HPP260eco constant-climate chamber is suitable for laboratories that test multiple formulations or batches in parallel under controlled ICH conditions.Parallel stability studies of several active ingredient batches in accordance with ICH Q1AStability testing for cosmetic and food formulations during ongoing developmentMaterial testing in industrial quality assurance involving a large volume of samplesEnvironmental testing from freezing point upwards in research and developmentFrequently asked questions about the Memmert HPP260eco constant-climate chamberWhat temperature and humidity range does the HPP260eco cover?Depending on the operating mode, 0 to 70 °C without humidity or 5 to 70 °C with active humidity control between 10 and 90 % rh; when light exposure is applied, the operating range is restricted to 15 to 40 °C.Does the chamber require a fixed water connection?No. Humidity is supplied via the water canister supplied with the unit, which includes a connection hose and a self-priming pump.How many samples can fit into the HPP260eco?Two shelves are included as standard; a total of up to nine shelves, each with a maximum load of 20 kg, can be used, provided the total load does not exceed 200 kg.When does it make sense to switch to the HPP410eco?If you regularly require more than 9 shelves at the same time or a total load exceeding 200 kg, the HPP410eco, with a capacity of 384 litres and up to 14 shelves, offers greater capacity whilst retaining the same control technology.What distinguishes the HPP260eco from the Memmert ICH110 climate chamber?The HPP260eco cools between 0 and 70 °C using a Peltier element without a compressor or refrigerant, whilst the ICH110 operates with a compressor-based refrigeration cycle (R290) and also covers a range down to -10 °C, albeit with an internal volume of only 108 litres.What software is available for documentation and validation?The HPP260eco can be managed and read via Ethernet using the AtmoCONTROL software; for environments subject to 21 CFR Part 11, Memmert also offers, according to the manufacturer, an FDA-compliant licence option.How is calibration carried out?A calibration certificate is supplied as standard (reference values: 25 °C at 60 % rh and 40 °C at 75 % rh); in addition, three freely selectable values each for temperature and humidity can be calibrated by the user. We also arrange DAkkS-accredited calibration and IQ/OQ/PQ services.Technical detailsAdjustable temperature range (without light, without humidity)0 to 70 °CAdjustable temperature range (with humidity)5 to 70 °COperating temperature range with light15 to 40 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementAdjustable humidity range10 to 90 % rhHumidity setting accuracy0.5 % rhInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mm (depth minus 32 mm for the fan)External dimensions of the housing (W x H x D)824 x 1,183 x 655 mmNet weightapprox. 94 kgConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 420 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 420 WShelves maximum9Shelves in scope of delivery2Max. load capacity200 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgHousing materialTextured stainless steel housing, fully galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2 TFT colour graphic displaysTimer1 minute to 99 days, digital countdown timerPermissible ambient temperature16 to 40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 70 % rel., non-condensingMaximum installation altitude2,000 mMarkingsCE, EAC, UL marksScope of delivery1x Memmert Constant-Climate Chamber HPP260ecoStandard factory calibration certificate (25 °C / 60 % rh, 40 °C / 75 % rh)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass doorMoisture-tight silicone feed-through (internal diameter 18 mm) with silicone plug2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedWater canister including connection hoseRegulatory informationThe Memmert HPP260eco constant-climate chamber is registered with the Stiftung Elektro-Altgeräte Register (Stiftung EAR) under WEEE registration number DE 66812464.Individual requirements & procurement serviceFor the HPP260eco, the following are available, amongst other things: a castor frame with supply air filter, levelling feet, a levelling or mobile base frame, and additional accessories relating to the water supply. For data acquisition, a USB-Ethernet adapter and AtmoCONTROL and myChamber software licences are available; according to the manufacturer, FDA-compliant licences are also available. In addition, we arrange calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ and maintenance services, some of which are DAkkS-accredited. Do you require any of these accessories, a special configuration or assistance in selecting the appropriate size for your application? Through our procurement service, we will be happy to assist you with procurement and configuration.

The Memmert incubator IN30m is a class I medical device according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745. Its intended purpose is the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. With 32 litres of internal volume, it is the smallest model in the IN-m series, and the internal dimensions are 400 x 320 x 250 mm. One electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is supplied as standard, and up to three shelves are possible.SingleDISPLAY and temperature controlThe IN30m is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphic display. A Pt100 sensor of DIN class A measures in 4-wire measurement, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The working temperature range starts at least 5 °C above room temperature and extends to +80 °C. The SetpointWAIT function starts the process time only when the set temperature has been reached, and the digital countdown timer can be set from 1 minute to 99 days. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated.Ventilation, safety and diagnosticsNatural ventilation supplies preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap, and the exhaust air outlet has an electronically controllable throttle valve. A mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at around 20 °C above the maximum chamber temperature, and an electronic temperature monitor can also be set. A self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding. The data logger can be read out, managed and organised via Ethernet, and a time-limited trial version of the AtmoCONTROL software is available for download for this purpose. A USB stick with the software is available as an accessory.Construction, loading and connectionThe interior is made of easy-care stainless steel, stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing and equipped with a protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating system. One electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is supplied as standard, a maximum of three shelves is possible, and a total load of 60 kg at 20 kg per shelf is permitted. The fully insulated stainless steel door has 2-point locking with a compression door lock and an inner glass door. The IN30m is connected at 230 V at approx. 1,600 W or at 115 V at approx. 800 W, in each case 50/60 Hz. The external dimensions are 585 x 704 x 434 mm plus 56 mm door handle, the net weight is around 48 kg, and the gross weight in the carton is around 64 kg.Distinction: laboratory unit IN30 and medical device IN30mplusIn the same size, there is the Memmert incubator IN30 without a medical intended purpose. Also with 32 litres, there is the IN30mplus with ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY instead of SingleDISPLAY. Its intended purpose is different: it is used to temper irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media, not to warm fango, silicate and APS packs.Choosing the right sizeThe IN30m is the smallest model in the IN-m series. Those who need more chamber volume will find the next size up in the IN55m with 53 litres, four shelves and 80 kg total load.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the IN30m is intended exclusively for the physiotherapeutic applications stated in the intended purpose.Warming of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useWarming and keeping warm of silicate packsWarming and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 48 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 800 WShelves in the scope of delivery1Maximum number of shelves3Max. load of unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayMedical device classificationClass I according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IN30m is one of eight sizes in the IN-m series from 32 to 749 litres, all with SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30m (this page)32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN55m53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN75m74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN110m108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN160m161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN260m256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock), inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. The IN30m is also classified as a class I medical device according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN30m, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory when ordering. Accessories include, for example, a USB stick with the AtmoCONTROL software. We will clarify individually, where required, which equipment, spare parts or services are available for the IN30m. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

32 litres interior, 704 mm housing height: the Memmert incubator IN30mplus is the smallest size in the IN-mplus series. As a Class I medical device according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it is used to temper irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media. One electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is supplied as standard, and up to three shelves are possible.Display and sensorsThe ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, an adaptive digital PID microprocessor controller with two TFT colour graphic displays, handles the control. Two Pt100 sensors of DIN class A measure in 4-wire technology and check each other: if one sensor fails, the second takes over automatically. The set temperature can be adjusted between +20 and +80 °C, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The working temperature range starts at least 5 °C above room temperature.SafetyA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 (DIN 12880) disconnects the heating from the mains at about 20 °C above the maximum chamber temperature. Optionally, an adjustable temperature monitor (protection class 3.1) or an adjustable temperature limiter (protection class 2) can be activated on the display. The AutoSAFETY function follows the set point at a freely selectable offset, warns visually and audibly in case of deviations and switches off the heating if the set point is exceeded; a self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding. A program of 4 hours at 160 °C is permanently stored for sterilising the interior, not for sterilising load items.Functions and connectivityHeatBALANCE: heating power distribution of upper/lower heating group adjustable from -50 to +50 %SetpointWAIT: process time starts only after the set temperature has been reachedCalibration function for three freely selectable temperature valuesEthernet interface and USB port for programs with the AtmoCONTROL softwareProgram sequence saved in the event of a power failureInterior, ventilation and connectionThe stainless steel interior is easy to clean, stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing and heated on all four sides. The housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised rear wall. With natural ventilation, preheated fresh air flows in, and the exhaust air volume is controlled by an electronically adjustable throttle valve on the exhaust air outlet. The internal dimensions are 400 x 320 x 250 mm and the external dimensions 585 x 704 x 434 mm (plus 56 mm door handle), and the net weight is around 48 kg. A total load of 60 kg is permitted at a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. The mains connection is 230 V (approx. 1,600 W), and in the 115 V version approx. 800 W, in each case 50/60 Hz.The IN30m in comparisonSame size, but with a different intended purpose: the IN30m is likewise a Class I medical device, but is used for warming and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. It has only one SingleDISPLAY and a single Pt100 sensor, without the second display and the redundant sensor pairing of the IN30mplus.Choosing the right sizeIf more capacity is needed, the next size up follows, the Memmert incubator IN55mplus with 53 litres, up to four shelves and 80 kg permissible total load. With 32 litres and a maximum of three shelves, the IN30mplus remains the most compact model in the series.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the IN30mplus is intended for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 48 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 800 WShelves in the scope of delivery1Maximum number of shelves3Max. load of unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingShipping carton (W x H x D)660 x 890 x 650 mmMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IN30mplus is one of eight sizes in the IN-mplus series from 32 to 749 litres, all with TwinDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30mplus (this page)32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55mplus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75mplus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110mplus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160mplus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260mplus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock), inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. The IN30mplus is also classified as a Class I medical device according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN30mplus, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory when ordering. We clarify your individual requirements, from the suitable option to additional accessories, and organise the procurement. Get in touch for non-binding advice. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

With 32 litres, the Memmert incubator IF30m is the smallest chamber in the IF-m series. Like all models in this series, it is a class I medical device according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745, and its intended purpose is the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. The internal dimensions are 400 x 320 x 250 mm, and 39 mm of the depth is taken up by the fan. When installed, the cabinet needs at least 15 cm clearance to the wall behind the unit, 20 cm to the ceiling and 5 cm to the side.Benchtop unit with stainless steel chamberInside, the IF30m is made of easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel, and the heating is protected, integrated and runs all round on all four sides. One grid shelf made of electropolished stainless steel is part of the scope of delivery, and up to three fit in altogether. Each shelf may carry 20 kg, and a total load of 60 kg is permitted. The fully insulated stainless steel door closes with 2-point locking (compression door lock), and behind it is an inner glass door. Externally, the housing measures 585 x 704 x 434 mm with a net weight of around 48 kg.Operation via ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAYThe ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY is an adaptive PID microprocessor controller with a TFT colour graphic display. The temperature is measured by a Pt100 sensor of DIN class A in 4-wire measurement, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. In addition to the set temperature, the speed of the forced air circulation motor, the exhaust air flap position, the program run time and the time zone including summer/winter time can be set. A digital countdown timer with target time display covers 1 minute to 99 days, and with SetpointWAIT the process time begins only when the chamber has actually reached the set temperature. Three freely selectable points can be calibrated. An Ethernet interface is available for evaluating the data logger, and the AtmoCONTROL software for this purpose is available for download as a time-limited trial version.SafetyA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. An adjustable electronic temperature monitor runs in parallel, and a self-diagnosis system is used for fault finding.Distinction from IN-m and IF-mplusAnyone looking for the same application without forced air circulation will find it in the naturally convected counterpart IN30m, likewise 32 litres and with the same intended purpose. The case is different with the IF30mplus: it shares the chamber size with the IF30m, but is intended for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media and works with a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, that is, two displays instead of one.Choosing the right sizeThe IF30m is the smallest size in the series, and a move down in size is not possible. If more than three shelves are needed or the planned load exceeds 60 kg, the IF55m with 53 litres, up to four shelves and 80 kg permissible total load is the next step.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the Memmert incubator IF30m is intended exclusively for physiotherapeutic applications with fango, silicate and APS packs.Warming of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useWarming and keeping warm of silicate packsWarming and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mmShelves in the scope of delivery1Maximum number of shelves3Max. load of unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 800 WNet weightapprox. 48 kgMedical device classificationClass I according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULus ListedOther sizes in the seriesThe IF30m is one of eight sizes in the IF-m series from 32 to 749 litres, all with SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30m (this page)32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF55m53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF75m74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110m108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160m161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260m256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF30mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. The IF30m is also classified as a class I medical device according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF30m, the 115 V voltage variant, extended excess temperature protection and temperature throttling to fixed values between +50 °C and +75 °C, among others, can be selected as factory options when ordering. Accessories include additional grid shelves, perforated trays, drip trays and a wall bracket for wall mounting, as well as USB-Ethernet adapters and the licence for the AtmoCONTROL documentation software. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification or a maintenance contract, we will gladly arrange the right contact. Get in touch for individual advice.

The Memmert incubator IF30mplus is a class I medical device according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745 and is used for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media. With 32 litres of internal volume, it is the smallest size in the IF-mplus series. One stainless steel grid shelf is supplied as standard, and up to three shelves are possible.ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY and sensorsTwo Pt100 sensors of DIN class A monitor each other in 4-wire measurement and automatically take over the function of the other in case of failure. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C, the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +80 °C, and the working temperature range starts at least 10 °C above room temperature. Control is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays. The digital countdown timer with target time display can be set from 1 minute to 99 days, and the SetpointWAIT function starts the process time only after the set temperature has been reached. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated.Safety and interiorA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. An adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can also be selected on the display. The AutoSAFETY function automatically follows the set point at a freely selectable offset, triggers a visual and audible alarm in case of deviation and switches off the heating if the set point is exceeded. A self-diagnosis system assists with fault finding. A fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock) and an inner glass door close the chamber, and the stainless steel interior is stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing and heated all round. The permanently installed sterilisation program (4 h at 160 °C) is used for sterilising the interior and is not intended for sterilising load items.Ventilation, connection and dimensionsThe electronically controllable air turbine runs quietly and can be set in 10 % steps. Preheated fresh air is admitted via the electronically adjustable exhaust air flap, and the exhaust air outlet has an electronically controllable throttle valve. The IF30mplus is connected at 230 V at approx. 1,600 W or at 115 V at approx. 800 W, in each case 50/60 Hz. The internal dimensions are 400 x 320 x 250 mm and the external dimensions 585 x 704 x 434 mm with a net weight of around 48 kg. A total load of 60 kg at 20 kg per shelf is permitted.Distinction from the SingleDISPLAY and the laboratory unitAs a class I medical device with SingleDISPLAY and only one Pt100 sensor, there is the IF30m, which has a different intended purpose: warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. The IF30mplus, by contrast, has the TwinDISPLAY with the two mutually monitoring sensors and the adjustable temperature monitor or limiter that can be selected on the display. Without a medical intended purpose, but with TwinDISPLAY and the same chamber size, there is also the laboratory incubator IF30plus.Selection guide: suitable chamber sizeThe IF30mplus is the smallest size in the mplus series, and Memmert does not offer a smaller chamber in this line. Those who need more volume or more shelves will find the next size up in the IF55mplus with 53 litres and up to four shelves.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the IF30mplus is intended for the following applications:Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mmNet weightapprox. 48 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 800 WShelves in the scope of delivery1Maximum number of shelves3Max. load of unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsAutoSAFETY, SetpointWAIT, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULusOther sizes in the seriesThe IF30mplus is one of eight sizes in the mplus series from 32 to 749 litres, all with TwinDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30mplus (this page)32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55mplus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75mplus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110mplus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160mplus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260mplus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF30mplusFactory calibration certificate at +37 °CFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. The IF30mplus is also classified as a class I medical device according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF30mplus, the 115 V voltage variant is available as a factory option, among others, as is temperature throttling to a range of +50 to +75 °C. For accessories, we arrange additional grid shelves, perforated shelves, shelf and base drip trays, a wall bracket, a stacking kit for units of the same size, a USB-Ethernet adapter or a levelling or mobile base frame. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification or a maintenance contract, we will gladly arrange the right contact. Get in touch for individual advice on your equipment.

The Memmert incubator IN55m is a class I medical device according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745 with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. With 53 litres of internal volume and internal dimensions of 400 x 400 x 330 mm, it sits between the smaller IN30m and the larger IN75m. One electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is supplied as standard, and up to four shelves are possible.Control and sensorsThe temperature is controlled by the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY: an adaptive, multifunctional PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution digital TFT colour graphic display. Measurement is via a Pt100 sensor of DIN class A in 4-wire technology, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The digital countdown timer with target time display can be set from 1 minute to 99 days, and SetpointWAIT ensures that the process time begins to run only after the set temperature has been reached. Three freely selectable temperature values are available for calibration.Ventilation, safety and loggingPreheated fresh air enters the naturally ventilated interior via an electronically adjustable flap, and at the exhaust air outlet an electronically adjustable throttle valve regulates the outlet. At around 20 °C above the maximum permissible cabinet temperature, a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 takes effect and switches off the heating, and an electronic temperature monitor can also be set. A built-in self-diagnosis system detects faults. The program sequence remains saved in the event of a power failure. The data logger is read out via the Ethernet interface, and a time-limited trial version of AtmoCONTROL is available for download for this purpose. A USB stick with the software is available as an accessory.Interior, loading and connectionInside, the IN55m is lined with easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel, and the heating is protected and runs all round on all four sides. One electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard, up to four shelves fit inside, and a total of 80 kg at 20 kg per shelf is permitted. The fully insulated stainless steel door is locked by 2-point locking with a compression door lock, and behind it is an inner glass door. The power connection is 230 V at approx. 1,000 W, and in the 115 V version approx. 900 W, in each case 50/60 Hz. Externally, the housing measures 585 x 784 x 514 mm plus 56 mm for the door handle, and the cabinet weighs around 57 kg net.Distinction: laboratory unit IN55 and medical device IN55mplusIf you do not need a medical intended purpose, there is the Memmert incubator IN55 in the same size. Also with 53 litres, there is the IN55mplus: it shows the values via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY instead of the SingleDISPLAY, and its intended purpose differs fundamentally from the IN55m. It is intended for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media, not for warming fango, silicate and APS packs.Selection guide: which size fitsThe smaller IN30m offers 32 litres, three shelves and 60 kg total load. If more space is needed, the IN75m with 74 litres, six shelves and 120 kg total load is one step above the IN55m.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the IN55m is intended exclusively for the physiotherapeutic applications stated in the intended purpose.Warming of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useWarming and keeping warm of silicate packsWarming and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 57 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,000 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in the scope of delivery1Maximum number of shelves4Max. load of unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayMedical device classificationClass I according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IN55m is one of eight sizes in the IN-m series from 32 to 749 litres, all with SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30m32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN55m (this page)53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN75m74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN110m108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN160m161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN260m256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock), inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. The IN55m is also classified as a class I medical device according to Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN55m, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory when ordering. For individual requirements concerning the IN55m, such as additional accessories or spare parts, you can contact us. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

With 53 litres, the Memmert incubator IN55mplus offers slightly more internal space than the smallest model in the series and takes up to four shelves. It is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745 and is used for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media. A stainless steel grid shelf is part of the standard scope of delivery.ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAYTwo TFT colour graphic displays belong to the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, which controls the IN55mplus and is an adaptive digital PID microprocessor controller. The temperature is measured by two Pt100 sensors of DIN class A in 4-wire measurement, which monitor each other; if one fails, the intact sensor takes over the function of the other. The setting temperature range is between +20 and +80 °C with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C, and the working temperature range starts at least 5 °C above room temperature.Monitoring and protectionThe heating switches off automatically at around 20 °C above the maximum permissible cabinet temperature; a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 is responsible for this. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be set on the display. AutoSAFETY monitors overshoots and undershoots at a freely selectable distance from the setpoint, reports them visually and audibly, and switches the heating off in the event of an overshoot. A self-diagnosis system supports fault finding, and a permanently installed program sterilises the interior (4 hours, 160 °C), not the load.Functions and data transferWith the HeatBALANCE function, the heating power can be shifted between the upper and lower heating group in the range from -50 to +50 %, and SetpointWAIT starts the process time at the point when the setpoint temperature is reached. Three temperature values can be freely calibrated, and the program sequence remains stored in the event of a power failure. An Ethernet connection and a USB port are available for creating, managing and transferring programs, used with the AtmoCONTROL software.Construction, loading and connected loadEasy-care stainless steel with deep-drawn ribbing and four-sided all-round heating forms the interior, and the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. Natural ventilation admixes preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable flap, and an electronically adjustable throttle valve at the exhaust air port regulates the exhaust air. Internal: 400 x 400 x 330 mm, external: 585 x 784 x 514 mm (plus 56 mm door handle), net weight around 57 kg. A total load of 80 kg is permitted, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. Connection is made with 230 V (approx. 1,000 W) or 115 V (approx. 900 W), each 50/60 Hz.The IN55m comparedThe equally sized IN55m has a different intended purpose: warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy, also as a Class I medical device. Instead of the two TFT displays and the redundant sensor pairing of the IN55mplus, the IN55m is controlled via a SingleDISPLAY with a single Pt100 sensor.Selection guideFor smaller quantities, the Memmert incubator IN30mplus with 32 litres, up to three shelves and 60 kg total load is sufficient. Those who need more space will find it with the IN75mplus with 74 litres, two grid shelves as standard and up to six shelves at 120 kg total load.Typical applicationsThe IN55mplus is intended, as a class I medical device, for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 57 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,000 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery1Maximum shelves4Max. load of unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingShipping carton (W x H x D)730 x 950 x 670 mmMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IN55mplus is one of eight sizes in the IN-mplus series from 32 to 749 litres, all with TwinDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30mplus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55mplus (this page)53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75mplus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110mplus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160mplus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260mplus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock), inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IN55mplus is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN55mplus, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory with the order. We clarify your individual requirements, from the suitable option to additional accessories, and organise the procurement. Get in touch for non-binding advice. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert incubator IF55m has 53 litres internal volume with an internal width of 400 mm, as wide as the IF30m. Like all IF-m models, it is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745 with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. Compared with the smaller IF30m, the internal height (320 to 400 mm) and internal depth (250 to 330 mm) each grow by 80 mm, and up to four shelves fit in instead of three.Construction and loadingThe internal dimensions of 400 x 400 x 330 mm are in an easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel interior with integrated 4-sided all-round heating. One stainless steel grid shelf, electropolished, is part of the scope of delivery, and up to four can be inserted, each 20 kg per shelf, 80 kg in total. The stainless steel door is fully insulated and closes via a 2-point locking system, and the inner glass door keeps the view into the chamber open. Externally, the housing measures 585 x 784 x 514 mm, and the net weight is around 57 kg.Timer, calibration and data loggerThe IF55m is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY with adaptive PID controller and TFT colour graphic display, a Pt100 sensor of DIN class A measures using 4-wire technology, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The digital countdown timer with target time display can be set from 1 minute to 99 days, and SetpointWAIT only counts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached. Three temperature values can be freely calibrated. The data logger is read out via an Ethernet interface, the AtmoCONTROL software is available for this as a time-limited trial version, and it can be obtained permanently as an accessory.Temperature monitoringThe mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. In addition, an adjustable electronic monitoring system runs alongside, and a self-diagnosis system helps with troubleshooting.Distinction from IN-m and IF-mplusWithout forced air circulation, but with the same chamber size and the same intended purpose, the IN55m is available, an incubator with natural convection. The IF55mplus shares the 53 litres, but has a different intended purpose (warming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media) and a TwinDISPLAY with two displays instead of the single SingleDISPLAY.Selection guide: suitable sizeIf up to three shelves and a maximum load of 60 kg are enough, the smaller IF30m with 32 litres and a lower, less deep housing (585 x 704 x 434 mm) is sufficient. If more than four grid shelves or more than 80 kg are regularly needed, the IF75m with 74 litres and 120 kg permissible total load is the more suitable step.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the Memmert incubator IF55m is intended exclusively for physiotherapeutic applications with fango, silicate and APS packs.Warming of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useWarming and keeping warm of silicate packsWarming and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmShelves in scope of delivery1Maximum shelves4Max. load of unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,000 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WNet weightapprox. 57 kgMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULus ListedOther sizes in the seriesThe IF55m is one of eight sizes in the IF-m series from 32 to 749 litres, all with SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30m32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF55m (this page)53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF75m74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110m108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160m161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260m256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF55mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IF55m is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF55m, the 115 V voltage variant, extended over-temperature protection and temperature limiting to fixed values between +50 °C and +75 °C, among others, can be selected as factory options when ordering. For accessories, we arrange additional grid shelves, perforated trays, drip trays and a wall bracket for wall mounting, as well as USB-Ethernet adapters and the licence for the AtmoCONTROL documentation software. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification or a maintenance contract, we are happy to arrange the right contact. Get in touch for individual advice.

The Memmert incubator IF55mplus is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media. The 53 litre chamber lies between the smallest and the middle model of the mplus series and is suitable for smaller quantities. A stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard, and up to four shelves are possible.Control, HeatBALANCE and program transferTwo mutually monitoring Pt100 sensors of DIN class A work in 4-wire measurement and, in the event of a fault, automatically take over the function of the other. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C with a setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C. The ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays controls the cabinet, and the HeatBALANCE function adjusts the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group in the range from -50 to +50 %. Via the Ethernet interface or USB port, programs can be created, managed and transferred with the AtmoCONTROL software, and the program sequence is stored in the event of a power failure. The SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached, and three temperature values can be freely calibrated.Safety technologyThe mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off at approx. 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be selected on the display. The AutoSAFETY monitoring follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance, reports deviations visually and audibly, and switches the heating off when exceeded. A self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding. A fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock) and an inner glass door close the chamber, and the stainless steel interior is stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing and has protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating. The permanently installed sterilisation program (4 h at 160 °C) is used for sterilising the interior and is not intended for sterilising the load.Ventilation, connection and dimensionsThe air turbine is electronically adjustable in 10 % steps and runs quietly, and preheated fresh air is admixed via the electronically adjustable exhaust air flap. The IF55mplus is operated with 230 V at approx. 1,000 W or with 115 V at approx. 900 W, each 50/60 Hz. The internal dimensions are 400 x 400 x 330 mm, the housing measures 585 x 784 x 514 mm externally, and the net weight is around 57 kg. A total of up to 80 kg and 20 kg per shelf may be loaded.Distinction from the SingleDISPLAY variant and the laboratory deviceThere is the IF55m as the SingleDISPLAY variant with only one Pt100 sensor, also a Class I medical device, but with a different intended purpose: warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. The IF55mplus differs from it in the TwinDISPLAY, the two redundant sensors, HeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY and the adjustable temperature monitor or limiter selectable on the display. Without a medical intended purpose, but with technically comparable equipment, the IF55plus is also available as a laboratory incubator of the same chamber size.Selection guide: smaller or larger chamberThose who can manage with less volume will find the smallest size in the series in the IF30mplus with 32 litres. If 53 litres are not enough, the IF75mplus with 74 litres and up to six shelves offers more capacity.Typical applicationsThe IF55mplus is intended, as a Class I medical device, for the following applications:Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 57 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,000 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery1Maximum shelves4Max. load of unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, SetpointWAIT, programming via AtmoCONTROL (Ethernet/USB)Medical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULusOther sizes in the seriesThe mplus series offers eight chamber sizes from 32 to 749 litres, each with TwinDISPLAY and the setting temperature range +20 to +80 °C. With 53 litres, the IF55mplus is in second place.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30mplus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55mplus (this page)53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75mplus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110mplus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160mplus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260mplus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF55mplusFactory calibration certificate at +37 °CFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IF55mplus also carries the classification as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745; the intended purpose includes warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF55mplus, the 115 V voltage variant and temperature limiting (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature) are available as factory options. For accessories, we arrange grid shelves, perforated trays, drip trays for shelf or floor, a wall bracket, a stacking kit or a levelling or mobile base. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification or a maintenance contract, we arrange the right contact. Contact us for individual advice.

The Memmert incubator IN75m is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745. The intended purpose is the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. With 74 litres internal volume and internal dimensions of 400 x 560 x 330 mm, two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard, and up to six shelves are possible.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY and time controlThe core of the control system is the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY with an adaptive, multifunctional PID microprocessor controller and a high-resolution TFT colour graphic display. A Pt100 sensor of DIN class A supplies the measured values using 4-wire technology, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. SetpointWAIT only starts counting the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached, and the digital countdown timer can be programmed from 1 minute to 99 days. Three temperature values can be freely calibrated.Ventilation and safety technologyAn electronically adjustable exhaust air flap admixes preheated fresh air into the natural ventilation, supplemented by an exhaust air port with an electronically controllable throttle valve. For protection against over-temperature, a mechanical temperature limiter TB protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, and an adjustable electronic temperature monitoring system and a self-diagnosis system for fault finding are added. After a power failure, the program sequence remains stored. The data logger is read out via Ethernet with a time-limited trial version of AtmoCONTROL, and a USB stick with the software is available as an accessory.Loading, interior and connectionEasy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel forms the interior, and the 4-sided all-round heating is integrated behind it, protected. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included in the scope of delivery, up to six shelves fit, and a total of 120 kg is permitted at 20 kg per shelf. The fully insulated stainless steel door closes via a 2-point locking system with compression door lock and has an inner glass door. Connection is made with 230 V at approx. 1,250 W or with 115 V at approx. 900 W, each 50/60 Hz. Externally, the IN75m measures 585 x 944 x 514 mm plus 56 mm door handle, with a net weight of around 66 kg.Distinction: laboratory device IN75 and medical device IN75mplusIn the same size, there is the Memmert incubator IN75 without a medical intended purpose. The IN75mplus also has 74 litres, but shows the values via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, not via SingleDISPLAY, and serves a different purpose: warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media, not the warming of fango, silicate and APS packs.Selection guide: which size fitsSmaller is the IN55m with 53 litres, four shelves and 80 kg total load. With the next larger IN110m, volume (108 litres) and total load (175 kg) increase, but the number of shelves drops to five. With six shelves, the IN75m therefore offers one shelf more than the larger IN110m.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the IN75m is intended exclusively for the physiotherapeutic applications named in the intended purpose.Warming of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useWarming and keeping warm of silicate packsWarming and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 66 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,250 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves6Max. load of unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IN75m is one of eight sizes in the IN-m series from 32 to 749 litres, all with SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30m32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN55m53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN75m (this page)74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN110m108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN160m161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN260m256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock), inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IN75m is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN75m, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory with the order. Accessories include, for example, a USB stick with the AtmoCONTROL software. We clarify individual requirements, such as additional accessories or spare parts, on request. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert incubator IN75mplus takes up to six shelves, one more than the larger IN110mplus. As a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it warms irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media, and with 74 litres internal volume, two grid shelves are included as standard.Two sensors for redundancyTwo Pt100 sensors of DIN class A measure using 4-wire technology and monitor each other; if one fails, the second automatically takes over its function. Control is handled by the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, an adaptive PID microprocessor controller with two TFT colour graphic displays. The setpoint temperature can be set between +20 and +80 °C, the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C, and the working temperature range starts at least 5 °C above room temperature.Multi-stage safety technologyA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 disconnects the heating from the mains at about 20 °C above the highest permissible cabinet temperature. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be activated on the display. The AutoSAFETY function automatically follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance, reports deviations visually and audibly, and disconnects the heating when exceeded. A self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding, and a permanently installed program with 4 hours at 160 °C is used for sterilising the interior, not the load.Functions and connectivityHeatBALANCE distributes the heating power between the upper and lower heating group in the range from -50 to +50 %SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reachedThree temperature values can be freely calibratedPrograms can be created, managed and transferred via Ethernet or USB with AtmoCONTROLThe program sequence remains stored in the event of a power failureLoading, dimensions and connectionThe interior is made of easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel with integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised rear panel. Natural ventilation admixes preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap, and the exhaust air port regulates the exhaust air via an electronically adjustable throttle valve. Internal dimensions 400 x 560 x 330 mm, external dimensions 585 x 944 x 514 mm plus 56 mm door handle, net weight around 66 kg. Up to six shelves are possible at a maximum of 20 kg per shelf and 120 kg total load, and connection is made with 230 V (approx. 1,250 W) or 115 V (approx. 900 W), each 50/60 Hz.The IN75m comparedThe equally sized IN75m is also a Class I medical device, but its intended purpose is the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. Instead of two displays and redundant sensors, it has only a SingleDISPLAY with one Pt100 sensor.Selection guideSmaller is the Memmert incubator IN55mplus with 53 litres, four shelves and 80 kg total load. With the IN110mplus with 108 litres, the total load grows to 175 kg, but the number of shelves drops to five, because it does not rise consistently with volume across the series.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the IN75mplus is used for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 66 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,250 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves6Max. load of unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingShipping carton (W x H x D)730 x 1,130 x 670 mmMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesWithin the IN-mplus series, the IN75mplus covers one of eight sizes, the series ranges from 32 to 749 litres, and each version has TwinDISPLAY and the setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30mplus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55mplus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75mplus (this page)74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110mplus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160mplus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260mplus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock), inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IN75mplus is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN75mplus, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory with the order. We clarify the individual requirements for the IN75mplus, from the suitable option to additional accessories, and take care of the procurement on request. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

74 litres internal volume with an internal width that remains 400 mm, but an internal height of 560 mm: the Memmert incubator IF75m is the largest IF-m chamber with 400 mm internal width. It, too, is intended as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745 for the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. With up to six shelves, it takes more shelves than the two smaller models (IF30m three, IF55m four).Chamber, door and loadingThe interior measures 400 x 560 x 330 mm and is made of easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel with integrated 4-sided all-round heating. Two stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard, up to six fit in, each 20 kg per shelf, 120 kg total load. The fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock) sits in front of the inner glass door. Externally, the housing measures 585 x 944 x 514 mm, and the net weight is around 66 kg.Control and air circulationThe ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY controls via an adaptive PID microprocessor with TFT colour graphic display, a Pt100 sensor of DIN class A supplies the measured values using 4-wire technology, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The forced air circulation is generated by an electronically controllable, quiet air turbine, adjustable in 10 % steps, an adjustable exhaust air flap admixes preheated fresh air, and an exhaust air port with throttle valve discharges the air again. The digital countdown timer ranges from 1 minute to 99 days, SetpointWAIT only runs the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached, and three temperature values can be freely calibrated.Safety and diagnosticsA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, and an adjustable electronic temperature monitoring system runs alongside. A built-in self-diagnosis system is used for fault finding.Distinction from IN-m and IF-mplusWith the same chamber size, but with natural instead of forced convection, the IN75m is available for the same physiotherapeutic intended purpose. The IF75mplus, on the other hand, has a different intended purpose, the warming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media, and uses a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two displays.Selection guide: suitable sizeThose who can manage with 53 litres get, with the IF55m, a lower housing with the same footprint (external height 784 instead of 944 mm) with four instead of six shelves. If more volume and a larger internal width of 560 mm are needed, the IF110m with 108 litres and 175 kg permissible total load follows, although with a maximum of five shelves.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the Memmert incubator IF75m is intended exclusively for physiotherapeutic applications with fango, silicate and APS packs.Warming of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useWarming and keeping warm of silicate packsWarming and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mmShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves6Max. load of unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,250 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WNet weightapprox. 66 kgMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULus ListedOther sizes in the seriesThe IF75m is one of eight sizes in the IF-m series from 32 to 749 litres, all with SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30m32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF55m53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF75m (this page)74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110m108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160m161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260m256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF75mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IF75m is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF75m, the 115 V voltage variant, extended over-temperature protection and temperature limiting to fixed values between +50 °C and +75 °C, among others, can be selected as factory options when ordering. For accessories, we arrange additional grid shelves, perforated trays, drip trays and a wall bracket for wall mounting, as well as USB-Ethernet adapters and the licence for the AtmoCONTROL documentation software. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification or a maintenance contract, we are happy to arrange the right contact. Get in touch for individual advice.

The Memmert incubator IF75mplus is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745 and is used for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media. With 74 litres internal volume, it takes up to six shelves, one more than the larger IF110mplus. Two stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard.TwinDISPLAY, HeatBALANCE and AtmoCONTROLTwo Pt100 sensors of DIN class A monitor each other in 4-wire measurement and, in the event of a fault, automatically take over the function of the other. The setting temperature range extends from +20 to +80 °C with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C, and the working temperature range starts at least 10 °C above room temperature. Control is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, and the HeatBALANCE function shifts the heating power between the upper and lower heating group by up to 50 % in each direction. Programs can be created and transferred via Ethernet or USB with AtmoCONTROL, and the sequence is stored in the event of a power failure. SetpointWAIT delays the start of the process time until the setpoint temperature has been reached, and three temperature values can be freely calibrated.Safety equipmentA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off at about 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. Optionally, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be set on the display. AutoSAFETY monitors overshoots and undershoots of the setpoint at a freely selectable distance, raises a visual and audible alarm, and switches the heating off in the event of an overshoot. A self-diagnosis system makes troubleshooting easier. A fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking and an inner glass door close the chamber. The permanently installed sterilisation program (4 h at 160 °C) is used for sterilising the interior and is not intended for sterilising the load.Construction, connection and dimensionsThe stainless steel interior is stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing and has protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating. The electronically controllable air turbine is adjustable in 10 % steps, and the exhaust air flap admixes preheated fresh air. The IF75mplus runs on 230 V at approx. 1,250 W or on 115 V at approx. 900 W, each 50/60 Hz. Internally the cabinet measures 400 x 560 x 330 mm, externally 585 x 944 x 514 mm, and the net weight is around 66 kg. A total load of 120 kg is permitted at 20 kg per shelf.Distinction from the SingleDISPLAY variant and the laboratory deviceThe IF75m is available as a SingleDISPLAY version with one instead of two Pt100 sensors and without HeatBALANCE, also a Class I medical device, but with a different intended purpose: warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. Without a medical intended purpose, but with TwinDISPLAY and the same chamber size, we also offer the laboratory incubator IF75plus.Selection guide: volume or shelvesThe next smaller IF55mplus offers 53 litres and up to four shelves. With the next larger IF110mplus, the volume grows to 108 litres, but the maximum number of shelves drops to five due to the different interior geometry. Those who need six shelves get them with the IF75mplus on a smaller footprint (585 x 514 mm instead of 745 x 584 mm width x depth for the IF110mplus).Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the IF75mplus is intended for:Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 66 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,250 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves6Max. load of unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, SetpointWAIT, programming via AtmoCONTROL (Ethernet/USB)Medical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULusOther sizes in the seriesEight chamber sizes from 32 to 749 litres make up the mplus series, each with TwinDISPLAY and the setting temperature range +20 to +80 °C. With 74 litres, the IF75mplus is in third place.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30mplus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55mplus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75mplus (this page)74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110mplus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160mplus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260mplus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF75mplusFactory calibration certificate at +37 °CFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. In addition, the IF75mplus is classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, intended for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF75mplus, the 115 V voltage variant is available as a factory option, as is temperature limiting (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature). For accessories, we arrange grid shelves, perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a stacking kit for equally sized devices, a USB-Ethernet adapter or a levelling or mobile base. We also arrange DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification, and maintenance contracts. Get in touch for individual advice.

With 108 litres internal volume, the Memmert incubator IN110m lies between the IN75m and the IN160m. It is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, and its intended purpose is the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. Two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard, up to five shelves are possible, and the total load goes up to 175 kg.Pt100 sensor, PID controller and time controlThe temperature is measured by a Pt100 sensor of DIN class A using 4-wire technology, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The control loop is handled by the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY: an adaptive, multifunctional PID microprocessor with a high-resolution TFT colour graphic display. The digital countdown timer covers a range from 1 minute to 99 days. Thanks to the SetpointWAIT function, the process time only starts to run once the setpoint temperature has been reached, and three temperature values can be freely calibrated.Ventilation and temperature monitoringNatural ventilation admixes preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap, and an equally electronically controllable throttle valve sits at the exhaust air port. Around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off, supplemented by an adjustable electronic temperature monitoring system. A self-diagnosis system supports fault finding.LoggingAfter a power failure, the program sequence remains stored. Via an Ethernet interface, the data logger can be read out, managed and organised with the time-limited trial version of AtmoCONTROL, and a USB stick with the AtmoCONTROL software is available as an accessory.Interior, door and connectionThe interior is made of easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel and is heated on all four sides, and the housing consists of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. The fully insulated stainless steel door closes via a 2-point locking system with compression door lock, and behind it there is an inner glass door. Internally, the IN110m measures 560 x 480 x 400 mm, externally 745 x 864 x 584 mm plus 56 mm door handle, and it weighs around 76 kg net. The mains connection is 230 V with approx. 1,400 W or 115 V with approx. 900 W, each 50/60 Hz.Distinction from the IN110 and IN110mplusWithout a medical intended purpose, the Memmert incubator IN110 is available in the same size. The IN110mplus also holds 108 litres, but shows its values via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY instead of SingleDISPLAY and serves a different intended purpose: warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Selection guide: which size fitsFor a smaller space requirement, the IN75m with 74 litres offers six instead of five shelves, but only 120 instead of 175 kg total load. Those who need more volume will find it with the IN160m: 161 litres, eight shelves, 210 kg total load.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the IN110m is intended exclusively for the physiotherapeutic applications named in the intended purpose.Warming of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useWarming and keeping warm of silicate packsWarming and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 76 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,400 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves5Max. load of unit175 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesWithin the IN-m series, the IN110m covers one of eight sizes, the series ranges from 32 to 749 litres, and each version has SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30m32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN55m53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN75m74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN110m (this page)108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN160m161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN260m256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IN110mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IN110m is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN110m, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory with the order. We are available for questions about equipment, accessories or spare parts for the IN110m. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

With 108 litres, the Memmert incubator IN110mplus lies in the IN-mplus series between the IN75mplus and the IN160mplus. As a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it warms irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media, and up to 175 kg total load is permitted with two grid shelves as standard.Safety technologyA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 disconnects the heating from the mains at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be selected on the display. AutoSAFETY automatically follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance, reports deviations visually and audibly, and switches the heating off in the event of an overshoot. A self-diagnosis system supports fault finding, and a permanently installed program with 4 hours at 160 °C is available for sterilising the interior, not intended for the load.Two sensors, one control loopTwo Pt100 sensors of DIN class A work in 4-wire measurement and monitor each other; if one fails, the second automatically takes over its function. Control is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with an adaptive PID microprocessor controller and two TFT colour graphic displays. The setpoint temperature can be set between +20 and +80 °C, the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C, and the working temperature range starts at least 5 °C above room temperature.Functions and programmingHeatBALANCE adjusts the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group in the range from -50 to +50 %, and SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached. Three temperature values can be freely calibrated, and the program sequence remains stored in the event of a power failure. Via an Ethernet interface or a USB port, the AtmoCONTROL software creates, manages and transfers programs.Construction, loading and connectionThe interior is made of easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel with integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. Natural ventilation admixes preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap, controlled via an electronically adjustable throttle valve at the exhaust air port. Internal dimensions 560 x 480 x 400 mm, external dimensions 745 x 864 x 584 mm plus 56 mm door handle, net weight around 76 kg. Two grid shelves are included as standard, and up to five shelves are possible at a maximum of 20 kg per shelf and 175 kg total load. Connection is made with 230 V (approx. 1,400 W) or 115 V (approx. 900 W), each 50/60 Hz.The IN110m comparedThe equally sized IN110m is also a Class I medical device, but its intended purpose is the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. It is controlled via a SingleDISPLAY with a single Pt100 sensor, while the IN110mplus comes with two displays and two mutually monitoring sensors.Selection guideThe smaller Memmert incubator IN75mplus holds 74 litres and, despite the smaller volume, takes up to six instead of five shelves, at 120 instead of 175 kg total load. More volume is offered by the IN160mplus with 161 litres, up to eight shelves and 210 kg total load.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the IN110mplus is intended for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 76 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,400 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves5Max. load of unit175 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingShipping carton (W x H x D)830 x 1,050 x 800 mmMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IN110mplus is one of eight sizes in the IN-mplus series, which ranges from 32 to 749 litres; all models are controlled via TwinDISPLAY in the setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30mplus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55mplus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75mplus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110mplus (this page)108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160mplus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260mplus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock), inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IN110mplus is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN110mplus, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory with the order. The requirements for equipment and accessories can be discussed with us, and we take care of the procurement afterwards. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

As a Class I medical device in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/745, the Memmert IF110m incubator is used to heat and maintain the temperature of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. With an internal volume of 108 litres, it is the smaller of the two IF-m models, with an internal width of 560 mm. Two stainless steel grid shelves are fitted as standard; up to five can be fitted in total.Chamber, door and heatingThe cabinet measures 560 x 480 x 400 mm internally and 745 x 864 x 584 mm externally; its net weight is approximately 76 kg. A fully insulated stainless steel door with a two-point locking mechanism (compression door lock) sits in front of an inner glass door. The deep-drawn, ribbed stainless steel interior is heated on all four sides and can carry a load of 20 kg per shelf; the total permissible load is 175 kg.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAYAn adaptive PID microprocessor controller with a TFT colour graphic display controls the temperature; measurement is carried out via a DIN Class A Pt100 sensor using 4-wire technology, with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C. The air turbine can be electronically adjusted in 10 % increments; an exhaust air flap mixes in preheated fresh air, which is then discharged via the exhaust air outlet fitted with a throttle valve. The digital countdown timer covers a range from one minute to 99 days; the ‘SetpointWAIT’ function only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached. In the event of a power cut, the programme sequence remains stored; data is read out via Ethernet using a time-limited trial version of AtmoCONTROL.Temperature limitationA mechanical temperature limiter, protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, cuts off the heating at approximately 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature; this is supplemented by an adjustable electronic temperature monitoring system and a self-diagnostic system for fault detection.Distinction within the product rangeThe IN110m covers the same intended use and chamber size, but operates using natural convection rather than forced air circulation. In the case of the IF110mplus, which is the same size, the intended use changes to the temperature control of rinsing and infusion solutions as well as contrast media, regulated via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two displays.Selection guide: other chamber sizesFor smaller quantities, the IF75m is sufficient, with a 74-litre capacity, an internal width of 400 mm, up to six shelves and a maximum total load capacity of 120 kg. If more chamber volume is required, the IF160m is the next option, with a capacity of 161 litres, eight shelves and a maximum total load of 210 kg.Typical applicationsThe intended use of the IF110m as a Class I medical device includes:Heating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and maintaining the temperature of silicate packsHeating and maintaining the temperature of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 10 °C above room temperature up to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN Class A, 4-wire measurementControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mmShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves5Max. load capacity of unit175 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,400 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WNet weightapprox. 76 kgMedical device classificationClass I in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended useHeating and maintaining the temperature of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible relative humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULus ListedOther sizes in the seriesThe IF110m is one of eight sizes in the IF-m series, ranging from 32 to 749 litres, all featuring SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30m32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF55m53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF75m74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110m (this page)108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160m161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260m256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF110mFactory calibration certificate (calibrated at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel wire shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThis appliance is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer, Memmert GmbH + Co. KG, is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our Environment and disposal page. The IF110m is also classified as a Class I medical device in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/745, intended for the heating and maintenance of temperature of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceWhen ordering the IF110m, the 115 V voltage variant, extended overtemperature protection with an additional Pt100 sensor and temperature limitation to fixed values between +50 °C and +75 °C can be specified as factory options. In terms of accessories, we arrange additional and reinforced grid shelves, perforated trays, insert and base drip trays, a wall bracket, a stacking set, a USB-to-Ethernet adapter and a licence for the AtmoCONTROL documentation software. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request. Please contact us to discuss your specific requirements.

The Memmert incubator IF110mplus is a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745. With 108 litres internal volume, it is the fourth of eight sizes in the mplus series, intended for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media. Two stainless steel grid shelves are fitted at the factory, and up to five can be inserted in total.Two sensors with function takeoverTwo Pt100 sensors of DIN class A monitor each other in 4-wire measurement, and in the event of a fault, the other takes over the function. The setting temperature range extends from +20 to +80 °C with 0.1 °C setting accuracy. Control is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays, and HeatBALANCE adjusts the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group in the range from -50 to +50 %.Programming and time controlVia Ethernet or USB, programs can be created and transferred with AtmoCONTROL, and the program sequence remains stored in the event of a power failure. SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached, and three values can be freely calibrated.AutoSAFETY and sterilisationA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 interrupts the heating at about 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be activated on the display. AutoSAFETY automatically follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance, raises a visual and audible alarm in the event of a deviation, and switches the heating off in the event of an overshoot. A permanently installed sterilisation program (4 h at 160 °C) is used for sterilising the interior and is not intended for sterilising the load.Chamber, door and connectionThe stainless steel interior is deep-drawn ribbed and heated all round, and a fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking and an inner glass door close the chamber. The IF110mplus is connected with 230 V at approx. 1,400 W or with 115 V at approx. 900 W, each 50/60 Hz. Internally the cabinet measures 560 x 480 x 400 mm, externally 745 x 864 x 584 mm, the net weight is around 76 kg, and a total load of 175 kg is permitted at 20 kg per shelf.On the SingleDISPLAY variant and the laboratory deviceWe offer the IF110m with SingleDISPLAY, one instead of two Pt100 sensors and without HeatBALANCE, also a class I medical device, but with a different intended purpose: warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. Without a medical intended purpose, technically also with TwinDISPLAY, the laboratory incubator IF110plus is available.More or less volumeThose who need less volume but more shelves will find in the IF75mplus 74 litres and six instead of five shelves. More volume and more shelves are offered by the IF160mplus with 161 litres and up to eight shelves.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the following intended purpose applies to the IF110mplus:Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 480 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 864 x 584 mmNet weightapprox. 76 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,400 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves5Max. load of unit175 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, SetpointWAIT, programming via AtmoCONTROL (Ethernet/USB)Medical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULusOther sizes in the seriesThe mplus series comprises eight chamber sizes from 32 to 749 litres, throughout with TwinDISPLAY and the setting temperature range +20 to +80 °C. With 108 litres, the IF110mplus is the fourth of the eight sizes.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30mplus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55mplus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75mplus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110mplus (this page)108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160mplus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260mplus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF110mplusFactory calibration certificate at +37 °CFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IF110mplus is additionally classified as a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745; the intended purpose is the warming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceAs factory options, the 115 V voltage variant and temperature limiting (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature) are available for the IF110mplus. For accessories, we arrange reinforced and standard grid shelves, perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a stacking kit, a USB-Ethernet adapter and a levelling or mobile base. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification, and maintenance contracts, we arrange the right contact. Contact us for individual advice.

With 161 litres, the Memmert incubator IN160m is the fifth of eight sizes in the IN-m series. As a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it is used for the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy, two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard, and up to eight shelves fit.ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAYThe PID microprocessor controller is adaptive and multifunctional, and the values are shown on a high-resolution TFT colour graphic display. Measurement is made with a Pt100 sensor of DIN class A using 4-wire technology, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C.Time control and calibrationThe digital countdown timer can be programmed from 1 minute to 99 days. SetpointWAIT ensures that the process time only starts to run once the setpoint temperature has been reached, and three temperature values can be freely calibrated.Safety and diagnosticsAround 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 disconnects the heating from the mains, and an adjustable electronic temperature monitoring system supplements this protection. Faults are found by a self-diagnosis system.Ventilation and loggingAn electronically adjustable exhaust air flap admixes preheated fresh air into the natural ventilation, and the exhaust air port regulates the exhaust air via an electronically adjustable throttle valve. In the event of a power failure, the program sequence remains stored, the data logger is read out via Ethernet with the time-limited trial version of AtmoCONTROL, and a USB stick with the software is available as an accessory.Loading, dimensions and weightThe interior is made of easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel with integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised rear panel. The fully insulated stainless steel door locks at two points with a compression door lock and has an inner glass door. Internally, the IN160m measures 560 x 720 x 400 mm, externally 745 x 1,104 x 584 mm plus 56 mm door handle, it weighs around 96 kg net, and up to 210 kg total load is permitted at a maximum of 20 kg per shelf.ConnectionThe IN160m runs on 230 V at approx. 1,600 W or on 115 V at approx. 900 W, each at 50/60 Hz.Distinction from the IN160 and IN160mplusIn the same size, we offer the Memmert incubator IN160 without a medical intended purpose. The IN160mplus also has 161 litres, but is controlled via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY instead of SingleDISPLAY and serves a different intended purpose: warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Selection guide: which size fitsIf 108 litres are enough, the IN110m offers five shelves and 175 kg total load. For larger quantities, the IN260m with 256 litres, nine shelves and 300 kg total load follows.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the IN160m is intended exclusively for the physiotherapeutic applications named in the intended purpose.Warming of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useWarming and keeping warm of silicate packsWarming and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 1,104 x 584 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 96 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum number of shelves8Max. load of unit210 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesEight sizes make up the IN-m series, from 32 to 749 litres, throughout with SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C; the IN160m is part of it.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30m32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN55m53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN75m74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN110m108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN160m (this page)161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN260m256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IN160mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IN160m is also classified as a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN160m, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory with the order. Accessories include, among others, a USB stick with the AtmoCONTROL software. We are happy to clarify individual requirements for the IN160m, such as additional accessories or spare parts, on request. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

With 161 litres of interior space and a housing height of 1,104 mm, the Memmert incubator IN160mplus is the fifth of eight sizes in the IN-mplus series. As a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it is used for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media, and up to eight shelves and 210 kg total load are possible.Technology: display, sensors and functionsThe IN160mplus is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, an adaptive digital PID microprocessor controller with two TFT colour graphic displays. Temperature measurement is handled by two redundant Pt100 sensors of DIN class A in 4-wire measurement. The setpoint temperature can be set between +20 and +80 °C, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. With HeatBALANCE, the heating power can be shifted between the upper and lower heating group by -50 to +50 %, SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached, and three temperature values can be freely calibrated.Safety and sterilisationA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 (DIN 12880) disconnects the heating from the mains at about 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be selected on the display. AutoSAFETY automatically follows the setpoint at a freely selectable distance, raises a visual and audible alarm in the event of deviations, and switches the heating off in the event of an overshoot. A self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding, and a permanently installed program (4 hours, 160 °C) sterilises the interior, not the load.ConnectivityPrograms are created, managed and transferred via an Ethernet interface or a USB port with the AtmoCONTROL software. The program sequence also remains stored in the event of a power failure.Construction, loading and connectionThe interior is made of easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel with integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised rear panel. Natural ventilation admixes preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap, controlled via an electronically adjustable throttle valve at the exhaust air port. Internal dimensions 560 x 720 x 400 mm, external dimensions 745 x 1,104 x 584 mm (plus 56 mm door handle), net weight around 96 kg. Two grid shelves as standard, up to eight shelves at a maximum of 20 kg per shelf and 210 kg total load. Mains connection: 230 V with approx. 1,600 W or 115 V with approx. 900 W, each 50/60 Hz.The IN160m comparedThe equally sized IN160m is also a class I medical device, but is used for the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy and thus has a different intended purpose. It has a SingleDISPLAY with one Pt100 sensor instead of the two displays and redundant sensors of the IN160mplus.Selection guideThe smaller Memmert incubator IN110mplus holds 108 litres at 175 kg total load and up to five shelves. For larger quantities, the IN260mplus with 256 litres, up to nine shelves and 300 kg total load, the highest value in the series, follows.Typical applicationsThe IN160mplus is intended, as a class I medical device, for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 1,104 x 584 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 96 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves8Max. load of unit210 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingShipping carton (W x H x D)830 x 1,300 x 800 mmMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IN160mplus is one of eight sizes in the IN-mplus series from 32 to 749 litres, all with TwinDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30mplus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55mplus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75mplus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110mplus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160mplus (this page)161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260mplus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock), inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IN160mplus is also classified as a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN160mplus, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory with the order. We clarify your individual requirements, from the suitable option to additional accessories, and organise the procurement. Get in touch for non-binding advice. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert incubator IF160m increases the internal height compared with the IF110m from 480 to 720 mm and thus reaches 161 litres internal volume with the same internal width of 560 mm. As a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it is used for the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. The additional height creates space for up to eight shelves, and two grid shelves are included as standard.Chamber and loadingInternally the cabinet measures 560 x 720 x 400 mm, externally 745 x 1,104 x 584 mm, with a net weight of around 96 kg. The easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel interior has protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking sits in front of an inner glass door. A total load of 210 kg is permitted at 20 kg per shelf.Operation via ControlCOCKPITControl is via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive PID microprocessor controller with TFT colour graphic display. A Pt100 sensor of DIN class A measures using 4-wire technology, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. The circulation fan motor speed, exhaust air flap position and time zone can also be set. The digital countdown timer ranges from 1 minute to 99 days, SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached, and three temperature values can be freely calibrated.Air circulation and safetyThe electronically controllable air turbine runs quietly in 10 % steps, an adjustable exhaust air flap admixes preheated fresh air, and the exhaust air port with throttle valve discharges it again. A mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, and a self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding.Distinction from IN-m and IF-mplusWith the same chamber size and the same intended purpose, but without forced air circulation, the IN160m is available. The IF160mplus shares the 161 litres, but has a different intended purpose (warming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media) and a TwinDISPLAY with two displays.Selection guide: suitable sizeFor smaller quantities, the IF110m with 108 litres and five shelves is sufficient. Those who regularly warm larger batches will find the next step in the IF260m with 256 litres, an internal width of 640 mm and 300 kg permissible total load.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the Memmert incubator IF160m is intended exclusively for physiotherapeutic applications with fango, silicate and APS packs.Warming of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useWarming and keeping warm of silicate packsWarming and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 1,104 x 584 mmShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves8Max. load of unit210 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WNet weightapprox. 96 kgMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULus ListedOther sizes in the seriesThe IF160m is one of eight sizes in the IF-m series from 32 to 749 litres, all with SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30m32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF55m53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF75m74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110m108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160m (this page)161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260m256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF160mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IF160m is also classified as a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF160m, the 115 V voltage variant, extended over-temperature protection and temperature limiting to fixed values between +50 °C and +75 °C, among others, can be selected as factory options when ordering. For accessories, we arrange additional grid shelves, perforated trays, drip trays and a wall bracket for wall mounting, as well as USB-Ethernet adapters and the licence for the AtmoCONTROL documentation software. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification or a maintenance contract, we are happy to arrange the right contact. Get in touch for individual advice.

The Memmert incubator IF160mplus is a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, intended for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media. With 161 litres and up to eight shelves, it is the larger of the two IF-mplus models with 560 mm internal width. Two stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard.TwinDISPLAY controlTwo Pt100 sensors of DIN class A monitor each other in 4-wire measurement, and if one sensor fails, the other automatically takes over its function. The setting temperature range extends from +20 to +80 °C with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C. The ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY controls via two TFT colour graphic displays, and HeatBALANCE shifts the heating power between the upper and lower heating group by up to 50 % in each direction. AtmoCONTROL transfers programs via Ethernet or USB, and the program sequence remains stored in the event of a power failure. SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached, and three values can be calibrated.Safety conceptA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off at approx. 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, supplemented by an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 selectable on the display. AutoSAFETY monitors the setpoint at a freely selectable distance, reports deviations visually and audibly, and switches the heating off in the event of an overshoot. A self-diagnosis system helps with fault finding. The fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking and the inner glass door close the chamber. The permanently installed sterilisation program (4 h at 160 °C) is used for sterilising the interior and is not intended for sterilising the load.Construction, connection and dimensionsThe interior is made of deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel and has protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating. The air turbine can be electronically controlled in 10 % steps, and preheated fresh air is admixed via the exhaust air flap. The IF160mplus is operated with 230 V at approx. 1,600 W or with 115 V at approx. 900 W, each 50/60 Hz. Internally the cabinet measures 560 x 720 x 400 mm, externally 745 x 1,104 x 584 mm, and the net weight is around 96 kg. A total load of 210 kg is permitted at 20 kg per shelf.Distinction from the SingleDISPLAY variant and the laboratory deviceThe IF160m has SingleDISPLAY, one Pt100 sensor and no HeatBALANCE, and as a class I medical device it has a different intended purpose: warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. Without a medical intended purpose, but with TwinDISPLAY and the same chamber size, the IF160plus belongs to the laboratory range.Selection guide: smaller or larger chamberThe smaller IF110mplus offers 108 litres with five shelves, and the larger IF260mplus reaches 256 litres and up to nine shelves at 300 kg total load.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the IF160mplus is intended for the following purposes:Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume161 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 720 x 400 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)745 x 1,104 x 584 mmNet weightapprox. 96 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves8Max. load of unit210 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, SetpointWAIT, programming via AtmoCONTROL (Ethernet/USB)Medical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULusOther sizes in the seriesThe mplus series ranges from 32 to 749 litres across eight chamber sizes, each with TwinDISPLAY and the setting temperature range +20 to +80 °C. With 161 litres, the IF160mplus is in the upper mid-range.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30mplus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55mplus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75mplus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110mplus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160mplus (this page)161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260mplus256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF160mplusFactory calibration certificate at +37 °CFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IF160mplus is also classified as a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, intended for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IF160mplus, the 115 V voltage variant is available as a factory option, as is temperature limiting (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature). For accessories, we arrange reinforced grid shelves, perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB-Ethernet adapter and a levelling or mobile base. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification or a maintenance contract, we arrange the right contact. Get in touch for individual advice.

With 256 litres internal volume and up to nine shelves, the Memmert incubator IN260m lies in the IN-m series between the IN160m and the IN450m. As a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it warms and keeps warm fango, silicate and APS packs for physiotherapy, and the total load goes up to 300 kg with two electropolished stainless steel grid shelves as standard.Controller, sensor and timerAn adaptive, multifunctional PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphic display is built into the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, and measurement is made via a Pt100 sensor of DIN class A using 4-wire technology with 0.1 °C setting accuracy. The digital countdown timer can be set between 1 minute and 99 days, SetpointWAIT delays the start of the process time until the setpoint temperature has been reached, and three temperature values can be freely calibrated.Ventilation, safety and diagnosticsPreheated fresh air enters the naturally ventilated interior via an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap, and the exhaust air port regulates the exhaust air via an equally electronically adjustable throttle valve. At around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off, and an adjustable electronic temperature monitoring system and a self-diagnosis system for fault finding are added.Data loggingIf the power fails, the program sequence remains stored. The data logger is read out, managed and organised via Ethernet with the time-limited trial version of AtmoCONTROL, and a USB stick with the software is available as an accessory.Loading, interior and connectionTwo electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard, and up to nine shelves fit at 20 kg per shelf and 300 kg total load. The interior is made of easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel with integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the fully insulated stainless steel door has a 2-point locking system with compression door lock and an inner glass door. Internally, the IN260m measures 640 x 800 x 500 mm, externally 824 x 1,183 x 684 mm plus 56 mm door handle, and it weighs around 110 kg net. Connection is made with 230 V at approx. 1,700 W or with 115 V at approx. 900 W, each 50/60 Hz.Distinction from the IN260 and IN260mplusWithout a medical intended purpose, we offer the equally sized Memmert incubator IN260. The IN260mplus also holds 256 litres, but shows its values via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY instead of SingleDISPLAY and has a different intended purpose: warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Selection guide: which size fitsThe smaller IN160m reaches 161 litres, eight shelves and 210 kg total load. With the larger IN450m, the total load stays the same at 300 kg, but up to 30 instead of 20 kg per shelf is allowed, with eight instead of nine shelves.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the IN260m is intended exclusively for the physiotherapeutic applications named in the intended purpose.Warming of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useWarming and keeping warm of silicate packsWarming and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)824 x 1,183 x 684 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 110 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves9Max. load of unit300 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe IN-m series ranges from 32 to 749 litres with eight sizes, all with SingleDISPLAY and setting temperature range +20 to +80 °C, and the IN260m is in the upper half.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30m32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN55m53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN75m74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN110m108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN160m161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN260m (this page)256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIN750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IN260mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IN260m is also classified as a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the IN260m, Memmert offers options, accessories and services, and options are specified at the factory with the order. We are happy to clarify individual requirements for the IN260m, such as accessories or spare parts, on request. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

256 litres internal volume and up to nine shelves already bring the Memmert incubator IN260mplus to the maximum total load of the series of 300 kg. As a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it warms irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAYAn adaptive PID microprocessor controller with two TFT colour graphic displays controls the temperature, and two Pt100 sensors of DIN class A measure using 4-wire technology and monitor each other: if one fails, the other automatically takes over its function. The setpoint temperature can be set between +20 and +80 °C, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C.VentilationNatural ventilation admixes preheated fresh air via an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap, and the exhaust air port has an electronically controllable throttle valve.Safety and sterilisationAt around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 disconnects the heating from the mains. Additionally selectable on the display: an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2. AutoSAFETY monitors the setpoint at a freely selectable distance, reports deviations visually and audibly, and switches the heating off in the event of an overshoot, and a self-diagnosis system supports fault finding. A permanently installed program with 4 hours at 160 °C is available for sterilising the interior, not the load.Functions and programmingHeatBALANCE shifts the heating power between the upper and lower heating group by -50 to +50 %, and SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the setpoint temperature has been reached. Three temperature values can be freely calibrated, the program sequence remains stored in the event of a power failure, and the AtmoCONTROL software creates, manages and transfers programs via Ethernet or USB.Loading, dimensions and connectionThe interior is made of easy-care, deep-drawn ribbed stainless steel with 4-sided all-round heating, and the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel. Two grid shelves are included as standard, and up to nine shelves fit at a maximum of 20 kg per shelf and 300 kg total load. Internal dimensions 640 x 800 x 500 mm, external dimensions 824 x 1,183 x 684 mm plus 56 mm door handle, net weight around 110 kg. Connection is made with 230 V (approx. 1,700 W) or 115 V (approx. 900 W), each 50/60 Hz.The IN260m comparedThe equally sized IN260m is also a class I medical device, but is used for the warming and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy and thus has a different intended purpose. It is controlled via a SingleDISPLAY with one Pt100 sensor instead of the two displays and redundant sensors of the IN260mplus.Selection guideThe smaller Memmert incubator IN160mplus holds 161 litres at 210 kg total load and up to eight shelves. For larger quantities, the IN450mplus with 449 litres follows: the total load remains at 300 kg, but up to 30 instead of 20 kg per shelf is permitted there.Typical applicationsAs a class I medical device, the IN260mplus is used for warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Warming irrigation solutionsWarming infusion solutionsWarming contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)824 x 1,183 x 684 mm (plus 56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 110 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Maximum shelves9Max. load of unit300 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, SetpointWAIT, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingShipping carton (W x H x D)930 x 1,380 x 930 mmMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesEight sizes make up the IN-mplus series, from 32 to 749 litres, throughout with TwinDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C; the IN260mplus is part of it.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIN30mplus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN55mplus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN75mplus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN110mplus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN160mplus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN260mplus (this page)256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIN750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of deliveryFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock), inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Notes on returning old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IN260mplus is also classified as a class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of warming irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceMemmert also offers options, accessories and services for the IN260mplus, and options are specified at the factory with the order. We clarify individual requirements, such as additional accessories, on request and organise the procurement. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

With 256 litres of internal volume and up to nine shelves, the Memmert incubator IF260m is the largest IF-m model without castors. It is classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. Two stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard.Control and air circulationControl is provided by the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive PID microprocessor controller with a TFT colour graphic display. A Pt100 sensor of DIN class A measures using 4-wire technology, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. Air circulation is provided by an air turbine that is electronically adjustable in 10 % steps, an exhaust air flap mixes in pre-heated fresh air, and the exhaust air port with throttle valve discharges it again.Timer and data loggingThe countdown timer can be set from one minute to 99 days, and SetpointWAIT only starts counting the process time once the set temperature has been reached. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated, and the data logger is read out via Ethernet using a time-limited AtmoCONTROL trial version.Housing, door and loadingInternal dimensions 640 x 800 x 500 mm, external dimensions 824 x 1,183 x 684 mm, net weight approx. 110 kg: The deep-drawn, ribbed stainless steel interior with 4-sided all-round heating holds up to nine shelves with 20 kg each, and a total load of 300 kg is permitted. The fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking sits in front of an inner glass door.Temperature monitoringA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off at approx. 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. In addition there are an adjustable electronic temperature monitor and a self-diagnosis system for fault finding.IN-m and IF-mplus comparedFor the same application with natural instead of forced convection, the IN260m is available, with the same chamber size and intended purpose. The IF260mplus shares the chamber size but has a different intended purpose, the warming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media, and is operated via a ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two displays.Smaller or larger chamberIf 161 litres are enough, the IF160m with eight shelves is the more compact choice. For larger quantities, the mobile IF450m follows, with 449 litres and 1,040 mm internal width.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the following intended purpose applies to the IF260m:Heating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangeAt least 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)824 x 1,183 x 684 mmShelves in scope of delivery2Shelves, maximum9Max. load, unit300 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WNet weightapprox. 110 kgMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULus ListedOther sizes in the seriesThe IF260m is one of eight sizes in the IF-m series from 32 to 749 litres, all with SingleDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +80 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30m32 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF55m53 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF75m74 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF110m108 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF160m161 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF260m (this page)256 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF450m449 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYIF750m749 l+20 to +80 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF260mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +37 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IF260m is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceAs factory options when ordering the IF260m, the 115 V voltage variant, extended over-temperature protection with an additional Pt100 sensor and temperature throttling to fixed values between +50 °C and +75 °C are available. For accessories, we arrange grid shelves, reinforced grid shelves, perforated trays, insert and base drip trays, a built-in frame and a levelable base frame. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification or a maintenance contract, we put you in touch with the right contact. Get in touch for individual advice.

With 256 litres and up to nine shelves, the Memmert incubator IF260mplus is the largest model in the IF-mplus series without castors. Its intended purpose as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745 covers the warming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media. Two stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard.Redundant temperature measurementIf one of the two Pt100 sensors of DIN class A fails, the second one automatically takes over its function, and both measure using 4-wire technology. The setting temperature range is +20 to +80 °C, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C. Two TFT colour graphic displays of the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY show the values, and HeatBALANCE adjusts the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group in the range of -50 to +50 %.Programs and loggingPrograms can be created and transferred with AtmoCONTROL via Ethernet or USB, and the program sequence remains stored in the event of a power failure. SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the set temperature has been reached, and three values can be freely calibrated.Limit values and sterilisationA mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off at approx. 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be set on the display. A self-diagnosis system assists with fault finding. A permanently installed sterilisation program (4 h at 160 °C) is used for sterilising the interior; it is not intended for sterilising load items.AutoSAFETY alarm functionAutoSAFETY monitors exceedances and shortfalls of the set value within a freely adjustable range. In the event of a deviation, the device signals visually and audibly, and if the value is exceeded, the heating switches off.Dimensions, weight and connectionInternally, the IF260mplus measures 640 x 800 x 500 mm and externally 824 x 1,183 x 684 mm, with a net weight of approx. 110 kg. A fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking and an inner glass door close the chamber, and the stainless steel interior is deep-drawn, ribbed and heated all round. The device is operated at 230 V with approx. 1,700 W or at 115 V with approx. 900 W, and a total load of 300 kg is permitted at 20 kg per shelf.Technical differences from IF260m and IF260plusThe IF260m is controlled via a SingleDISPLAY with only one Pt100 sensor and without HeatBALANCE, and its intended purpose is different: heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. The laboratory incubator IF260plus is also equipped with TwinDISPLAY, but has no medical intended purpose.Smaller and larger alternativeThe smaller IF160mplus offers 161 litres with eight shelves. The larger IF450mplus offers 449 litres, stands mobile on castors and allows 30 instead of 20 kg per shelf.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the IF260mplus is intended for:Warming of irrigation solutionsWarming of infusion solutionsWarming of contrast mediaTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +80 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to +80 °CTemperature setting accuracy0.1 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume256 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)640 x 800 x 500 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)824 x 1,183 x 684 mmNet weightapprox. 110 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 900 WShelves in scope of delivery2Shelves, maximum9Max. load, unit300 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, SetpointWAIT, programming via AtmoCONTROL (Ethernet/USB)Medical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeWarming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast mediaPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rh, non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, cULusOther sizes in the seriesThe mplus series ranges from 32 to 749 litres across eight chamber sizes, all with TwinDISPLAY and the setting temperature range +20 to +80 °C. At 256 litres, the IF260mplus is in the upper range.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayIF30mplus32 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF55mplus53 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF75mplus74 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF110mplus108 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF160mplus161 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF260mplus (this page)256 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF450mplus449 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYIF750mplus749 l+20 to +80 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert incubator IF260mplusFactory calibration certificate at +37 °CFully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)Inner glass door2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The IF260mplus is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745; its intended purpose is the warming of irrigation and infusion solutions and contrast media.Individual requirements and procurement serviceThe 115 V voltage variant and temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature) are available as factory options for the IF260mplus. For accessories, we arrange reinforced grid shelves, perforated trays, insert and base drip trays, a built-in frame, a USB-Ethernet adapter and a levelable base frame. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification as well as maintenance contracts, we put you in touch with the right contact. Contact us for individual advice.

The Memmert universal oven UN30m is the smallest model in the UN-m series and a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745. The intended purpose is heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. With 32 litres of internal volume and an internal width of 400 mm, the device is supplied as standard with one stainless steel grid shelf, and up to three shelves are possible.Control and sensorsThe UN30m is controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, an adaptive, multifunctional digital PID microprocessor controller with a high-resolution TFT colour graphic display. A Pt100 sensor of DIN class A with 4-wire measurement records the temperature, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a set temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. The setting temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C. A digital countdown timer with target time indication can be set from 1 minute to 99 days, and the SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the set temperature has been reached. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated, and the temperature can be displayed in either Celsius or Fahrenheit.Air circulationThe UN30m ventilates without a forced air circulation fan, and convection is purely natural. An electronically adjustable exhaust air flap mixes in pre-heated fresh air, and the exhaust air port is equipped with an electronically adjustable throttle valve.SafetyAn adjustable electronic temperature monitor works together with a mechanical temperature limiter TB of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches the heating off at approx. 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. A self-diagnosis system assists with fault finding. The interior made of easy-care stainless steel is stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing and equipped with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel.Loading, connection and dimensionsA total load of 60 kg is permitted at 20 kg per shelf, and one electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard. The connection is 230 V with approx. 1,600 W or 115 V with approx. 1,600 W, in each case 50/60 Hz. The internal dimensions are 400 x 320 x 250 mm and the external dimensions 585 x 704 x 434 mm, with a net weight of approx. 45 kg. The data logger can be read out, managed and organised via an Ethernet interface, and a USB stick with AtmoCONTROL software is available as an accessory if required.Difference from the laboratory ovenFor applications without a medical intended purpose, such as drying and annealing in laboratories and industry, we offer the Memmert universal oven UN30 in the same chamber size. Within the medical device line, the UN30mplus is also available as a version with two displays for control.Selection guideThe UN30m is the smallest size in the UN-m series. Anyone who needs more volume or more shelves will find the next larger version in the UN55m with 53 litres, four shelves and 80 kg total load.Typical applicationsHeating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mm (D +56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 45 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WShelves in scope of delivery1Shelves, maximum3Max. load, unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller with TFT colour graphic displayMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-m series comprises eight sizes, from 32 to 749 litres, each with SingleDISPLAY and the setting temperature range +20 to +300 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30m (this page)32 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN55m53 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN75m74 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN110m108 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN160m161 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN260m256 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN450m449 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN750m749 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN30mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The UN30m is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN30m, Memmert lists options, accessories and services, such as additional grid shelves or a different voltage variant. If you need accessories, calibration or maintenance, contact us for individual advice. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert universal oven UN30mplus is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745 with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. With 32 litres of internal volume, it is the smallest model in the UN-mplus series, one stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard, and up to three shelves are possible.Sensors and displayTwo Pt100 sensors of DIN class A back each other up using 4-wire measurement, and in the event of a fault the other sensor automatically takes over the function. Display and control are via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays, and up to 99.9 °C the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C, above that 0.5 °C. The digital countdown timer covers a range from 1 minute to 99 days, and SetpointWAIT only starts the process time once the set temperature has been reached. Programs can be programmed, managed and transferred via the Ethernet interface or USB port using the AtmoCONTROL software.Safety in everyday useTwo temperature monitors are permanently installed: the mechanical limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which disconnects the heating at approx. 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, and optionally an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2, both adjustable on the display. In addition, AutoSAFETY signals visually and audibly as soon as the temperature leaves the selected range around the set value, and a self-diagnosis system helps with troubleshooting.Loading, connection and dimensionsA total load of 60 kg is permitted at 20 kg per shelf. The UN30mplus is connected at 230 V with approx. 1,600 W or at 115 V, also with approx. 1,600 W, in each case 50/60 Hz. The internal dimensions are 400 x 320 x 250 mm and the external dimensions 585 x 704 x 434 mm (plus 56 mm for the door handle), with a net weight of approx. 45 kg.Distinction from the laboratory oven and the SingleDISPLAY versionThe laboratory unit of the same size without a medical intended purpose is the Memmert universal oven UN30plus also with 32 litres and TwinDISPLAY. In the same size and with the same intended purpose, the UN30m is also available as a Class I medical device in the SingleDISPLAY version with one Pt100 sensor. The UN30mplus, by contrast, has the TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other, plus the adjustable temperature monitor or adjustable temperature limiter selectable on the display, and AutoSAFETY.Selection guide: the right sizeThe UN30mplus is the smallest model in the series, and there is no smaller size. If 32 litres and three shelves are not enough, the next larger Memmert universal oven UN55mplus has 53 litres of internal volume, four shelves and a total load of 80 kg.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the Memmert universal oven UN30mplus is intended exclusively for heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Heating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, mutual monitoringInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mmNet weightapprox. 45 kgGross weight (shipping carton)approx. 61 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WShelves in scope of delivery1Shelves, maximum3Max. load, unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgPackaging dimensions (W x H x D)660 x 890 x 650 mmControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsAutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe UN30mplus is one of eight sizes in the UN-mplus series from 32 to 749 litres, all with TwinDISPLAY, natural convection and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +300 °C. The same size is also available in the SingleDISPLAY version UN30m.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30mplus (this page)32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55mplus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75mplus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110mplus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160mplus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN260mplus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN450mplus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN750mplus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN30mplusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The device is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFurther options, accessories and services are available for the UN30mplus. On request, we put together a suitable combination, from additional equipment to calibration and qualification. Get in touch for individual advice on your requirements. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert universal oven UF30m is the smallest model in the UF-m series for physiotherapy: 32 litres of internal volume, one grid shelf as standard and room for up to 3 shelves. As a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it is intended exclusively for heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs, controlled via a ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY with one Pt100 temperature sensor.Technology: air turbine, ControlCOCKPIT and DIN 12880An air turbine that is electronically adjustable in 10 % steps distributes the heat in the 32 litre interior, supplemented by an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap for pre-heated fresh air. The setting temperature range extends from 20 to 300 °C, with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C, measured via a Pt100 sensor of DIN class A. The oven is operated via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY: a PID microprocessor controller with a TFT colour graphic display, a digital countdown timer from 1 minute to 99 days and the SetpointWAIT function, which only starts the process time once the set temperature has been reached. For protection against over-temperature, a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 additionally switches the heating off, a self-diagnosis system reports faults, and three temperature values can be calibrated.Selection guide: the right sizeThe housing measures 585 x 704 x 434 mm, with a further 56 mm in depth for the door handle, and the net weight is approx. 45 kg. At the installation site, a distance of at least 15 cm to the wall and at least 5 cm at the sides must be maintained. The shelves each carry up to 20 kg, and the unit up to 60 kg in total. If more volume is needed, the next larger UF55m with 53 litres and up to 4 shelves is the alternative, with the same external width of 585 mm. Anyone who wants two sensors and two displays instead of one Pt100 sensor will find the correspondingly equipped version as the UF30mplus. For use outside the physiotherapeutic intended purpose, such as a heating and drying oven in the laboratory, there is the Memmert universal oven UF30 with the same dimensions and performance data.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the Memmert universal oven UF30m is intended exclusively for physiotherapeutic applications with fango, silicate and APS packs.Heating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mmNet weightapprox. 45 kgGross weight (packed)approx. 61 kgPackaging dimensions (W x H x D)660 x 890 x 650 mmConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WShelves, maximum3Shelves in scope of delivery1Max. load, unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel rear panelControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyMarkingsCE, VDE, UL test marksOther sizes in the seriesThe UF-m series comprises nine sizes between 32 and 1,060 litres of internal volume, all with ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY and an identical intended purpose for physiotherapy.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUF30m (this page)32 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF55m53 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF75m74 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF110m108 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF160m161 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF260m256 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF450m449 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF750m749 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF1060m1,060 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYThe UF30m is also available with two displays and additional sensors as the UF30mplus. For use outside the physiotherapeutic intended purpose, we also offer the laboratory version Memmert universal oven UF30.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF30mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. In addition, the Memmert universal oven UF30m is classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UF30m, additional grid shelves and spare parts are available from us if required. Get in touch for individual coordination with your practice equipment. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert Universal oven UF30mplus is the smallest model in the mplus series and a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745. The intended purpose is narrowly defined: heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy, not drying or materials testing in the laboratory. The external dimensions are 585 x 704 x 434 mm, with a further 56 mm in depth for the door handle. The rear panel of the unit needs at least 15 cm of clearance to the wall.Forced air circulation, TwinDISPLAY and temperature accuracyAn electronically adjustable air turbine distributes the heat in the interior and can be set in 10 % steps, while an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap mixes in pre-heated fresh air. Two Pt100 sensors of DIN class A with 4-wire measurement monitor each other: if one sensor fails, the second automatically takes over its function. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a set temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C, and the setting temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C. The UF30mplus is operated via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays, and programs can be managed and transferred via the Ethernet interface or USB with the AtmoCONTROL software. A digital countdown timer can be set from 1 minute to 99 days, and the SetpointWAIT function only starts the process time once the set temperature has actually been reached.Safety according to DIN 12880A mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off at approx. 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be selected on the display, and there is also the additional AutoSAFETY monitoring, which automatically follows the set value within a freely selectable range and triggers a visual and audible alarm in the event of a deviation. A self-diagnosis system assists with fault finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated. The HeatBALANCE function, with which the larger models in the series distribute the heating power between the upper and lower heating group, is not part of the standard equipment of the UF30mplus.Loading, connection and dimensionsOne electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard, and up to 3 shelves are possible. A maximum total load of 60 kg and 20 kg per shelf is permitted. The UF30mplus is connected at either 230 V or 115 V at 50/60 Hz and approx. 1,600 W power consumption. The net weight is approx. 45 kg, and the internal dimensions are 400 x 320 x 250 mm.Distinction: physiotherapy unit and laboratory oven UF30plusThe laboratory and industrial oven Memmert universal oven UF30plus has the same external dimensions of 585 x 704 x 434 mm and is intended for drying, heating, annealing and testing, but it has no medical intended purpose. In the same size and with the same intended purpose, the UF30m is available as a Class I medical device in the SingleDISPLAY version with one Pt100 sensor. The UF30mplus, by contrast, has the TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other, plus the adjustable temperature monitor or adjustable temperature limiter selectable on the display, and AutoSAFETY.Selection guide: is the UF30mplus enough?The UF30mplus holds up to three shelves with a combined maximum of 60 kg, and the internal dimensions are 400 x 320 x 250 mm. Anyone who needs more shelves or more interior space will find 53 litres, up to four shelves and 80 kg total load in the Memmert universal oven UF55mplus with the same external width of 585 mm.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the Memmert Universal oven UF30mplus is intended exclusively for physiotherapeutic applications with fango, silicate and APS packs.Heating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsAdjustable temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume32 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 320 x 250 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 704 x 434 mmNet weightapprox. 45 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,600 WShelves in scope of delivery1Maximum number of shelves3Max. load, unit60 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsAutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe UF30mplus is one of nine sizes in the mplus series from 32 to 1,060 litres, all with TwinDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +300 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUF30mplus (this page)32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF55mplus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF75mplus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF110mplus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF160mplus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF260mplus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF450mplus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF750mplus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF1060mplus1,060 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert Universal oven UF30mplusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The UF30mplus is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceAvailable options for the UF30mplus include the 115 V voltage variant, extended excess temperature protection and temperature throttling (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature), plus accessories such as additional grid shelves, perforated shelves, drip trays, a wall bracket or a USB-Ethernet adapter. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification, a short training session or a maintenance contract, we also arrange a suitable contact for you. For questions about the right configuration for your practice, our procurement service supports you individually.

With 53 litres of internal volume, the Memmert universal oven UN55m is one size above the smallest model in the series. As a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it is used for heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. The internal dimensions of 400 x 400 x 330 mm offer more usable height than the UN30m, and one stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard.Equipment at a glanceControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller with TFT colour graphic display1x Pt100 sensor, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementSetting accuracy 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C, 0.5 °C from 100 °CDigital countdown timer, 1 minute to 99 days, with SetpointWAIT functionElectronically adjustable exhaust air flap with admixture of pre-heated fresh airStorage of the program sequence in the event of a power failure, read-out via EthernetNatural convectionThe UN55m ventilates without a forced air circulation fan, unlike the UF-m model of the same size, which has an electronically adjustable forced air circulation turbine. The exhaust air port is equipped with an electronically adjustable throttle valve, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated.Safety and self-diagnosisAt approx. 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, the mechanical temperature limiter TB of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches the heating off, and an adjustable electronic temperature monitor runs in parallel. Faults are reported by a self-diagnosis system. The interior is made of easy-care stainless steel stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing with protected, integrated 4-sided all-round heating, and the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel rear panel.Loading, connection and dimensionsA total load of 80 kg is permitted at 20 kg per shelf, and up to four shelves fit in the housing. The UN55m is connected at 230 V with approx. 2,000 W or at 115 V with approx. 1,700 W, in each case 50/60 Hz. The external dimensions are 585 x 784 x 514 mm and the net weight is approx. 57 kg. Packed, the unit weighs approx. 76 kg, with packaging dimensions of 730 x 950 x 670 mm.Difference from the laboratory ovenWithout a medical intended purpose, such as for drying and annealing in laboratories and industry, we offer the same chamber volume as the Memmert universal oven UN55. In the medical device line, the UN55m is also available as the UN55mplus with two displays for control.Selection guideIf 53 litres are not enough, the UN75m follows with 74 litres, six shelves and 120 kg total load. For a more compact footprint, the UN30m is suitable, with 32 litres, three shelves and 60 kg total load.Typical applicationsHeating fango packs in physiotherapyHeating and keeping warm silicate packsHeating and keeping warm APS packsTechnical detailsSetting temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mm (D +56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 57 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 2,000 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WShelves in scope of delivery1Shelves, maximum4Max. load, unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller with TFT colour graphic displayMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe UN55m is one of eight sizes in the UN-m series between 32 and 749 litres, all with SingleDISPLAY and the setting temperature range +20 to +300 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30m32 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN55m (this page)53 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN75m74 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN110m108 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN160m161 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN260m256 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN450m449 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN750m749 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN55mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The UN55m is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN55m, Memmert lists various options and accessories, such as a further voltage variant. Call us if you have questions about suitable equipment, and we will advise you individually. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert universal oven UN55mplus is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745 with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. With 53 litres of internal volume, it is one size above the UN30mplus, one stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard, and up to four shelves are possible.Control, safety and HeatBALANCEThe two Pt100 sensors work with 4-wire measurement and monitor each other, and if one fails, the second automatically takes over its function. Control is provided by the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a set temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. HeatBALANCE adjusts the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group from -50 to +50 %. At approx. 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, the mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 disconnects the heating, and an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can additionally be selected on the display. AutoSAFETY reports deviations from the set value visually and audibly, a self-diagnosis system assists with fault finding, and three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated.Communication and ventilationPrograms can be managed and transferred via the Ethernet interface or USB port with the AtmoCONTROL software, and the digital countdown timer ranges from 1 minute to 99 days. Natural ventilation works without a forced air circulation fan, an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap mixes in pre-heated fresh air, and the exhaust air port has an electronically adjustable throttle valve.Loading, connection and dimensionsA total load of 80 kg is permitted at 20 kg per shelf. The UN55mplus is connected at 230 V with approx. 2,000 W or at 115 V with approx. 1,700 W, in each case 50/60 Hz. The internal dimensions are 400 x 400 x 330 mm and the external dimensions 585 x 784 x 514 mm (plus 56 mm for the door handle), with a net weight of approx. 57 kg.Distinction from the laboratory oven and the SingleDISPLAY versionThe laboratory unit of the same size without a medical intended purpose is the Memmert universal oven UN55plus also with 53 litres and TwinDISPLAY. In the same size, the UN55m is also available as a Class I medical device in the SingleDISPLAY version with one Pt100 sensor instead of the two mutually monitoring sensors of the UN55mplus.Selection guide: the right sizeIf the volume of the UN55mplus is not sufficient, the next larger Memmert universal oven UN75mplus has 74 litres, six shelves and a total load of 120 kg. For smaller quantities, the UN30mplus with 32 litres and three shelves is the more compact alternative.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the Memmert universal oven UN55mplus is intended exclusively for heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Heating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsAdjustable temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, mutual monitoringInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 57 kgGross weight (shipping carton)approx. 76 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 2,000 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WShelves in scope of delivery1Shelves, maximum4Max. load, unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgPackaging dimensions (W x H x D)730 x 950 x 670 mmControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe UN55mplus is one of eight sizes in the UN-mplus series from 32 to 749 litres, all with TwinDISPLAY, natural convection and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +300 °C. The same size is also available in the SingleDISPLAY version UN55m.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30mplus32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55mplus (this page)53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75mplus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110mplus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160mplus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN260mplus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN450mplus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN750mplus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN55mplusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe device is electrical equipment within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on the return of old appliances can be found on our page Environment and disposal. The device is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFurther options, accessories and services are available for the UN55mplus. If required, we coordinate configuration and equipment with you individually, as well as calibration or qualification. Contact us for a quote. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

With 53 litres of internal volume and up to 4 shelves, the Memmert universal oven UF55m offers more space than the smallest model in the series, with the same external width of 585 mm. The UF55m is also a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745 and is intended exclusively for the physiotherapeutic heating of fango, silicate and APS packs, controlled by a ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY.How the UF55m distributes and monitors heatAn air turbine, electronically adjustable in 10 % steps, circulates air through the 53-litre interior, supported by an exhaust air flap that admixes preheated fresh air. In terms of temperature, the UF55m covers 20 to 300 °C, with a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C above that, measured by a DIN class A Pt100 sensor with 4-wire measurement. The ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY handles control of temperature, forced air circulation speed and program run time, logs the run in the event of a power failure and can be read out via Ethernet using the time-limited AtmoCONTROL trial version. As a second safety level alongside electronic monitoring, a DIN 12880 temperature limiter of protection class 1 switches off the heating about 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature, and self-diagnosis and a three-point calibration function are also included.Selection guide within the UF-m seriesThe housing measures 585 x 784 x 514 mm, plus 56 mm in depth for the door handle, and the net weight is around 57 kg. Compared with the smaller UF30m with 32 litres and up to 3 shelves, it offers 53 litres and up to 4 shelves, and the permissible total load rises from 60 to 80 kg. If more shelves and volume are needed, the UF75m is the next step. For two redundant sensors and two displays, the sister model UF55mplus is available, and as a laboratory unit without classification as a medical device there is the Memmert universal oven UF55.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the Memmert universal oven UF55m is intended exclusively for physiotherapeutic applications with fango, silicate and APS packs.Heating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 57 kgGross weight (packed)approx. 76 kgPackaging dimensions (W x H x D)730 x 950 x 670 mmConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 2,000 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WMaximum number of shelves4Shelves included in scope of delivery1Max. load of unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel back panelControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyMarkingsCE, VDE, UL test marksOther sizes in the seriesThe UF-m series comprises nine sizes between 32 and 1,060 litres of internal volume, all with ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY and an identical intended purpose for physiotherapy.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUF30m32 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF55m (this page)53 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF75m74 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF110m108 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF160m161 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF260m256 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF450m449 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF750m749 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF1060m1,060 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYThe UF55m is also available with two displays and redundant sensors as the UF55mplus. As a laboratory unit without classification as a medical device, we also offer the Memmert universal oven UF55.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF55mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. In addition, the Memmert universal oven UF55m is classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor options and accessories for the UF55m, such as additional grid shelves, we provide individual advice. Please contact us with your specific requirements. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert universal oven UF55mplus is the second-smallest size in the mplus series and a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745. Its intended purpose is exclusively the heating and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. With 53 litres of internal volume and up to four shelves, it offers more space than the UF30mplus with 32 litres and three shelves.TwinDISPLAY control with HeatBALANCEControl is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two high-resolution TFT colour graphic displays, and the unit can be programmed via the Ethernet interface or USB port using the AtmoCONTROL software. Two Pt100 sensors of DIN class A with 4-wire measurement monitor each other and automatically take over the function of the other in the event of a fault. The setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. From this size, the HeatBALANCE function is added: the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group can be adjusted from -50 to +50 %. The electronically controllable air turbine works in 10 % steps, and an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap admixes preheated fresh air.Temperature monitoring and safetyProtection is provided by a mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which switches off the heating at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. In addition, an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can be selected on the display. The AutoSAFETY function automatically monitors over- and under-temperature at a freely selectable distance from the setpoint and reports deviations visually and audibly, and a self-diagnosis system helps with troubleshooting. Three freely selectable temperature values can be calibrated, and the unit is delivered factory-calibrated at 160 °C.Loading, connection and dimensionsOne electropolished stainless steel grid shelf is included as standard, and up to 4 shelves in total are possible. The permissible total load is 80 kg and 20 kg per shelf. Connection is at 230 V with approx. 2,000 W or optionally at 115 V with approx. 1,700 W, in each case at 50/60 Hz. The internal dimensions are 400 x 400 x 330 mm and the external dimensions 585 x 784 x 514 mm, with a net weight of around 57 kg.Difference between physiotherapy unit and laboratory oven UF55plusThe laboratory unit of the same size is the Memmert universal oven UF55plus with 53 litres and TwinDISPLAY, intended for laboratory and industrial applications such as drying and tempering and without a medical intended purpose. In the same size and with the same intended purpose, the UF55m is available as a Class I medical device in the SingleDISPLAY version with one Pt100 sensor. The UF55mplus, by contrast, has the TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other, plus the adjustable temperature monitor or adjustable temperature limiter selectable on the display and AutoSAFETY, as well as the HeatBALANCE function.Selection guide: which size suits the practice?The next smaller size is the UF30mplus with 32 litres, a maximum of three shelves and a total load of 60 kg. If you regularly need more than four shelves, you are better served by the Memmert universal oven UF75mplus which offers 74 litres, up to six shelves and a total load of 120 kg. The UF55mplus sits in between with 53 litres, four shelves and 80 kg.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the Memmert universal oven UF55mplus is intended exclusively for physiotherapeutic applications with fango, silicate and APS packs.Heating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsAdjustable temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume53 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 400 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 784 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 57 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 2,000 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,700 WShelves included in scope of delivery1Maximum number of shelves4Max. load of unit80 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe UF55mplus is one of nine sizes in the mplus series from 32 to 1,060 litres, all with TwinDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +300 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUF30mplus32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF55mplus (this page)53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF75mplus74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF110mplus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF160mplus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF260mplus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF450mplus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF750mplus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF1060mplus1,060 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF55mplusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)1x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. The UF55mplus is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceOptions available for the UF55mplus include the 115 V voltage variant, extended over-temperature protection and a temperature throttle (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature). For accessories, we can arrange additional grid shelves, perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket, a USB-Ethernet adapter or levelling feet. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification or a maintenance contract, we arrange the appropriate service if required. Please contact us for a configuration tailored to your practice.

The Memmert universal oven UN75m has 74 litres of internal volume with an internal height of 560 mm and is equipped as standard with two stainless steel grid shelves. The unit is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745 with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Control and sensorsThe ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY controls via an adaptive multifunctional digital PID microprocessor with a TFT colour graphic display. A Pt100 sensor of DIN class A measures using 4-wire technology, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to 99.9 °C setpoint temperature and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. The digital countdown timer covers 1 minute to 99 days, and SetpointWAIT starts the process time only once the setpoint temperature has been reached. Three temperature values can be freely calibrated.Natural convectionInstead of a forced air circulation fan, an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap admixes preheated fresh air, and the exhaust air port is fitted with an electronically controllable throttle flap. The internal and external dimensions are 400 x 560 x 330 mm and 585 x 944 x 514 mm respectively.SafetyIf the cabinet temperature reaches a value of around 20 °C above the maximum, the mechanical temperature limiter TB (protection class 1 according to DIN 12880) disconnects the heating. Adjustable electronic temperature monitoring runs alongside it, and a self-diagnosis system finds faults. The interior made of easy-care stainless steel is stiffened by deep-drawn ribbing, and the housing is made of textured stainless steel with a fully galvanised sheet steel back panel.Loading and connectionUp to six shelves together take 120 kg, with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. Connection is at 230 V with approx. 2,500 W or at 115 V with approx. 1,800 W, in each case 50/60 Hz. Packed, the UN75m weighs around 85 kg with packaging dimensions of 730 x 1,130 x 670 mm, and the net weight is around 66 kg.Difference from the laboratory ovenWithout a medical intended purpose, we offer the Memmert universal oven UN75 in the same chamber size for drying and tempering in laboratories and industry. Within the medical device line, the UN75mplus is available as a version with two displays for control.Selection guideThe next smaller UN55m offers 53 litres with four shelves and an 80 kg total load, and the next larger UN110m reaches 108 litres, five shelves and a 175 kg total load.Typical applicationsHeating and keeping warm of fango packsHeating and keeping warm of silicate packs in physiotherapyHeating and keeping warm of APS packs in physiotherapyTechnical detailsAdjustable temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mm (D +56 mm door handle)Net weightapprox. 66 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 2,500 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves included in scope of delivery2Maximum number of shelves6Max. load of unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller with TFT colour graphic displayMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-m series ranges from 32 to 749 litres in eight steps, all with SingleDISPLAY and an identical setting temperature range of +20 to +300 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30m32 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN55m53 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN75m (this page)74 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN110m108 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN160m161 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN260m256 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN450m449 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN750m749 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN75mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. The UN75m is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceOptions, accessories and services for the UN75m, such as additional grid shelves or a different voltage variant, are put together on request. Please contact us for individual advice. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert universal oven UN75mplus is classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, and its intended purpose is the heating and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. The interior holds 74 litres and takes up to six shelves, and two stainless steel grid shelves are part of the standard equipment.Sensors and setting accuracyTwo Pt100 sensors of DIN class A measure using 4-wire technology and back each other up: if one sensor fails, the second automatically takes over its task. Display is via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C above that. HeatBALANCE shifts the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group by -50 to +50 %, and a digital countdown timer covers target times from 1 minute to 99 days.Safety technologyThe mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 disconnects the heating at around 20 °C above the maximum permissible cabinet temperature, and an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2 can also be activated on the display. AutoSAFETY reports deviations from the setpoint within a freely selectable distance visually and audibly, and a self-diagnosis system assists with troubleshooting. Programs are managed via Ethernet or USB with the AtmoCONTROL software.Dimensions, loading and connectionInternally, the UN75mplus measures 400 x 560 x 330 mm and externally 585 x 944 x 514 mm plus 56 mm for the door handle, and the net weight is around 66 kg. The permissible total load is 120 kg with a maximum of 20 kg per shelf. The mains connection is 230 V with approx. 2,500 W, and 115 V with approx. 1,800 W is available as an alternative.Distinction from the laboratory oven and the SingleDISPLAY versionFor laboratories and industry without a medical intended purpose, the Memmert universal oven UN75plus with TwinDISPLAY is available in the same size. If you are looking for a SingleDISPLAY with one Pt100 sensor instead of redundant dual sensors, the UN75m is available as a Class I medical device with the same intended purpose.Selection guide: the right sizeWith 53 litres, four shelves and a housing 160 mm lower, the UN55mplus is the smaller alternative. If more volume is needed, the Memmert universal oven UN110mplus offers 108 litres and a 175 kg total load with five shelves.Typical applicationsThe intended purpose of the UN75mplus as a Class I medical device is limited to the heating and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Heating and keeping warm of fango packs in physiotherapyHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsAdjustable temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, mutual monitoringInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mmExternal dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 66 kgGross weight (shipping carton)approx. 85 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 2,500 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves included in scope of delivery2Maximum number of shelves6Max. load of unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgPackaging dimensions (W x H x D)730 x 1,130 x 670 mmControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesEight sizes between 32 and 749 litres make up the UN-mplus series, all with TwinDISPLAY, natural convection and a setting temperature range of +20 to +300 °C. With SingleDISPLAY and one sensor, the same size is also available as the UN75m.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30mplus32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN55mplus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN75mplus (this page)74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN110mplus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN160mplus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN260mplus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN450mplus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUN750mplus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN75mplusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at +160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. The unit is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UN75mplus, we offer further accessories as well as options and services relating to calibration and qualification. Tell us your requirements and we will put together the suitable configuration. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert universal oven UF75m has 74 litres of internal volume and is supplied with 2 grid shelves as standard. Like all models in the UF-m series, it is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, intended exclusively for the heating and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy, controlled via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY.ControlCOCKPIT, air turbine and safety technology in the UF75mThe interior takes up to 6 shelves, and the connected load is around 2,500 watts at 230 V and around 1,800 watts at 115 V. Heat is distributed by an electronically controllable air turbine in the 74-litre interior, and an exhaust air flap admixes preheated fresh air. Settings are made via the ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY: temperature between 20 and 300 °C with a setting accuracy of 0.1 or 0.5 °C respectively, plus forced air circulation speed, exhaust air flap position and a countdown timer for process times from 1 minute to 99 days. SetpointWAIT delays the start of the process time until the moment the setpoint temperature has actually been reached. A mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 and a self-diagnosis system round off the safety equipment.Selection guide within the UF-m seriesThe housing measures 585 x 944 x 514 mm, plus 56 mm in depth for the door handle, and the net weight is around 66 kg. At the installation site, a distance of at least 15 cm from the wall and at least 5 cm at the sides must be observed. The shelves each carry up to 20 kg, and the unit as a whole up to 120 kg. More volume is offered by the UF110m with 108 litres, and one size smaller is the UF55m with 53 litres. With two redundant sensors and two displays, the sister model UF75mplus is available, and as a laboratory unit without classification as a medical device there is the Memmert universal oven UF75.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the Memmert universal oven UF75m is intended exclusively for physiotherapeutic applications with fango, silicate and APS packs.Heating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsAdjustable temperature range20 to 300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 66 kgGross weight (packed)approx. 85 kgPackaging dimensions (W x H x D)730 x 1,130 x 670 mmConnection 230 V50/60 Hz, approx. 2,500 WConnection 115 V50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WMaximum number of shelves6Shelves included in scope of delivery2Max. load of unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgInterior materialStainless steel, 4-sided all-round heatingHousing materialTextured stainless steel, galvanised sheet steel back panelControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, TFT colour graphic displayPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyMarkingsCE, VDE, UL test marksOther sizes in the seriesThe UF-m series comprises nine sizes between 32 and 1,060 litres of internal volume, all with ControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY and an identical intended purpose for physiotherapy.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUF30m32 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF55m53 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF75m (this page)74 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF110m108 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF160m161 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF260m256 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF450m449 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF750m749 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUF1060m1,060 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYFor two redundant sensors and two displays, the sister model UF75mplus is available. As a laboratory unit without classification as a medical device, we also offer the Memmert universal oven UF75.Scope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF75mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelf, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. In addition, the Memmert universal oven UF75m is classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UF75m, we assist with the selection of additional accessories and with spare parts enquiries. Please contact us for individual coordination. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.

The Memmert universal oven UF75mplus is a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, intended for the heating and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy. With 74 litres of internal volume, it is the largest of the three versions with an external width of 585 mm, which also include the UF30mplus and UF55mplus, and two grid shelves are included as standard.Control via ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAYThe UF75mplus is operated via the ControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY with two TFT colour graphic displays. The setting temperature range extends from +20 to +300 °C, and the setting accuracy is 0.1 °C up to a setpoint temperature of 99.9 °C and 0.5 °C from 100 °C. Temperature is measured by two Pt100 sensors of DIN class A, which check each other in 4-wire measurement. Programming is done with AtmoCONTROL, connected via Ethernet or USB, together with a digital countdown timer from 1 minute to 99 days and the SetpointWAIT function, which starts the process time only after the setpoint temperature has been reached. With the HeatBALANCE function, the heating power distribution between the upper and lower heating group can be adjusted from -50 to +50 %.Safety technology according to DIN 12880A mechanical temperature limiter of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880 switches off the heating at around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. If you also need an adjustable temperature monitor of protection class 3.1 or an adjustable temperature limiter of protection class 2, you activate it on the display. AutoSAFETY adds a second monitoring function that automatically follows the setpoint, with an alarm in the event of deviation, and a self-diagnosis system makes troubleshooting during operation easier.Loading, connection and dimensions2 electropolished stainless steel grid shelves are already included as standard, and the unit can be expanded to up to 6 shelves. The permissible total load is 120 kg, still with 20 kg per shelf. Connection is at 230 V with approx. 2,500 W or at 115 V with approx. 1,800 W, in each case at 50/60 Hz. The internal dimensions are 400 x 560 x 330 mm and the external dimensions 585 x 944 x 514 mm, and the net weight is around 66 kg.Difference between physiotherapy unit and laboratory oven UF75plusThe laboratory unit of the same size is the Memmert universal oven UF75plus with 74 litres and TwinDISPLAY, intended for laboratory and industrial processes such as drying or tempering and without a medical intended purpose. In the same size and with the same intended purpose, the UF75m is available as a Class I medical device in the SingleDISPLAY version with one Pt100 sensor. The UF75mplus, by contrast, has the TwinDISPLAY and two Pt100 sensors that monitor each other, plus the adjustable temperature monitor or adjustable temperature limiter selectable on the display and AutoSAFETY, as well as the HeatBALANCE function.Selection guide: smaller or larger?The next smaller Memmert universal oven UF55mplus has 53 litres, up to four shelves and an 80 kg total load, with smaller external dimensions of 585 x 784 x 514 mm. The next larger UF110mplus offers 108 litres and a 175 kg total load, but with a maximum of five shelves it takes one fewer than the UF75mplus. More shelves are only available from the UF160mplus, with up to eight.Typical applicationsAs a Class I medical device, the Memmert universal oven UF75mplus is intended exclusively for physiotherapeutic applications with fango, silicate and APS packs.Heating of fango packs for physiotherapeutic useHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsAdjustable temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 10 °C above room temperature to 300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor2x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurement, redundantInternal volume74 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)400 x 560 x 330 mm (depth minus 39 mm for the fan)External dimensions of housing (W x H x D)585 x 944 x 514 mmNet weightapprox. 66 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 2,500 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves included in scope of delivery2Maximum number of shelves6Max. load of unit120 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT TwinDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller, 2x TFT colour graphic displayAdditional functionsHeatBALANCE, AutoSAFETY, visual and audible alarmMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature5 °C to 40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe UF75mplus is one of nine sizes in the mplus series from 32 to 1,060 litres, all with TwinDISPLAY and the same setting temperature range of +20 to +300 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUF30mplus32 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF55mplus53 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF75mplus (this page)74 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF110mplus108 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF160mplus161 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF260mplus256 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF450mplus449 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF750mplus749 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYUF1060mplus1,060 l+20 to +300 °CTwinDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UF75mplusFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. The UF75mplus is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceFor the UF75mplus, we offer the 115 V voltage variant, extended over-temperature protection and a temperature throttle (factory limit on the maximum adjustable temperature) as options, among others. For accessories, additional grid shelves, perforated trays, drip trays, a wall bracket and a USB-Ethernet adapter are available. For DAkkS calibration, IQ/OQ/PQ documentation and qualification or a maintenance contract, we establish contact on request. Please contact us for any individual requirements.

The Memmert universal oven UN110m holds 108 litres with an internal width of 560 mm and is one of the mid-sized models in the UN-m series. As a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, it is intended for the heating and keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy, and two stainless steel grid shelves are included as standard.Functions and air flowThe digital countdown timer can be set from 1 minute to 99 days, and with SetpointWAIT the process time only begins once the setpoint temperature has been reached. Natural convection without a forced air circulation fan characterises the UN110m, an electronically adjustable exhaust air flap supplies preheated fresh air, and a throttle flap regulates at the exhaust air port. The data logger can be read out via Ethernet.Safety and controlThe equipment includes a Pt100 sensor of DIN class A with 4-wire measurement and a setting accuracy of 0.1 °C below and 0.5 °C above 100 °C, as well as a mechanical temperature limiter TB of protection class 1 according to DIN 12880, which disconnects the heating around 20 °C above the maximum cabinet temperature. Adjustable electronic temperature monitoring and a self-diagnosis system for troubleshooting round off the equipment.Loading and connectionThe permissible total load is 175 kg at 20 kg per shelf, and up to five shelves fit inside. Connection is at 230 V with approx. 2,800 W or at 115 V with approx. 1,800 W, in each case 50/60 Hz. The internal dimensions are 560 x 560 x 480 mm, the net weight is around 74 kg and the packed weight around 99 kg, with packaging dimensions of 830 x 1,050 x 800 mm.Difference from the laboratory ovenWithout a medical intended purpose, we offer the Memmert universal oven UN110 for laboratories and industry in the same chamber size. Within the medical device line, the UN110m is also available as the UN110mplus with two displays for control.Selection guideThe next smaller UN75m offers 74 litres with six shelves and a 120 kg total load, and the next larger UN160m reaches 161 litres, eight shelves and a 210 kg total load.Typical applicationsHeating of fango packs for physiotherapyHeating and keeping warm of silicate packsHeating and keeping warm of APS packsTechnical detailsAdjustable temperature range+20 to +300 °CWorking temperature rangemin. 5 °C above room temperature to +300 °CTemperature setting accuracyup to 99.9 °C: 0.1 °C, from 100 °C: 0.5 °CTemperature sensor1x Pt100, DIN class A, 4-wire measurementInternal volume108 lInternal dimensions (W x H x D)560 x 560 x 480 mmNet weightapprox. 74 kgConnection230 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 2,800 W; 115 V, 50/60 Hz, approx. 1,800 WShelves included in scope of delivery2Maximum number of shelves5Max. load of unit175 kgMax. load per shelf20 kgControlControlCOCKPIT SingleDISPLAY, PID microprocessor controller with TFT colour graphic displayMedical device classificationClass I under Regulation (EU) 2017/745Intended purposeHeating/keeping warm of fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapyPermissible ambient temperature+5 °C to +40 °CPermissible humiditymax. 80 % rel., non-condensingMarkingsCE, VDE, ULOther sizes in the seriesThe UN-m series is divided into eight sizes from 32 to 749 litres, each size with SingleDISPLAY and a setting temperature range of +20 to +300 °C.ModelInternal volumeSetting temperatureDisplayUN30m32 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN55m53 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN75m74 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN110m (this page)108 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN160m161 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN260m256 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN450m449 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYUN750m749 l+20 to +300 °CSingleDISPLAYScope of delivery1x Memmert universal oven UN110mFactory calibration certificate (calibration at 160 °C)Fully insulated stainless steel door with 2-point locking (compression door lock)2x stainless steel grid shelves, electropolishedRegulatory informationThe unit is an electrical appliance within the meaning of the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG). The WEEE registration number of the manufacturer Memmert GmbH + Co. KG is DE 66812464. Information on returning old appliances is available on our page Environment and disposal. The UN110m is also classified as a Class I medical device under Regulation (EU) 2017/745, with the intended purpose of heating and keeping warm fango, silicate and APS packs in physiotherapy.Individual requirements and procurement serviceMemmert offers options, accessories and services for the UN110m, such as additional grid shelves or a different voltage variant. For individual advice on your requirements, please contact us. As factory options, Memmert also offers DAkkS calibration according to DKD-R 5-7, IQ/OQ documents and IQ/OQ qualification. We order these with the device on request.